Godlike Productions - Conspiracy Forum
Users Online Now: 2,523 (Who's On?)Visitors Today: 2,191,776
Pageviews Today: 3,000,054Threads Today: 686Posts Today: 12,814
08:23 PM

Rate this Thread

Absolute BS Crap Reasonable Nice Amazing

P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

Anonymous Coward
User ID: 734903
07/26/2009 05:21 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
I believe the Great Monarch is Ferdinand Baron Von Hapsbug, born in 1997. He is twelve years old. When he is forty he will take on the muslim occupation of Europe.
 Quoting: Anonymous Coward 734084

I will bow to no man..
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/27/2009 05:06 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead


"The year before the war will be a fruitful year with much fruit and grain."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"In the year, when the war begins, there will be such a beautiful spring
that in April the cows already go in full grass. One will still be able to
harvest the grain but no more the oats."
(The prophecy of the farmer Jasper (1764-1833) 2nd Version)

"The year before the war will be a good year, that will be followed by three
bad years full of misery and suffering."
(The prophecy of Johann Peter Knopp (18th century))

"When the world will be embraced (spanned) with wire and iron, then there
will be small people. ...When one can travel around the whole world without
any horse, then it comes to the end of the world."
(Alois Simon Maass, the old Fliesser parson (1758-1846))

"If you could see it, you would be able to talk to your cousin in Vienna
from your own house, and if you needed him rapidly, he could be with you
within one hour."
(Sepp Wudy, the farmer's farmhand (at the beginning of the 20th century))

"Strange times, strange humans will fill the world. Nobody is indeed lucky.
The nature will be violated and humans' spirit will feel to be above the
(The Sybille of Prague (?-1658))

"When the children are dressed like apes, the Luthertum (protestants) will
draw into Tirol. ...When the luxury will have become so large that one is no
more able to differentiate between men and women due to the clothes, and
when the stable farm servants will be dressed like waitresses in the pub,
then watch out, since the last time will come then."
(Alois Simon Maass, the old Fliesser parson (1758-1846))

"The farmer will dress like the citizen and the citizen like the aristocracy
gentleman. Also the women want to be dressed differently every day, soon
shortly, soon long; they will go out even in man dresses and they will have
so many different colours that one will be surprised. The women will have
shortcut hair, a little bit later the hair will be strangely curled, every
year differently. What they wear today, they will throw away tomorrow or
modify every day. They will show their body without clothes, in order to
please the men. The all-worst time comes, when the women wear shoes, under
that you can see through. And there will be so many different taxes, that
the authorities do not know any longer, how to call them."
(Fuhrmannl (1691-1763))

"When the women do not know, which dresses they should wear due to
sumptuousness and arrogance, soon shortly, soon long, soon closely, soon
far: And when also the men modify their clothes, and they generally have the
beards of the Kapuziner: Then God will punish the world."
(Kapuzinerparson from Dόsseldorf (1762))

"The cause will be, that the people do not recognize the devil anymore,
because he is dressed beautifully and promises everything to them. I also do
not understand those that have no modesty at all, and they become more and
more worse and godless, so that it must come to it, and, as already
mentioned, it will be like one hundred years ago."
(Sepp Wudy, the farmer's farmhand (at the beginning of the 20th century))

"But that time will occur, when everywhere discontent and ignorance of
religion can be found. When nobody wants to obey and to be a subject, when
one cannot differentiate between the rich and the poor any longer, then
believe, that the time is close."
(The prophecy about the battle at the birch tree (1701))

"Before this war a general unfaithfulness will occur, the humans will call
badness for virtue and honour, fraud for politeness."
(The prophecy of the farmer Jasper (1764-1833) 2nd Version)

"The catholic faith will almost completely disappear, the religiousness will
be quite badly respected, they will not earn any respect due to their way of
living, there won't be many good Christians among the people, the
Commandments of God are no longer respected by the aristocracy as well as by
the smallest worker, one will not think the greatest unfairnesses to be a
sin. When the faith disappears also the love of the next one will completely
lose itself, one will not estimate the justice, often the poor one will not
be given right and he will be less respected than a dog. After this a
mischief will arise that has to be regretted, there will be no order among
the people"
(Matthias Stomberger (18th century) Version of 1830)

"The faith will become so small that one takes it under the hat. They will
teardown God from the wall and lock up into the box. However a time comes
again, when they will take him out of the box, but it will be to late,
because the thing has already begun to start. Because nobody thinks that the
scourge of God comes. And so the misery will be large."
(Prediction of the Muehlhiasl from Apoig (1753 -?))

"It had to come in such a way, because the people believe in nothing.
Everyone seems to think that he lives forever and everyone thinks of what he
appears to be and still can become. There will be a time, when they all
begin to become crazy and think that they can live of prudence and not of
work. Those who work will become more and more less and those, who live of
the working ones, become more and more. To rule is thus easier than to
(Prokop, the forest herdsman (1887-1965))

"Everything will come in such a way, because the humans will leave God, and
God will leave and purify them. When they think to be supposed to copy God
creation the end is there. When does it happen? It will last for a long time
and still much water will go down the Moldau. But when it comes, it will
happen like a lightning into the anthill, and it will also not forget the
(The blind young man from Prague (14th century))

"The Christian faith will become so small that it will be able to place
itself under a pear tree, but finally it will triumph again."
(Fuhrmannl (1691-1763))

"With the faith it goes downhill, and everything is rotated. Nobody knows
about it. The upper ones already believe nothing at all, the lower ones will
be made crazy. In the church they play dance music, and the parson will sing
to it. Then they also dance, but outside there wil be a celestial sign,
which announces the beginning of the large mischief."
(Sepp Wudy, the farmer's farmhand (at the beginning of the 20th century))

"Everything starts, when a large bird or a fish flies over the forest - then
the war comes, and a further one and then the last one will come - when does
it come? Your children will not experience it, but your grandchildren for
(Prediction of the Muehlhiasl from Apoig (1753 -?))

"You, my children, won't experience the largest mischief, you, my
grandchildren, won't also experience it, but the third stock, that will
easily experience it."
(Matthias Stomberger (18th century) Version of 1830)

"This is not the last war (1st world war) he said, because then soon there
will be another, and only then the last one comes. One becomes more terrible
than the other one. However what do I say? It does not concern you but tell
it to your children and grandchildren. They will have to face with it and
will experience the whole story."
(Sepp Wudy, the farmer's farmhand (at the beginning of the 20th century))


Under a hostile and Babylonian climate
So great shall be the effusion of blood
Injustice shall reign on land, sea, air, sky
Cults, famine, kingdoms, plagues, and confusion

Mankind shall join more toward the harlot than the Virgin
Who shall appear to them in the great plentitude of brightness
Sexual sins concealed under the devilish purity
Through wars they shall be struck with a great branch

The unhappy union of flesh (not marriage) shall be celebrated
In great joy but with unhappy ending
Chaste Mary, Nore shall disdain
Christ crucified, Nore shall be in most pitiful state

Due to the pleasure of sensual edict
One shall mix poison in the law
The Harlot shall be on course, appear so virtuous
She shall obscure the Light totally

The great Harlot while seeing herself soon defeated
Shall exceed the masculine courage
Upon the horse-back, through the river of blood, shall pass totally naked
Suited to fight, shall outrage her faith

Two revolts resulted in the Evil Death (to the world)
To kingdoms and cycles, moral order changed
The mobile sign in one's viewpoint shall become meddled
Turn equal between two inclinations

Two royal brothers shall raise vigorous battles
Between them is the mortal war
Each occupies a high place
Their great quarrel shall be about life and reign

The flame of Justice shall engulf a sinful soul
Who was willing to offer her innocent as a holocaust
Close to the assault, passion shall be aroused
While in hell, the devil of half man and half beast shall be seen

One brother of a sister through a simulated fratricide
Shall mix dew in mineral
Upon a plate given to his aging and frail sister
Death (murder) with drug shall become simple and rural

Great credit, of gold, of silver in abundance
Shall blind his honour through sexual desire
Shall be struck with his adulterous offenses
Who shall obtain a great dishonour

When the Harlot by Divine Justice shall be covered
Under her splendor, occult shall be formed
Divine Justice by fire shall expose them
Through resounding wars they shall be put amist affronts

Within the corner of the moon he shall render
Where he shall be taken and placed in a strange land
The immovable rocks shall be in great disarray
Great folly to one shall be great praise

Deplorable councils, disloyal, deceitful
Devilish view, law shall be deceived
People become violent, savage, quarrelsome
Small town as well as city all shall hate peace

Many peoples shall come to speak
To great lords that shall make war against them
They shall not be admitted to a hearing
Alas! If God foes not bring peace on Earth

The earth and air shall freeze with so much water
Then one shall come to venerate on Thursday
That custom shall never be so beautiful
From four corners they shall come to honor Him

By three seas, one country shall be born
One shall have Thursday as its feast day
Its fame, praise, reign, and power shall be increased
Through land and sea, and through conquest of Oriental storms

Feigned union or false peace shall not last long
Some shall change, most shall reform (to democratic)
In ships, people shall suffer
Then a new pope shall reign in Rome

Accord and pact shall be completely broken
Friendship polluted through discord
Hatred deep-rooted, faith and hope completely corrupted
Marseilles without harmony

France through discord and negligence
Shall open a passage to Muslim countries unconditionally
Italian soil and sea shall be soaked with blood
Marseilles shall be filled with sails and ships

Libyan Prince powerful in the East
Toward Arabs, France shall kindle so much desires
The learned shall be condescending
Arabic language in French translation

With songs Russians sing and demand
Prisoners in jail by Prince and lord
Who shall come to power as idiots without heads
Shall be received with divine ceremony

The sudden death of the president
Shall change and place another one in reign
Quickly, late in coming, reaching so high for so low in age
Whom through land and sea one shall have to fear

One day two great masters shall be friends
The balance of power shall be augmented
The New Land (USA) shall exist among many tall buildings (skyscrapers)
To the blood-thirsty one, the number shall be reported

The two shall not be friends long
After thirteen years one shall become Iranian ally
Both sides shall suffer similar loss
And one shall pray for the Church and the pope

When the solar eclipse shall occur
On the plain noon daylight a monster shall be seen
Completely falsely one shall interprete it
No one is watchful, no provider, high price shall be paid

When Mars and Mercury shall join together in silver
Toward the south an extreme drought shall occur
At the bottom of Minor Asia, one shall talk of earthquake
Corinth and Ephesus afterwards shall become very confused

A horrible war the West shall prepare
One year following shall come the pestilence
So terrible that the young, old, nor beast shall avoid
Blood, fire, Chastisements, wars, men in France

Close to Auch, Lectoure, and Mirande
Great fire shall fall from the sky for three nights
The event shall occur so supernatural and miraculous
Very shortly the earth shall tremble

Farming regions south of France
Shall riot through laws, quarrel and demand more monopoly
As Bordeaux, Toulose, Bayonne shall be put to ruin
They shall renew their bickering politics

When both are well, Christian and Muslim
Both are abundant, their ruins are approaching
By Heaven, your fortune shall advance to destruction
In the same state as the seventh revolution

The grains not to be plentiful, in all other fruits plenty
The summer, spring humid, winter long, snow, ice
The East in arms, France reinforces
Death of farm animals, much honey, the place to be besieged

Having two chiefs and three arms the country separated
The great city (Ephesus) is vexed with water
Many great men among them shall be exiled in distress
By Iranian chief, Turkey shall be hard pressed

Milk, blood, frogs prepared in the Balkans
War given, famine near Balennes
A cry shall come from all of Russia
Then there shall be born demonstrations in and surrounding Italy

Upon many nights the earth shall tremble
After springtime, two major earthquakes shall follow
Greece, Turkey in two seas shall swim
Then war shall begin by two valiant in combat

When the oceans that were once a harvest will be destroyed,
Because of man's contemptuous attitudes,
Disease, famine, death by war will occur,
When the 20th Century approaches renewal.

After the Papacy held for seventeen years
Five shall change in such a revolutionary period
Afterwards one shall be elected in the same year
Who shall not conform to the clergy

The naturally begotten Ogmion
By seven to nine through the way of dethroning
Shall be king for a long time and friend of half mankind
The debit from Navarra shall prostrate at the fort of Pau

Through the appearance of false sanctity
The enemies shall betray the Holy See
At night one shall feel secured during sleep
Near Brabant those of Liege shall march

Not from Spain but from ancient France
Shall be elected for the trembling Church
With his enemies shall disguise as friends
Who shall reign during the cruel plague

Alas! What a great loss to the arts!
Before the period of chastisements will come to completion
There shall be much fire, deluge, furthermore ignorant leaders
For a long time the world shall not recover

Peace shall approach on one side but war on the other
Never so great a pursuit
Lament man, woman, innocent blood on the earth,
And this shall be to France on all sides

When the sixth angel blows his trumpet
Thunder shall come so strong over Burgundy
Then a monster shall be born from the hideous beast
March, April, May, June, arguments and heated debate

The Gods will take human appearance
They will be the authors of a great conflict
Before Heaven is peaceful there will be sword and lance
Who on the left will suffer greater affliction

The year that the day of the world shall come as wars
Strong air, tidal wave, long trajection
With secret fires vast areas will be turned to dust due to heat
Little rain, wind, extreme heat, wars and invasions

Sooner or later one shall witness great change
Extreme horrors and persecutions
Shall be conducted by Islam through his evil angels
Heaven shall dictate the changes according to Divine Justice

Divine Justice shall replace Divine Mercy
The Lord shall turn His Face away from the sinful world
Human corps shall be scattered over the fields for vultures
After the purification, Faith shall be more glorious than ever

"Attention to 1999! The sea is crazy. Many lands will tremble. One deep plow
will pass in the lands of the world. The Great Serpent will be born in the
East. When the millennium ends, the Christians will be equally pagans. The
only faith will be on money and power; the mistake, the corruption and the
violence will triumph."
(The Ladino Prophecy, Italy, 18th C.)

"Mankind is going in the direction of a catastrophe. The less able ones will
be guiding the car. This will happen in Russia, France, Italy and in other
places. The humanity will be squashed by the roar of the lunatics. The
wisdom will be chained. The ignorant and the prepotent ones will dictate the
laws to the wise and to the humble person. So, most of the humanity will
believe in the powerful ones and no more in God. The punishment of God will
come late, but it will be tremendous. And it will arrive as our century
ends. Then, finally, the wisdom will be free from the chains and man will
return entirely to God, as the baby who goes to his mother. In this way,
mankind will arrive on the terrestrial paradise."
(Grigori Rasputin, early 20th C.)

"The last century of the millennium is on a mountain, on which three beasts
sleep. The first one will wake up in the beginning of the road. And from its
throat will come blood. The second will wake up in the middle of the road,
and from its throat will come fire. The third will wake up at the end of the
road, and from its throat will come the horrible heresy."
(The Prophecy of Staretz, Russian origin, c. 1850)

"If the people don't convert, great calamities will come to the people and
whole groups. Many will die. If the world does not change before the year
2000, it will be destroyed by its own crime."
(Matousch Laschut, Turcovka, Czechoslovakia, 1958)

"Two or three decades after the First War there will come a Second War still
larger. Almost all the nations of the world will be involved. Millions of
men will die, without being soldiers. The fire will fall from the sky and
many great cities will be destroyed. And after the end of the Second Great
War, a third universal conflagration will come, so that it will determine
everything. The weapons will be totally new. In one day, more men will die
than in all the previous wars put together. The battles will be accomplished
with artificial weapons. Gigantic catastrophes will happen. With the open
eyes, the nations of the planet will go through these catastrophes. They
won't know what is happening, and those that know and tell, will be
silenced. Everything will be different from before, and in many places the
Earth will be a great cemetary. The third war will bring the end of many
(Matthias Stormberger)

"In the last years of the 20th Century, one will see the disappearing of
countless animal species killed by man. But in the end, it will be man who
will condemn man to death, because everything that grows on Earth will
contain the essence of the death. The air will be the blow of the death, and
as soon as man breathes it, he will breathe death. As soon as the millennium
touches its end, it will rain from the sky one pestilence never saw before
on the earth. And this pestilence will remove all force from man; and man
will not be able to fight anymore, even against the worm that crawls on the
(Ludwig Heinrich, German Monk, 17th C.)

"Unknown diseases and plagues will accompany the end of the millennium.
Because the last beast will liberate gold and poison... the gold will
produce despair, while the poison will produce death. In the time of the
seventh seal, the Earth will be an abandoned factory of poisons. And the few
wise men that will remain, will not be able to make another thing but to
invoke the anger of God, so that the impious beast which will have destroyed
the life be destroyed."
(Writings from the Monastery Neamt, Romania, dated 14th C.)

"For stranger than the last times may seem, the last century of the
millennium will overcome all the others. It will be similar to one car that
moves with difficulty, guided by the unable and servants of Satan. In that
period of terror, there will be great spiritual poverty. Many kings will
lose the throne and some kings will recover the throne. A war will begin.
After, another war comes and so another war. From the sky hell will fall. In
the anguish of a bad life, man will finish poisoning everything. Poisoned
clouds will cover the earth. Monstrous machines will dominate the skies. The
fire will destroy many cities. Men will finish destroying each other."
(Prophecy of Abbot Reymond from the Monastery of St. Claire, Perpignan,
France, 14th C.)

"The 20th Century will bring death and destruction, apostasy of the Church,
discord in the families, cities and governments; it will be the century of
three great wars with intervals of some decades. They will turn more
devastating and bloody and they will leave in ruins not only Germany, but
all the countries of east and west. After a great defeat of Germany, a great
war will come. There won't be bread for the people or food for the animals.
Poisonous clouds, created by human hands, will lower and will exterminate
everything. The human mind will be taken by madness."
(Maria Laach, German religious woman, 16th C.)

"There will be only eighteen days. But they will be eighteen thorns for the
whole world. They will enter in the men's flesh, in a time not too far from
2000. A war will break out, and will make all the precedent wars disappear.
Rivers of fire will fall from the clouds... All the capitals in the two
sides of the ocean will be destroyed."
(Prophecy of the Cloister of Mariental, Magonza, Germany, found 19th C.)

"At the end of the twentieth century, there will be a terrible
(Bartholemew Holzhauser, Bavaria, (1631-1658))

"The year 2000 will not arrive without the end of times, as I saw in the
divine light."
(French religious woman Jeanne de la Royer, 18th C.)

"The last century of the millennium will be a time of changes, unquietness,
dissatisfaction and illness."
(Paracelso, "Prophecies on Future Happenings", 1536)

"The Father will send a great chastisement to humankind in the second half
of this century."
(Teresa Musco (1943-1976), received 1951, Italy)

"If mankind does not oppose against Satan, I will let him act, and there
will be a calamity, a calamity as never seen since the deluge, and this will
happen at the end of the twentieth century."

"A European war is announced by many prophets and their predictions will be
accomplished; what can man do against the power of destiny?"
(Bug de Milhas, Spanish prophet (died 1848))

Phase One: The Outbreak of War/Immediate Causes
"Everything calls peace, Schalom! Then it will occur. The war begins at
sunrise. He comes along rapidly. The farmers sit in the pub playing cards,
when the foreign soldiers look through the windows and doors."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"Then there will be war, when nobody believes it."
(The prophecy of Johann Peter Knopp (18th century))

"The third millennium is the moment of the third great war. France is
destroyed; the earth shakes..."
(Liber Vaticinationem Quodam, 350 A.D.)

"1999: the Resurrection of Caim - The barbarians will invade the cities and
the civilised people will go to the forest..."
(The Black Spider, German monk)

"A dreadful war will come. On the one side all the peoples of the west, on
the other side all of the east will stand. In dreadful crowds those will
(Prophecy about the battle at the birch tree (1701))

"In the east and west a large struggle will be, which destroys many humans."
(Testament of a fleeing Pope (1701))

"A large war will come. A small one begins it, and a big one comes across
the water and makes and end to it. The war will come from the east and will
end in the west - the last war will be the total destroyer. When you do not
understand the people you meet, it is not far from the terrible end at all."
(Prediction of the Muehlhiasl from Apoig (1753 -?))

"This war will break out very rapidly. In the evening one will say: Peace,
peace, but there is no peace, and in the morning the enemies already stand
before the doors."
(The prophecy of the farmer Jasper (1764-1833) 2nd Version)

"The third world war will begin a few days after the murder of a leader in
the sector of Yugoslavia-Hungary."
(Prophecy of a Sister of the Queen Brigite Order, Rome; published in the

"Europe will be afflicted with horrible punishments, when the papal chair is
empty. Wickedness, spitefulness and slandering will provoke a small nation,
that will set on the fire by killing a prince. Seven realms will rise
against the bird with two heads and the bird with one head."
(Testament of a fleeing Pope (1701))

"The month of June will bring the beginning of the problems but it will not
yet be the real war. In the month of July, the general mobilisation will
start. In August, the involved peoples will start to feel the effects. In
September, there will happen the largest massacre that humankind has already
experimented. Between October and December, there will be miracles."
(1622 prophecy published by Beykirch in his "Prophetenstimmen" book, 1849)

"The crisis will come suddenly for all, and the punishment is general."
(Marie Julie Jahenny (1850 -?))

"The third great war will begin at the end of July, beginning of August... I
do not know the year."
(Anton Johansson (1858-1909))

"Over night the revolution of the communists comes connected with the
national socialists, the storm over cloisters and clergymen. At first humans
do not want to believe it, so surprisingly it will happen. Many will be
imprisoned and executed. Everything flees into the mountains. Like a
lightning the revolution of Russia comes, first to Germany, then to France,
Italy and England."
(The Seer Franz Kugelbeer (1922))

"But outside there will be a celestial sign, which announces the beginning
of the large mischief. There will be a shine in the north, like never seen
before, and then the fire will be everywhere."
(Sepp Wudy, the farmer's farmhand (at the beginning of the 20th century))

"Over night it will take place - in a pub in Zwiesel many people will be
together, and outside the soldiers will ride over the bridge."
(Matthias Stomberger (18th century) 1st version)

"The small nations will form a great nation. And they will be in wars. In
the final part of the millennium, an invisible serpent will shake the
people, which will move through the earth, as straving wolves, spreading
hunger and plagues. Rome and Moscow will fall in the deepest disorder. The
end of the millennium will see a lot of violence and blood. The walls of the
churches will be spotted with blood."
(Prophecy of St. Anastacy, found in a Moscow monastery in the 16th C.)

"A new Middle East war suddenly flames up, big naval forces are facing
hostiley in the Mediterranean - the situation is strained. But the actual
firing spark is set in the Balkans; I see a "large one" falling, a bloody
dagger lies beside him - then impact is on impact. Two men kill a third
highranked. They were paid by other. The third murder occurred. Then the war
starts... One of the murderers is a small black man, the other a little bit
taller, with brightcoloured hair. I think, it will be in the Balkans, but
cannot say exactly... After the third murder it starts overnight... I see
quite clearly three numbers, tow eights and a nine. But I cannot say what it
means and cannot state a time. The war begins at sunrise... Quite black an
army comes from the east, but however everything occurs very rapidly. I see
a three, but I do not know if it means three days or three weeks."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"The confusion will be so general that men will not be able to think aright,
as if God had withheld His Providence from mankind, and that, during the
worst crisis, the best that can be done would be to remain where God has
placed us, and persevere in fervent prayers."
(The prophecy of the Jesuitenparson Nectou (18th century))

"...we may see a naval build up, probably in the Mediterranean. There may
well be a confrontation between Europe and North Africa, probably Algeria or
(Old Moore's Almanack, predictions for July 2000)

"The New Moon on the 29th falls into Virgo, and its square to Jupiter and
Pluto indicates a return to rising international tension. This is one of
several trigger points in the Balkans..."
(Old Moore's Almanack, predictions for August 2000)

"International pressure centres on the Persian Gulf."
(Old Moore's Almanack, predictions for October 2000)

"There is a chance of violent conflict in the Middle East during April."
(Old Moore's Almanack 2000)

"The characteristics of the Russian year will be in heightened nationalism
and authoritarianism."
(Old Moore's Almanack 2000)

The great star for seven days shall burn
So nakedly clear like two suns appearing
The large dog all night howling
While the great Pontiff shall change his territory

Russians in a military coup
Shall be elevated to such a high degree
They will elect a leader, one born in a province
Shall pass sea, will send armies over high mountains

The great pity shall not be long delayed
Those who once gave now reluctantly receive
Naked, starved, frozen, thirsty, wounded
Shall pass over mountains to carry out a great misadventure

By night the (nuclear) rainbow will appear in Nantes
The marine arches will rouse the rain
In the Persian Gulf a great fleet will be sunk to the bottom
A monster (or divine omen) in Germany will be born of the Russians and the

The new empire will be desolate
There will be change in the northern pole
The commotion will come out of Italy
To trouble the undertaking, tributary to Philip

Phase Two: War with Russia and China
"At the end of the twentieth century, Russia will see great disorders. The
houses, people and lands will be transformed by blood. We will see terrible
things through pictures. What is above will go down, and what is below will
return to high."
(Pouskof the Monk, St. Nicholas' Chapel, Popovka, Russia - 15th C._

The apparitions of Our Lady in Amsterdam known as Our Lady of All Peoples,
from March 1945 to May 1959 to a Dutch girl:
"A great conflict will happen - United States, Russia... the time is not
far." (February 1950)
"Look at Europe. Warn the European people."
"Europe must be careful. Forewarn the people of Europe. Look well and
listen: East against West. Europe, pay attention."
"New calamities will fall over the planet."
"People from Europe, unite!" (February 7th, 1946)

"The souls will wander in 99."
(Benjamin Solari Parravicini, Argentinian Catholic, heard words and wrote
them down. He believed a war in the Middle East would enflame the whole
world, with the participation of a yellow race.)

"But the luck will not leave the large eagle, and how many peoples do unite
against him, they won't achieve anything - The Russians will cause much
blood but however after losing their allies they will leave with shame -
Finally the eagle will make an end to all wars, exchange the swords with
plow, and a general peace will be on earth. "
(The prophecy of Johann Wallich (17th century))

"The whole earth is filled with turbulence and discontent. The rulers use
their vast powers for greater domination and the struggling multitude
uncoils itself like a serpent seeking its prey. They seize nations against
their neighbours and waste their strength to break one another. The victors
are too far spent to shout... for the last half hour is wombed with the most
terrible period of Earth's history... and when the last quarter of the last
hour has arrived the yellow hordes in the place of the rising sun and the
white hosts of the middle kingdom have joined hands... and behold, they pour
out their terrifying wrath upon the island kingdom, which is swelled with
victory and grown fat upon the commerce of sea and land."
(Dated pre-1915, unknown origin)

"It comes from the golden city. The first worm begins at the blue water in
the northwest and goes to the Swiss borders. As far as Regensburg exist no
more bridges crossing the Danube, they do not come from the south of the
blue water... then impact is on impact. Massed units march from the East
into Belgrade and move forward into Italy. Thereafter three armored wedges
immediately advance with lightning speed in the north of the Danube over
West Germany toward the Rhine- without preliminary warning. This will occur
so unexpectedly that the population flees full of panic to the West. Many
cars will clog the roads - if they would have stayed at home or would have
not have used the main streets. Everything, which will be an obstacle for
the rapidly advancing tanks on highspeed motorways will be down-rolled. I
cannot see any Danube-bridges above Regensburg anymore. Hardly anything
remains of the big city of Frankfurt. The Rhine valley will be devastated,
mainly from the air... I see three spearheads coming; the below spearhead
comes along the over the forest, but then pulls up northwest alongside the
Danube. The line is for instance Prague, the Bavarian forest and Saxony, the
third from northeast to southwest. Now I see the earth like a ball before
me, on which the lines of airplanes project, which now fly up like swarms of
white pigeons from the sand. The Russian does not stop anywhere, while
running in his three wedges. Day and night they run in order to reach the
Ruhrdistrict, where the many furnaces and fireplaces are. The second
spearhead comes westwards over Saxony, towards the Ruhrdistrict, exacty like
the third, which goes from the northeast westwards towards Berlin. Day and
night the Russians run, inexorably their target is the Ruhrdistrict... Tanks
roll over Germany. These tanks will come from the east and will drive with
large speed to the west. Where obstacles are made into their way, they make
with their supremacy everything equal to the ground. In three spearheads
they pull to the west, to the North Sea, to central Germany and in the south
along the Alps, as far as I can remember. Because of fear humans flee to the
west. In France the roads will be clogged by fleeing people and cars and
there won't go any forward or back. Men and women are drawn by force into
the hostile army; those who refuse are shot... food and everything that the
hostile army needs, is taken from the population. The tank troops of the
Russians will come up to the Rhineland. The whole country will be full of
strange soldiers and everyone murders and rapes the women, like he wants to.
The people will possess neither property nor something else, many won't have
a house and will have to live in hiding places."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"A heavy war will be inflamed in the south. It will spread to the east and
the north. The monarchs will be killed. Wild crowds will inundate Germany
and will come to the Rhine. They will kill due to desire, kill and burn, so
that the despaired mothers, because everywhere they see death, will commit
suicide and fall into the water with their babies."
(Kapuzinerparson from Dόsseldorf (1762))

"By the third happening Russia invades Germany, precisely in the South up to
Chiemgau, and the mountains are to spot fires, and the Russian is to leave
behind everything he has of munitions. Up to the Danube and the Inn
everything is made alike to the ground."
(Army postal letters of Andreas Rill (1914))

"The red-dressed will come on the new roads. But they do not come across the
(Prediction of the Muehlhiasl from Apoig (1753 -?))

"Immediately the revenge comes across the large water. However the yellow
dragon invades in Alaska and Canada at the same time. But he comes not
far... I see the earth like a ball before me, on whom now the white pigeons
fly near, a very large number coming up from the sand. And then it rains a
yellow dust in a line. When the golden city is destroyed, it begins. Like a
yellow line it goes up to the city in the bay. It will be a clear night,
when they begin to throw it. The tanks are still driving, but those who sit
in these tanks became quite black. Where it falls down, everything will be
dead, no tree, no bush, no cattle, no grass, this becomes withered and
black. The houses still exist. I don't know, what it is and so I cannot tell
it. It is a long line. Who goes over this line, dies. The ones, who are on
the one side cannot go over to the other side. Then everything at the
spearheads breaks down. They all must go to the north. What they have with
them, they throw away. Nobody will come back anymore... The airplanes drop a
yellow powder between the Black Sea and the North Sea. Thus a death strip is
created, straight from the Black Sea to the North Sea, as wide as half
Bavaria. In this zone no more grass can grow, let alone humans live. The
Russian supply is interrupted... Swarms of pigeons ascend from the sand. Two
herds achieve the combat area from the west to southwest... The squadrons
turn towards the north and cut off the course of the third army. From the
east there are many caterpillars. But in the caterpillars everybody is
already dead, although the vehicles keep rolling on, in order to gradually
remain automatically. Here, the pilots also throw off their small black
boxes. They do explode, before they touch the soil, and spread a yellow or
green smoke or dust. What comes in contact with this becomes dead, whether
it is a human, an animal or a plant. For one year no organism is allowed to
enter this area, otherwise it will expose itself to the largest mortal
danger. At the Rhine the attack is finally repelled. From the three
spearheads no soldier will come home anymore... These boxes are satanic.
When they explode, a yellow and green dust or smoke arises, everything that
comes in contact to it, is dead, it is a human, an animal or a plant. The
humans become quite black and the meat fall off their bones, so sharply the
poison is. ... By a natural catastrophe or something similar the Russians
evade to the north suddenly. Around Cologne the last battle has started."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"From the east this war will break out. I am frightened of the east. But it
does not last long, and those will be in security who have found a good
hiding place for only a few days. Also the escape will be very rapid. One
has only to throw trucks and wheels in the water, otherwise the fleeing
enemies take it all with them."
(The prophecy of the farmer Jasper (1764-1833) 2nd version)

"A new war will break out, this will be the shortest. The people will
destroy the world and the world will destroy the people. The revenge comes
from across the large water. From across the large water the war will come,
and the iron horses will destroy the Bohemian earth."
(The blind young man from Prague (14th Century))

"China? There lies a sleeping giant. Let her rest, for when she awakes she
will move the world."
(Napoleon I Bonaparte, Emperor of France (c. early 19th C.) - the Chinese
philosopher Confucius also spoke of China's involvement in a 'final war'
between east and west, in which they would use a terrible weapon that would
'warp' its victims.)

"Thus I saw the death angels flying and emptying their poison bowls over the
entire mankind. Whole nations will die."
(Josef Stockert (1947))

"Then, when the misery is at the largest point, a rescuer will come from the
south; He will strike the hordes of the enemies, and will make Germany
(Kapuzinerparson from Dόsseldorf (1762))

"Long they will fight with undecided luck, until finally they will come into
the Rhineland. There they will fight three days, so that the water of the
Rhine will be colored red, until it comes soon afterwards to the battle at
the small birchtree. There will fight white, blue and grey soldiers with
such power and rage that the invading crowds are completely beaten, and then
rest and peace will be."
(The prophecy about the battle at the birch tree (1701))

"Russia, with secret weapons, will fight against the United States, conquer
Europe and the river Rhine in Germany will be full of cadavers. Russia will
invade Europe and, especially in Italy, will cause ruin and destruction."
(Sister Elena Leonardi Aiello, Italian nun, 1960 (1st version))

"If people do not return to God with truly Christian living, another
terrible war will come from the East to the West. Russia, with her secret
armies, will battle America and will overrun Europe. The river Rhine will be
overflowing with corpses and blood. Italy will also be harassed by a great
revolution, and the Pope will suffer terribly."
(Sister Elena Leonardi Aiello, Italian nun, August 22, 1960 (2nd version))

"When an extraordinary sign appears in the sky, the men should know that the
punishment of the world is close. Many signs will come to the world to
advise mankind that they have already passed the limits. Russia and her
allies will march over all the nations of Europe and will place her flag
over Saint Peter's in Rome. What a pain! The governments don't understand,
because they do not possess the true Christian spirit, they open the doors
to materialism."
(Sister Elena Leonardi Aiello, Italian nun, April 1976)

"Russia will march upon all the nations of Europe, particularly Italy, and
will raise her flag over the dome of St. Peter's."
(Sister Elena Leonardi Aiello, Italian nun)

"The battle will take place at the birchtree between Unna, Hamm and Werl.
There nations from half over the world will face each other."
(The prophecy of the farmer Jasper (1764-1833) 2nd version)

"But finally a strange King will rise and get the victory for the fair
The enemy remainder escapes up to the birchtree.
Here the last large battle will be fought for the good thing.
The strange ones brought the black death in the country.
What the sword has spared, the plague eats."
(Prediction of the "Spielbaehn" (18th century))

"An important battle will be held between Unna and Hamm. The battle, the
victory, the escape will follow so rapidly after each other, that the one,
who can hide himself for only a short time, will escape the danger."
(The prophecy of the farmer Jasper (1764-1833) 1st version)

"This is the beginning of the blood time
The city Cologne will then see a terrible battle.
Much strange nations will be murdered here, and men and women fight for
their faith.
And a dreadful devastation can not be turned away form Cologne, which up to
then has still been a virgin.
And one will walk in the blood up to his footjoint."
(Prediction of the "Spielbaehn" (18th century))

"Actually you will be happy, and after the darkness it will be seen the
light, because at the year 2000, the Beast and the Harlot will be thrown
into the abyss. Never again will they live there and the sign of the Cross
will shine in the glory of the light, with one faith and one shepherd. Oh!
Oh! Where the rivers Rhine and Mosela meet (Cologne), a very bloody battle
will be joined against the Muslims and the Russians, so that the Rhine will
blush for 25 leagues."
(German medieval prophecy)

"Then they are flying to the north. In the center there is a mark, there
lives nothing anymore, no human, no animal, no grass. They fly to the quite
north, where the third spearhead had come in, and do cut off everything. So
they will all be murdered, nobody from these three armies will come back
home anymore. ...But then I see someone flying, coming from the east, who
drops something into the large water, so that something strange will happen.
The water lifts itself as high as a tower and falls down, then everything is
inundated (flooded). There is an earthquake and the half of the big island
will sink. The whole action will not last long, I see three lines - three
days, three weeks, three months, I don't know exactly, but it won't last
long! ..."A single airplane, which comes from the east, throws something
into the large water. Then the water lifts itself as high as a tower and
falls down. Everything is inundated. There is an earthquake. The southern
part of England slips into the water. Three large cities will be ruined: one
will be destroyed by the water, the second is located so high in the Sea,
that you can only see the church tower and the third falls in. ...One part
of England disappears, when the thing falls into the sea, which the pilot
drops. Then the water lifts itself as high as a tower and falls down. What
this thing is, I do not know...The countries at the sea are endangered of
the water heavily, the sea is very jerkily, the waves go high as a house; it
foams, as if it would cook/boil in the underground. Islands disappear, and
the climate changes. A part of the proud island sinks, if the thing falls
into the sea, which the pilot drops. Then the water lifts itself as high as
a tower and falls down. What this thing is, I do not know. When it comes, I
do not know."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"A sun will fall and the earth will tremble."
(The blind young man from Prague (14th century))

"From Vyschrad a tremendous fire ball comes along, rocks fly through the air
and all blazes the sea of fire. Everything, what the mankind's diligence has
created, is lying in debris and ash, one can only hear the roar of the
storm. Life has gone out, I do only see rubble and corpses. Slowly the
clouds disappear, only there, where once the proud cathedral dome had been I
see a bloody-red fireball."
(The Sybille of Prague (?-1658))

"Many and terrible signs will appear in the sky, the sun will darken and
will show itself bloody-red. One will able to see two moons at the same time
for four hours long one, surrounded by amazing things. Several stars will
collide as a sign of the destruction of all humans."
(Caesarius of Heisterbach (1180-1240))

"...During the war the big darkness comes, which lasts 72 hours. ...It will
become dark at a day during the war. Then a hail impact, consisting of
lightning and thunder, breaks out and an earthquake vibrates the earth.
Please do not go out of the house at that time. The lights do not burn,
except candle light, the current stops. Who inhales the dust, gets a cramp
and dies. Do not open the windows, cover it completely with black paper. All
open-standing water become poisonous and also all open-standing meals, which
are not in locked doses. Also no meals in glassies, because they would not
cover it up completely. Outside the death by dust goes around, many humans
die. After 72 hours everything is over. But again: Do not go out of the
house, do not look out of the windows, and keep the candle light burning.
And pray. Overnight there will die more humans than in the two world wars
before. ...Do not open a window during during the 72 hours. The rivers will
have so few water that you can easily pass them. The cattle falls, the grass
becomes yellow and dryly, the dead humans will become quite yellow and
black. The wind drives the clouds of death off to the east."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"Over the whole earth a close darkness will come, which will last three days
and three nights. This darkness will make it quite impossible to see
something. Furthermore the darkness will be connected with contamination of
the air, which will not exclusivly but mainly kill the enemies of the
religion. As long as the darkness lasts, it will be impossible to make any
light. Only sacred candles could be ignited and donate light. Who opens the
window during this darkness for curiosity and looks out of it or goes out of
the house, will immediately die. During these three days the people have to
remain in their houses, pray and implore God for mercy."
(The prophecies of Anna Maria Taigi (1769-1837))

"Winter comes, three days darkness.
Lightning and thunder and the break of earth,
Pray at home, don't leave the house!
And do also not look out of the window!

A candle gives the whole time alone,
if it wants to burn, you shine.
Poisonous air penetrates from the dust night,
Black epidemic, worst human battle.

The same threatens to concern all humans,
But the good ones die a blessed death.
Many faithful ones remain marvelous
Free of breath cramp and plague danger."
(Song of the old lime tree (1850))

"Darkness of three days and nights. Beginning with a terrible thunderstrike
with earthquakes. No fire burns. One can neither eat nor sleep, but only
pray. Lightnings penetrate into the houses, terrible curses of devils are to
be heard. Earthquake, thunder, sea noise. Who looks curiously out of the
window, will die immediately. Admire the precious blood of Jesus and call
Maria. The devils get the Godless ones on alive body. These ones ask in vain
for an extension of their life."
(The Seer Franz Kugelbeer (1922))

"Three days and three nights long darkness. It begins with a dreadful
thunder or earthquake. No fire will burn. One will neither eat nor sleep,
but only pray. Only sacred candles will burn. Lightnings will penetrate into
the houses. Earthquake and sea quake. One part of the people will call Jesus
and Maria, while the other will swear. Sulfur steams and stench will fill
the air."
(The Seer of Vorarlberg (1922))

"Three days of continuous darkness will come. During this terrible darkness
only candles from sacred wax will bring light. A candle will be sufficient
for three days, but in the houses of the godless they will not burn. During
these three days demons in dreadful, horrible shape will appear and the air
echoes their terrible curses. Rays and sparks will penetrate into the
humans' houses, but they won't be able to weak the light of the holy
candles, because they cannot be switched off neither by winds, storms nor
earthquakes. A bloody-red cloud will pull over the sky; the sound of the
thunder will shake the earth. The sea will pour its foam-crowned waves over
the earth. The earth will transform into a giantful graveyard. The corpses
of the godless as well as of the fair ones will stain the ground. "
(Marie Julie Jahenny (1850 -?). This remarkable woman, who here predicts
nuclear bombings followed by flash floods, also had visions of God speaking
with Satan, who told God he was about to destroy mankind with a terrible

"During the three days of darkness all those, who are on the path of
depravity, will face death, so that only the third part of mankind will
(Vision of the sister Maria (1878))

"The large disaster will begin naturally and will end supernaturally.
Remember what this means; naturally and supernaturally! God by himself will
intervene. The earth is thrown from its course and the sun won't give her no
longer any shine. Darkness will be on the whole globe seventy-two hours
long. During this darkness no light will burn, except the light of the faith
and sacred candles, which is preserved to everyone, who fulfilled loyally
the request of the Mother of God. The true Christians will close and cover
windows and doors during this time and assemble around the cross and the
picture of the most blessed virgin, in order to pray. ... Do not look out of
the window and do not be curious, what is going on outside, otherwise you
have to die!"
(Josef Stockert (1947))

"If my requests are not granted, Russia will spread its errors throughout
the world, raising up wars and persecutions against the Church. The good
will be martyred, the Holy Father will suffer much and various nations will
be annihilated... In the end, my Immaculate Heart will triumph. The Holy
Father will consecrate Russia to me and she wil be converted and a period of
peace will be granted to the world."
(Our Lady of Fatima (1917))

"Then a time will be, so terribly, when one will believe the end of the
world has come. The blood will flow in several big cities, the elements turn
out in riot. It will be like the last day of judgement in small. In this
disaster a large crowd will die, but the bad ones will not win the upper
hand. They will have the intention to destroy the church completely; but the
time will not be given to them, because this terrible period will be of
short duration."
(The prophecy of the Jesuitenparson Nectou (18th century))

"The time will come, when you neither can buy nor sell. Bread will be
assigned and marked. The seas will color themselves with blood. ...The
carriages will drive without horses, fiery dragons will fly through the air
and belch fire and sulfur, destroy cities and villages."
(Testament of a fleeing Pope (1701))

"At the same time a large fight took place, so furiously that one have not
seen something similar yet. The blood flowed, like if it strongly rains,
particularly from the south to the north, because the west seemed to me more
(The vision of the sister from Belley (1816))

"The people will run out of the forest. Those, who hide themselves at the
"Fuchsenriegel" or at the "Falkenstein", remain spared. Who survives must
have an iron heading. The people become ill, and nobody can help them...
however it will continue, and what follows then, is the end of the world.
Sky and earth burn, because it is the time, when everything comes to an end.
And this time will be, when the wild hunt with fire and sulfur roars over
the country. But it is still long time, till it will happen, then no humans
will know anymore, where "Zwiesel" and where "Rabenstein" (German towns)
have been. Of all frights the this will be the last. When the people fall
off the bank like the flies off the wall, the last time begins. It will be
(Matthias Stomberger (18th century) 1st version)

"However beforehand the bad will have made such progress that it seems, all
devils of the hell are released; The pursuit of the fair ones by the bad
ones will be so large that those will have to suffer a real martyrdom."
(The vision of Bernhard Clausi (19th century))

"So many fires and weapons humans have never seen before. Everything will be
in disorder. Those who survive, must have an iron heading. But it will not
last long. Nothing will help, even if the people become believing again and
pray to God. They become ill, and no humans can help them. In the whole
forest no light will burn anymore, and this will last a long time."
(Prediction of the Muehlhiasl from Apoig (1753 -?))

"Once I see the wind bringing fire and all trees burn like matches. Another
time I see that downhills everything is decay, no human can be seen and no
house, only wall debris. And again and again clouds come, fire-red, and it
flashes, but it does not thunder anymore."
(Prokop, the forest herdsman (1887-1965))

"You have the meal in front of you and are not allowed to eat it, because it
brings you the death, and you have the water and may not drink it, because
it would also mean your death. From the Osser (mountain at the
Bavarian-Bohemian boundary) there will still be a water source, there you
can drink. The air devours into the skin such as poison. Put on all dresses
you have and don't even let the tip of your nose uncovered. Place yourself
into a hole and wait till it is all over, it will not last long, or look for
a cave in the mountains. When you lose hair, it has gotten you. Take a
Kronwittbirl (vitamins???) into the mouth, this will help, and please drink
no milk for at least eight weeks."
(Sepp Wudy, the farmer's farmhand (at the beginning of the 20th century))

"The plague governs, large black marks can be seen at arms. Sulfur steams
fill everything, as if the whole hell would be released."
(The Seer Franz Kugelbeer (1922))

"Humans and animals will die; a dreadful famine will afflict the whole world
and in particular the west - You will have nerver heard such a thing
(Caesarius of Heisterbach (1180-1240))

"The golden city will be destroyed, then it will begin."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"The bohemian forrest will once be burned and destroyed like straw"
(Sepp Wudy, the farmer's farmhand (at the beginning of the 20th century))

"The people in Bohemian will be destroyed by the war, and everything in the
country will be buried. Twice the Bohemian land will be sieved: the second
time only as much Czechs will remain as there is place on one hand. But
there won't be rather peace in Europe, before Prague is not a heap of
rubble. On the cherryblossom Prague will be destroyed again. Nobody of us
will know anything, and the shepherd will push his stick into the soil and
will say: Here was Prague."
(The blind young man from Prague (14th century))

"Still your rule lasts, my loved Prague, but also you will face the last
hour. Prague, my dear Prague, you will find a rarely terrible end. A breath
goes through your lanes, sweet and warm; surprised the humans will feel him.
With horrible distorted faces thousands begin to rest and freeze despite the
warmth. ...It comes to the end. Ten musty beats of the last church roar in
the air. Slowly and cloudly the tides of the Moldau roll, - a fruitful
hurricane roars across the country, across the city. Yellow-grey dust clouds
and heavy, poisonous clouds take the breath from humans and cattle. The
Hradschin is set on fire, in the city the walls bursts, everywhere fire
rages. The earth trembles, vibrated by the musty quake, deep gaps do open,
devour dead and alive. The graves open as ransacked by spirit hands, and the
skeletons smile a cruel laughter. Everything sinks in the unfathomably black
depth...Slowly the clouds begin to disappear, only where once the proud
cathedral was, I see a bloody-red fireball. It is over! Prague, your fate
has been fulfilled! Where are your houses, proud city?"
(The Sybille of Prague (?-1658))

Last Edited by Perseus -]+[- on 07/27/2009 05:13 AM
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/27/2009 05:16 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
"The environment of Pilsen will play a large role. Who is not away at least
two miles from this place, is to creep away on hands and feet, because
everything is totally destroyed." (at that time a mile amounted to about
seven kilometers). In the houses the foxes and hares go in and out and at
the windows there will grow stinging nettles. The city Prague will be
destroyed. The whole Bohemian country will be deserted. People from all over
the world will come to see this."
(Fuhrmannl (1691-1763))

"The strangers are struck after hard resistance, France is torn, a prince is
back-pushed in such a way that he can over-look his whole glory from a
(The prophecy of Johann Peter Knopp (18th century))

"A large city is devoured by mud,
Another one is struggeling with the fire,
All cities become dead quiet,
On the Viennese "Stephansplatz" grows Dill (weed)."
(Song of the old lime tree (1850))

"The city with the iron tower becomes the victim of the own people. They
ignite everything. Revolution is, and it goes wildly. The islands before the
coast are going under, because the water is quite wild. I see large holes in
the sea, which close when the enormous waves return. The beautiful city at
the blue sea almost sinks completely in the sea and in the dirt and sand,
that is ejected by the sea. I see three cities sinking in the south, in the
northwest and in the west. The large city with the high iron tower is set on
fire. But the own people have made this, not those, who have come from the
east. And the city is made equal to the ground, this I am seeing quite
(Alois Irlmaier)

"In France two parties will form, that fight each other on lives and death.
The one will be more numerous than the other one, but the weaker one will
triumph. In the instant, when one will consider everything lost, everything
will be saved. During this revolution, which - as it seems - will be general
and will extend not only to France, Paris will be completely destroyed so
completely that twenty years afterwards fathers walking over its ruins with
their children will be asked by them what kind of place it was; to which
they will answer: 'My child, this was a great city which God has destroyed
on account of her crimes.'"
(The prophecy of the Jesuitenparson Nectou (18th century))

"Particularly Paris would face the dreadful fate. Because it is written:
"The flame of the sky will support the rage of the enemies."
(Unknown origin)

"The Parisian inhabitant himself will, full of rage and despair in his heart
and fulfilled by the theory, which the Moskowiter gave to him, support the
efforts furiously, with which the barbarians want to destroy the queen of
all cities. Burning torches are thrown on the roofs of the houses. Paris
will completely be a tremendous fire place. In my prophetic prediction I am
saying of Paris: "Be careful! City of the philosophers, oh! Unfortunate
city! Because one day the plows will go over your ruins, and your father
will say to his son: Once here was Paris." This unfortunate forecast should
not be realized on the first and second entry of the foreigners, although it
seemed to be. - God guard us from the third entry."
(Prediction of Marianne Lenormand (1772-1843))

"Paris will be set on fire and will be destroyed. Marseille will sink into
an abyss, which was formed around the city, and will be covered by a
(The Seer of Vorarlberg (1922))

"There is a fabulous city, far, called Paris. Their inhabitants are the most
corrupted people on the face of the earth. But on a certain day in the year
made up of ones and nines, storms of fire will destroy the immense capital."
(Prophecy known after 1730, most likely of Irish origin)

"The Colosseum and the Eiffel Tower will be destroyed and one third of
humankind will die in an atomic war, at the century's end."
(Italian seer Gina Bonet, 20th Century)

"A cross appears in the sky. This means the end of the darkness. The earth
is lying abandoned like an enormous cemetery. Frightened humans come out of
the houses. The dead ones are collected and buried in mass graves. On the
roads it is quiet, and in factories no machine operates, because nobody is
(The Seer of Vorarlberg (1922))

"At the end of the century, the earth will be in chaos. Its surface will be
scorched by the fire of atomic bombs. Europe will be a vast cemetery. Asia
and Africa will be true deserts. Part of America will be horribly
(The Brazilian spiritualist Brother "X", published 1950s)

"A cross appears in the sky. This is the end of the darkness."
(The Seer Franz Kugelbeer (1922))

"During or at the end of the war I see a sign in the sky: the crossed one
with his sore marks. And everybody will see it. I have already seen it for
the third time, it will surely happen. ...And an earthquake will be under
lightning and thunder that everything frightens. And I hear the people
proclaim frightened: "There is a God!"
(Alois Irlmaier)

"The things will come to the extreme, where the human hand is able to do
nothing more and everything seems to be lost. Then God himself will
intervene and in one instant like from morning to evening will put in order.
Even the godless will admit, that everything was made by the hand of God."
(The vision of Bernhard Clausi (19th century))

"The bad ones wanted to exterminate all servants of the christian religion.
They had killed many of them and started to shout for victory, when suddenly
the good ones were encouraged by help from above and the bad were defeated.
This time with all its changes will not last longer than three months, and
the large crisis, in which the good ones will triumph, will last only a
short time."
(The vision of the sister from Belley (1816))

"God will frighten the enemies with terrible storm."
(The prophecy of the farmer Jasper (1764-1833) 2nd version)

Like a mythical warrior gryphon shall come the king of Europe
Accompanied by those of the Northern region
Reds and whites shall conduct a great troop
And shall fight against the kings of Babylon

Thunder from Heaven shall extend its range
They still blaspheme God while enduring great execution
The stone in the tree, a proud people humbled
Monstrous man-made noise, a renewal through expiation needed

In the year so close to remove from the Harlot
Two most powerful ones from Asia and Africa
By Rhine and Danube where one says they shall come
Cries, tears at Malta and the Italian coast

In the great empire with everyone's existence hung in desperation
One over the other shall secure it
But little time shall last last for his reign and existence
Two years the navy shall be rotten due to poor maintenance

A mass approaches from Russia
Abbadon will destroy the city
Romania will see her desolation
After which the great flame of war will not be extinguished

Norway, Romania, and the British Island
Through the united enemies will be vexed
The Roman chief of French ancestry
Will with his armies be pushed back into the forest

At the great battle of Armageddon (Cheramonagora)
The Christian cross through rows totally attached
The stubborn army of God against the evil dragon
The dragon will attack on October 3rd

Long before the end of the world
Those from the East through moral lunar courage
On the year of 2025 will embark on a great invasion
Will capture most of the northern corner

"The sixth angel poured his bowl on the great river Euphrates, and its water
was was dried up, to prepare the way for the kings from the east. And I saw,
issuing from the mouth of the beast and from the mouth of the beast and from
the mouth of the false prophet, three foul spirits like frogs; for they are
demonic spirits, performing signs, who go abroad to the kings of the whole
world, to assemble them for battle on the great day of God the Almighty.
("Lo, I am coming like a thief! Blessed is he who is awake, keeping his
garments so that he may not go naked and be seen exposed!") And they
assembled them at the place which is called in Hebrew Armageddon." (Rev

On Brink Of World War III
Jesus - "My child and My children, you do not understand how close you are
on the brink to the Third World War, which could break out any day now. All
who are ready will not suffer the great cataclysm brought on by evil minds.
You must all work and pray and do penance for peace among all nations; for
We love Our children and We do not want to see them die, for many are
unprepared and they come without Baptism." (6-18-84)

There Will Be A Third World War
Our Lady - "My child, you will see that the Message goes throughout the
world. Do not be slowed down in your endeavors by scoffers, those who say
there will not be a Third World War. Are they God? Oh, no, they will know
what it is to see blackened bodies along the roadside, their children,
stomachs distended with starvation. 'This cannot happen here in the United
States.' I hear voices saying. O My children, it will! Your crops will rot.
Your children will be barred from their own homes because they have become a
source of murder." (5-28-83)

Many Mothers To Lose Their Sons
Our Lady - "Many mothers shall face in the world calamity the loss of their
sons. Many shall truly join Me upon the Cross."

Veronica - I see, it looks like a large field. Oh, it's like a countryside
because there are mountains and I am looking down now upon a river...Oh, no,
it's more like a lake because I can see all the foliage and the trees around
it, but down now over in the woods there are many, many crosses - crosses
white - washed, painted white.

Now I am looking down and now I'm walking among these crosses and they do
not have names upon the crosses.

Our Lady - "My child, look and weep with Me, for you are witnessing the
total destruction that will come upon mankind in the great War, your Third
World War. So many will die, My child, that there will not be time to mark
the graves.

"Mothers shall long to see and know where their sons lie but to no avail!
This comfort shall not be given to them, so great will be the loss of life!
Can you not turn back now and beg the forgiveness of the Eternal Father
before it is too late? Are you so blind to the truth, My children, that you
do not see the road you are travelling on?" (3.29-75)

Armaments Gathered Throughout Russia
Our Lady - "Day by day, man is killing now. Many countries shall be
embroiled in wars, until we have the greatest war ever seen, nor shall ever
be seen again, the Third World War, which shall engulf the nations. And many
nations shall disappear from the force of the armaments being gathered now
throughout Russia.

"Yes, My child, no matter how the world reacts to the truth, you will shout
it from the rooftops that Russia has not accepted any overtures from Rome.
Unless Russia can be dedicated to the Immaculate Heart of Jesus and Mary,
unless they will recognize the truth, they will continue to go throughout
the world sowing seeds of discord, discontentment, and war. You know, My
children, that war is a punishment for man's sins, but also, war is an
indication of the loss of the knowledge of God.

"My children, I cannot enforce Myself upon you. I can only plead with you as
a Mother of mercy to turn back now while there is still a little time. Your
time is growing short. I repeat again: there is only one grain left in the

"My child and My children, do not be affrighted. Were it to be that I can
come to you as a Mother of glad tidings, I should be the first to come to
you and throw My arms about you, and solace you with the great knowledge
that you have received a time permitted only by the Eternal Father to settle
your estates, and your way of life to change it, to be on the narrow road to
Heaven. Do not forfeit your life, your eternal life, by wishing or coveting
material gains of this world, for none shall follow you over the veil to
plead your cause.

"The enemies of God are all about you. Russia has planned these days, My
child and My children. And how I have begged for years of earth's time that
Russia be consecrated to My Immaculate Heart. When she is consecrated she
will be converted, My children, and then you shall see the world of joy
again. Tears shall be banished, and mothers shall not sorrow until they die
of grief for the loss of their children and their sons.

"My child and My children, I want you to understand that We have been
patient with only the patience that God the Eternal Father in the Holy Ghost
could manifest to you. No human being can understand the suffering that We
have resolved Ourselves to for your salvation and the salvation of all of
the souls upon earth." (8-21-85)

Russia To Use Manpower Of China
Jesus - "My child and children, there will be a great Chastisement, but this
will coincide with the arrival of the Ball of Redemption and the Third World

"Russia will also utilize the manpower of China as they make their thrust

"I realize, My child, that this message has a great emotional impact upon
you. Do not be afeared.

"666 - the days of suffering - are at hand: 6 is for the six who are coming:
6 is for the six days of suffering; and 6 is for those who will be sent back
to hell - 666, the major of forces from hell led by satan." (3-26-83)

Syria Has The Key
Our Lady - "My child, one part only can be made known, given to you. Syria
has the key to the solution of world peace or the third world war. It will
be the destruction of three quarters of the world. A world aflame, with also
the Ball of Redemption.

"Your country, the United States, and many nations of the world now are
under the domination of a godless government. As such, without prayer,
atonement and sacrifice. I say unto you now, as your Mother, that you, too,
proud and arrogant a nation that you be, the United States shall fall. Many
shall suffer.

"My child and My children, I have always promised to protect you and all who
call to Me. But the powers, the forces of evil, have been allowed to enter
even into My Son's Church. The smoke of darkness - darkness of the spirit
covers the world. Already many have reached the point of no return. Pray, My
child and My children, a constant vigilance of prayer.

"My child, I shall not burden you now with a long discourse on the offenses
of mankind that has now been played, the scene before the final curtain,
before the eyes of the Eternal Father as He sets judgment upon mankind.

Not The End Of The World
"Continue, My child, as you have been, accepting for your Vicar now all
manner of illness, sufferings of the heart, penance and atonement. For
unless We have others who offer full dedication in that manner, giving their
wills to the Eternal Father for the salvation of souls, your world will face
within a short time the final destruction. Not the end of the world, My
children or My child, but a destruction such as mankind has never
experienced before, nor shall it ever again so few will be left." (5-30-81)

Russia Will Use Ray Guns
Our Lady - "Do not be affrighted, My child. It is best that you bring forth
what is to be. Perhaps, with your prayers and penances, you can reach some
of these souls in darkness before their time runs out.

"My child, this is only one part of the world. There are many now. You will
see nations rise up against nations, obliterating one or the other within
the time of three to five minutes. There shall be a world war, the Third
World War, more grievous in suffering, more debauched."

Veronica - Oh, and I see that - Our Lady is showing me now - there are some
kind of implements they're using that... it doesn't look like a gun, it look
s like a flashlight, but I know it's not a flashlight; it's some object of
some kind of a ray they've got. And then - now he's lifting - I see a man in
a very odd looking uniform; I don't recognize the uniform. But he's raising
high, like this, this ray gun. That's what it is, it's a ray gun. And he's
now pushing the trigger, and I see... it looks like long streams of light,
but everything it hits just disintegrates and melts. (Veronica groans.)

Our Lady - "Russia, My children, has this implement of destruction. While
the United States and Canada, and most of the world, go about crying for
peace, tranquillity, love, they are not aware of the fact that Russia has
every mind to take them over, be it good or bad. And if they have to
annihilate the whole land of its people, they want that land, and they will
use any means to get it.

"You understand, My child and My children, when a man is not with his God,
his god then becomes Lucifer. He is then taken over to be an agent of hell.
And he has many helpers, for all hell now is opened wide in these last days.
All the demons of hell are loosed." (7-25-85)

Upon the victory of the lion against the lion
War upon the mountains of Switzerland and France,
Of them decorated, seven million,
The army will fall dead at the Mausoleum (the Taj Mahal).

A leader being earnest in the pursuit of his enemy,
Will come in, hindering opposition forces,
Hurried on foot will follow them close,
The day of the battle that will take place near the Ganges river.

The deep rift made by the queen,
Will make the place powerful and inaccessible,
The army of the three lions will be defeated,
Doing within hideous and terrible crimes.

Phase 3: The war with Islam
"At Cologne the last battle will take place, whereby the Turk becomes ruler
over us for some time."
(The prophecy of the farmer Jasper (1764-1833) 1st version)

"At the Rhine I see a halfmoon, which wants to devour everything. The horns
of the sickle want to close. What that means, I do not know."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"When the history of mankind enters the year 2000, the scythe of the moon
will burn the leaves, because in this time the scythe of the moon will be
the law that will enslave the world."
(16th Century, unknown origin)

"God will frighten the enemies with terrible storm."
(The prophecy of the farmer Jasper (1764-1833) 2nd version)

"You will be ruined, city of seven hills, when the letter K will be praised
in your walls. Then, your fall will be near. And you, the man of the big
beard, you will lose it and you will lose your value in the whole world, for
having presided over the death of the Pontiff called John Obi."
(Prophecy of St. Anselm, Bishop of Sunium (13th C.))

"Oh, what a horrible vision I see! A great revolution is going on in Rome!
They are entering the Vatican. The Pope is all alone; he is praying. They
are holding the Pope. They take him by force. They knock him down to the
floor. They are tying him. Oh, God! Oh, God! They are kicking him. What a
horrible scene! How dreadful!"
"Our Blessed Mother is drawing near. Like corpses those evil men fall down
to the floor. Our Lady helps the Pope to his feet and, taking him by the
arm, She covers him with her mantle saying: Fear not!"
(Sister Elena Leonardi Aiello, Italian nun, between 1959 and 1961)

"Italy will be severely tried by a great revolution, and Rome will be
purified in blood for its many sins, especially those of impurity. The flock
is about to be dispersed and the Pope will suffer greatly."
(Sister Elena Leonardi Aiello, Italian nun)

"I saw one of my successors taking flight over the bodies of his brethren.
He will take refuge in disguise somewhere and after a short retirement he
will die a cruel death. The present wickedness of the world is only the
beginning of the sorrows which must take place before the end of the world."
(Pope Pius X)

The third secret of Fatima also states that a pope will flee a city
‘half-ruined’, praying for several dead bodies around him. He and his
entourage will flee to a mountain with a cross, and will pray until they are
discovered and assassinated after ‘soldiers’ appear and ‘a burst of gunfire’
is heard.

In the 12th century the Irish prelate, St. Malachy, predicted all the popes
who would reign in Rome until Judgement Day. The last three apply to our
time. The first, De Labore Solis (Labour of the Sun), is John Paul II. He
was born under a solar eclipse and will have exacted upon him the labour of
death for the Christian religion (the Sun) in southern France at the hands
of Islamic forces. The second, Gloria Olivanus (Glory of the Olive) will be
the Pope who will either (i) reign throughout the war and bring peace or
(ii) convert the Jews to the Christian faith (a popular symbol of Judaism is
the olive branch). It is thought the Glory of the Olive is Nostradamus'
Spanish pope who brings peace. The third, Petrus Romanus (Peter of Rome),
will reign until Judgement Day. He will be in the Vatican when 'the city on
seven hills' (Rome) is destroyed once again in God's Last Judgement.

"On the eve of 2000, a final clash between the followers of Mohammed and the
Christian nations of the world will take place. But in the fullness of time,
the sign of the cross will prevail and all of Islam will be forced to
convert to Christianity. There will follow a century of peace and joy as all
the nations of the Earth lay down their swords and shields."
(Fifth Prophecy of St. Bernadette, Lourdes, 19th C.)

"A great multitude of people will lose their lives in those calamitous
times, but the wicked will not prevail. They will indeed attempt to destroy
the whole Church, but not enough time will be allowed to them, because the
frightful crisis will be of short duration. When all is considered lost, all
will be found safe. This disaster will come to pass shortly after the power
of England begins to wane. This will be the sign. As when the fig tree
begins to sprout and produce leaves, its is a sure sign that summer is near.
England in turn will experience a more frightening revolution to that of
France. It will continue long enough for France to recover her strength;
then she will help England to restore peace and order."
(The prophecy of the Jesuitenparson Nectou (18th century))

(i) Regarding Pope John Paul II
During the appearance of a hairy comet
Three great princes shall be made enemies
Heavenely peace struck, earth trembling
John Paul II, Vatican undone, serpents shall land

Pass through Guienne, Languedoc and River Rhone
By Agen, Marmande, and Reole or Roole
Shall open for faith and king, Marseilles shall prolong his throne
Conflict after the saintly Paul, the Labor of the Sun

The citizens of the southern France near River Rhone
Shall be angry at former neighboring Spain
Who engage much in sensual enjoyments, and the whole population is put to
The Vicar of Christ moves to Rhone as Vatican City captured by Italians

In two houses by night fire shall take place
Many inside shall be suffocated and scorched
Near two rivers for sure it shall occur
John Paul II, the Church all shall be mortified

Roman Pontiff be on guard while you approach
The city between two rivers (full of water)
Your blood shall be spilled nearby
You and your close circle while the Rose blooms

Great Paul shall receive great harm from Frenchmen
Vain terror shall strike Lyons
Vast number of people shall be deported by sea
Without escape are one quarter of a million

Upon Mount Aymar, a noble man shall be hidden
Evil shall come where River Saone and Rhone joins
In the wood, soldiers shall hide on the feast day of St. Lucie
One shall never see such a horrible throne

Nephew and blood of a new saint
Through the surname supporting the arches and roof
Shall be chased, put to death, chased nude
Red and black shall turn green

John Paul inside the den of goats
Hidden, captured, and pulled out by Muslims
The captive being ridden as a domestic beast
Through the local habitants he shall be brought close to Tarbe

A little while before the monarch murders
Two popes, JP I and JP II, as the fearful star appears
Public money shall be empty or economic crisis shall occur on land and sea
Pisa, Asti, Ferrare, Turin shall become forbidden land

Poland's "Labor of the Sun" shall die at three leagues from Rhone
Run away from two neighbors of Tarasconi
Because the war, the throne shall be most horrible
By the cock and eagle, three brothers of France

Salon, labor of the Sun, Tarasconi, Aix-en-Provence
Where the pyramide still standing
Shall deliver the Prince of Denmark
Redeemer honored at the temple of the Virgin

His blood shall sprinkle on his face
While the victim close to be sacrificed
Shall fulfill in Leo the ancient prophecy
Shall offer his being unto death to his Bride.

Through the death of a Latin monarque
Those through his reign shall help
Shall surrender through fire all spoils
The public death for the courageous who shall become incorrupted

(ii) Rest of the war
Those of Morocco will reach Europe
Fire shall burn city, sword pierce men
A powerful Asian force shall invade through land and sea
Blue bruises and pale hunger, the cross of death shall lay them to rest

By the Danube and Rhine shall come to drink
The Muslim army which shall not repent
Trembling is the Rhone and most violent for those of the Loire
But near the Alps the French will ruin them

All chronology concerning the Church
Shall change into a wrathful Sun Dial
Into the burning war after war
After which the King of France shall carry out the restoration

From the house seven through death in mortal succcession
Hail, tempest, pestilent evil, furies
King of the East - all the west in flight
He will subjugate his former conquerors

From the Middle East will come a treacherous act,
To vex King Henry V of France and Italy,
Accompanied by North African fleets,
The temples of Malta trembling and the island evacuated.

Out of the greatest country in Arabia (Iran),
Will be born a strong master of Islamic law,
Who will invade and conquer Spain,
And by sea will come to the Italian nation.

The great Arab will proceed a long way,
He will be betrayed by the Turks,
Greece will then come up against him,
Great evil by a south wind from Hungary

Seven leaders will agree together within three months,
To conquer Italy,
But bad weather and the cowardly Italians,
Will sink them into sudden ruin.

When weapons and plans are enclosed in a fish,
He will proceed and make war,
He will have his navy by the sea well provided,
Appearing by Italian shores.

Two Siamese twins will be separated,
But they will only survive a few years,
On an American feast day,
Italy will be invaded, the Roman chief will survive.

Princes and Christendom stirred up in debates
Foreign gentiles, Christ's See molested
Become very evil, much good, mortal sight
Death in the East, plague, famine, evil treaty

The day of the Lord in July, the United States at war,
In February Caldondon, ground saved,
The French republic is assaulted on three sides,
Near Verbiesque, fighting and mortal war.

At the fight of the great Horsemen of the Apocalypse,
They will cry out, confounding the Muslims,
By night they will kill sheep dressed as shepherds,
The flames of hell await many.

A barbarous war near the Black Sea,
Blood will be spilt, Italy trembles with fear,
Ishmael will set up a promontory,
France will tremble, Portugal will send in backup forces.

Through air raids, not far from the Black Sea,
Iran will invade and occupy Turkey,
Egypt and Greece will tremble when God's justice is being done,
Islamic blood will flood the Adriatic Sea.

The regions subjected to Muslim armies,
Will cause mountains trembling with great war,
Prisoners of both sexes and throughout Turkey,
Their cry will be heard from land to land.

Arab leader, wars, the day of the Lord, the sinful West and the British,
Rome from the sea will be captured,
Towards Iran will be seen nearly one million troops,
Turkey, Egypt, the Antichrist will invade.

The Russian and Islamic invaders will divide lootings,
God's Justice carried out in the form of furious wars,
Horrible and strange sights in Italy,
Greece will decide on entering the war.

From Monaco as far as Sicily,
All the coastline wrecked and desolate,
There will not be any more suburb, city nor village,
That the Islamic invaders will leave undone.

A missile in the sky will be seen,
Near the end of the principal towns on the Rhone (Lyons, Dijon),
Famine, wars, needed help for France is late coming,
Iran will repeatedly invade Greece.

The Greeks will ask for help,
Being forsaken by the neglect of her heirs,
The Muslim empire will slack its course,
But by means of Spain care will be mended.

A savage assault is preparing in Cyprus,
Tears in my eye, your ruin approaches,
The navy and the Muslims cause so great damage,
Two sides opposing, the great waste by the rock.

If France ventures into the Ligurian Sea,
It will be enclosed with islands and seas,
Fight against outnumbering Muslims in the Adriatic Sea,
A great famine will break out in France.

Through Spain, the country of the River Guadalquivir,
Far from Portugal, in the city of Grenada,
Christians beaten back by Muslim people,
A Spaniard will at last betray the country.

By negligence and complacency the French Navy will be hit from five sides,
Tunisia and Algeria will be allied with Iran,
Italy, Seville, Barcelona will fall into Islamic hands quickly,
Italian fleet will not fare any better.

In a naval battle, night will give advantage,
Western ships ruined by fire,
With fresh blood the great ship is covered,
Wrath to the defeated West, victory in the mist.

Shipwreck of a fleet near the Adriatic Sea,
The earth quakes, moved with the air above,
Egypt trembles, Islam increased,
A public officer cries aloud before committing suicide.

French navy, do not approach Corsica,
Not as far as Sardinia unless you repent,
All will die frustrated as their relief still busy in grumbling,
In blood the captives will swim as you will not believe my words.

A great army will attack through Barcelona,
All Marseilles will tremble with fear,
Islands will be seized, reinforcement from the sea halted,
Traditors will swim in land.

The invader shall pass over the Pyrenees
In March/war Narbonne shall make no resistance
By sea and land he shall make so much ado
Cap. shall not have safe ground to live in

A thundering light shall appear at Lyon
Bright, Malta instantly extinguished
Sardinia will negotiate deceitfully with Muslims (Mauris, Mauritania, North
From Geneva to London to France, feigned treason

By the discord and negligence of the French,
A passage will be opened for the Islamics invaders,
The land and sea of Italy will be bloody,
And the port of Marseilles will be covered by sails and warships.

The dirty old man and tiger of Iran,
A gift will be presented to a maritime people,
One officer of the navy will come out from Iran,
Who will seize the city of Marseilles.

The head of Iran will have south-eastern Spain under his control,
While a fleet of warships are positioned against the Islamic people,
From Afghanistan and Iran they will come to loot and terrorize Greece,
They will have a long rest at a port city near the Ionian Sea.

The Legion in the maritime fleet,
With burning chemical weapons will be threatened,
After a long rest in a secure place,
They will seek a Muslim port but will be destroyed.

The atomic ones through south-west France and Portugal,
Near Bordeaux will set up a parliament,
Those of Bazan will come at such an unfortunate time,
The last pockets of South France will fall into enemy hands rapidly.

When the tomb of a great Roman discovered
The day after the pontif shall be elected
Due to war with the senate, it shall never be proved
That he was poisoned and his blood in the sacred drain trap

The world near the last period
The Lord again shall be late in return
The Christian empire shall turn into a rodden nation
Eyes shall be picked out in Narbonne by the hawk

A brief time, sacrifices shall return
Offenders shall be subject to martyrdom
No more monks, abbots or novices
Food shall be more cherished than wax candles

Underground holy saints' faint voices are heard
Human flames shine as the Divine witnesses
By their own blood, the ground is stained
And the holy temples shall be destroyed by the impure

Upon all of south-eastern France,
There will be hidden in Grenoble fierce weapons,
Beyond Lyon and Vienne, great bombardment upon them,
On the ground, two thirds of the population will have died.

Throughout Marseilles the inhabitants will change,
French people will flee as far as Lyon,
Narbonne and Toulouse will become outraged by Bordeaux,
Killed, captured, almost one million Frenchmen.

By a long war, all the army drained dry,
So that to raise soldiers, they shall find no money,
Instead of gold and silver, they shall stamp leather,
The French copper, marked with the sign of the crescent moon.

In great regret will the French nation be,
Their vain and light heart will believe rashly,
They shall have neither bread, salt, wine or beer,
Moreover, they will be prisoners, suffer from hunger, cold and be in need.

Missiles will destroy the leader's palace,
When war's light will be eclipsed,
Seventh month, July, great war, people will die by witchcraft,
Rouen and Eureux will not fail the French leader.

The great sepulchre of the American troops,
Who will approach near Tuscany,
When war will spread to Germany,
And to the Italian territory.

Great Britain including England,
By sea will suffer great floods,
The new alliance of Bordeaux including Islam and its allies will raise war
against her,
Italy herself will be recovering from all her wounds.

Towards the North, attacks on the British Isles will take place,
It will be as massive as any incursion,
Rain and frost will make the land treacherous,
Islamic forces will push forward the invasion.

The navy of the Harlot will pursue the enterprise,
Thinkers imprisoned, enemies troubled,
Fleet in the Adriatic, summoned to the Thames,
The fourth clamor by night, the reposing ones wounded.

The British leader with six Germans,
Will be made captives to the Easterners from sea,
They will travel through Gibraltar and Spain,
As a present to a fearful new Iranian leader.

The English general will stop in Nimes too long,
Towards Spain, Muslims will receive assistance,
Many will die due to an open war that day,
In France a bomb shower will fall.

Those in the British Isles will for a long time be besieged,
But will then organise a great counter-attack against their enemies,
Those outside will be abandoned to die of starvation,
In the worst famine they have ever witnessed.

Under the disguise of seven shaven heads,
Will diverse spies be framed,
Waterways and reservoirs will be flooded with poison,
In the fort of Genoa, Italy there will be man-eaters.

The United States will exert a great effort,
Across the Atlantic Ocean to open the English shore,
The sovereignty of England will be reinstated,
As London trembles in discovering enemy sails.

In the islands from five rivers to one,
By the increase of the great Emperor Henry V,
By the frost of the air and the fury of one,
Six shall escape, hidden in bundles of flax.

The naval base three times seized and recaptured,
By Spaniards, Islamic raiders and their Italian allies,
Marseilles and Aix, Arles taken by them,
Devastation, explosions, weapons, Avignon pillaged by the Italians.

How often will you be captured, Paris?
Changed to laws that are barbaric and vain,
Evil times approach you. But no longer will you be enslaved,
The great King Henry V will revive your veins.

Paris in war, senators in credit,
In a night that France will be troubled,
The horoscope of the Great Croesus (Muslim) predicts
That after a revolution of Saturn his power will be put down.

Upon the besieged city of Paris, upon the walls are men and women,
With the enemy outside, the leader decided on surrender,
The wind will become strong against enemy soldiers,
They will be chased away by the terrible climate.

The North Wind will postpone the Eastern siege on France,
Upon the walls will be cast nuclear ash and dust, chemical weapons,
After those, upon the rain, will become their good trap,
The last assistance needed to regain the advantage over the enemy.

A terrible smell will come from Lausanne,
The origin of the stench will not be found,
All the invaders from the East will then be beaten back,
Missiles in the sky, foreign invaders defeated.

In the grassy fields of rural France,
On Mount Lebron near Durance,
War between France and her enemies will be fierce,
Muslims and their allies will be defeated in France.

By Arnani (?), Toulouse and Villefranche-du-Rouergue,
An infinite number on Mount Adrian (?),
Cross rivers, noise on bridges and planks,
They will enter Bayonne crying 'Bichoro'.

War will reach its climax,
The Italian/Muslim alliance will withdraw from France,
Inhabitants of northern Italy will be terrified,
Of those hawkish and brutal troops from the East.

The day of the Lord in Spain, United States at sea, war in missiles,
The sixth of February brings great death,
The French army will make in Belgium such an invasion,
That the Muslim general will die at Ponterosso.

When the United States and France at Italy
Will be united, sea, the eastern Mediterranean and Hungary,
The army progresses to Naples, Palermo, mark of Ancona,
Rome, Venice, cry because of horrible weapons.

Milan, Ferrara, Turin and Aquilia,
Capne, Brindisi, shall be vexed by the French,
By the British and the American troops,
When Rome shall have as chief, old Britannia.

Christian prisoners deported to the islands,
During the reign of the most horrid king,
They will be murdered and thrown into two incinerators,
Those who will not forsake their religion.

The blood of priests will be spilt,
As water is in great abundance,
And for a long time will not be stayed,
Ruin and grievance to the clergy.

In the fields of north Iran, Azerbaijan and Armenia,
Two great armies will meet and fight three times,
Near the Persian Gulf of Iran and Iraq,
The Israelis will suffer huge losses.

In Avignon, the new capital of the French Empire,
As Paris has been totally devastated,
A three-country alliance of USA, England and France will restrain Muslim
England because of change will not be consoled.

The great King Henry V will move to Avignon
From Rome letters of sweetness and full of sadness
Documents and embassy shall depart to Canignon
Vatican taken by the black duke with the red feather

Lament, knell, great pillage, to pass the sea, Christians to reign,
Sects, holy ones more polite beyond the sea:
Plague, warmth, fire, banner of a Northern king,
To erect a trophy, the city of Henry.

Saturn and Mars in Leo, Spain captured,
Libyan military leader in battle will be caught,
Near Malta, the French leader will be cheered,
The pope is dead, a new French one elected.

One third of the battle still remains,
On October 27th, 2025,
The Iranian leader will captured and executed in Egypt,
War, death, damnation, great opprobium to the Church.

The great army shall be uprooted
In a moment shall be in need of a king
The faith and promise shall be perverted
Naked, himself shall be seen in pitiful disarray

The crusading army being about to land
Shall be watched by the Muslims
Being beaten on all sides, the ship carried away
Presently assaulted by ten chosen warships

What shall once have been of a Turkish prince
Shall be taken away by the Prince of Toulouse,
The faith of Foix by the chief of Tholentin
Shall fail him, not refusing the spouse.

One year before God's chastisements, wars, and the Antichrist recedes,
From the papacy, the successive alignment will not fall short,
Elected by the Spanish people, one near the Pactol River,
Through him peace will be renewed and secured vigorously.

God's Justice will see that Spain will reign,
And have the leadership of the Church of Heaven and Earth,
Nobody will see the Asiatic forces to perish,
Until seven have kept the hierarchy successfully.

The Antichrist will have annihilated a third,
His war will have lasted 27 years,
The heretics are dead, prisoners exiled,
Blood, dead human bodies, icy red hail covering the Earth.

Phase 4: The end/aftermath
"The war will not be over untill no more death bird is flying."
(Prediction of the Muehlhiasl from Apoig (1753 -?))

"The winner carries a cross on his breast; and between the seven cities with
the seven towers the decision takes place. There is a crucifix between two
lime trees. The war will begin, when the ears fully lean, but reaching his
highest point, when the cherry trees flower for the second time."
(Testament of a fleeing Pope (1701))

"Our young people must still called up, volunteers will still be complicated
into the fights, the others must go away for occupation and will stay three
summers there, until they come home again. Then there is peace, and I see
the Christmas trees burning."
(Alois Irlmaier)

"If you count all humans in the world,
You will find out, that one third is missing,
What still is remaining, look into each country,
Has halfly lost the mind."
(Song of the old lime tree (1850))

"The mountain country will be deserted and the fields abandoned.
Thus one will be able to plow undisturbed. Those who are hidden in the
mountains, will revive the fields. At this time France will be split."
(Prediction of the "Spielbδhn" (18th century))

"Once everything is dark and down on a road in Zwiesel someone goes round
with a burning branch and shouts: "Am I really the last one? Am I really
still the only one? "And again the sky becomes yellow like a lemon and so
deeply down. No bird sings, I do not find any cattle or water anymore.
Neither on the mountain nor down in the rain you will find any drop."
(Prokop, the forest herdsman (1887-1965))

"When for the second time the cherries mature, the refugees from Bohemia
sadly return again to their sirs, their looms and fields. But it won't be
many. And these few will ask each other: Where did you hide, and where you?
And the country of the Bavarian has to suffer much."
(The blind young man from Prague (14th century))

"But when however someone at the whole Danube stream finds still another
cow, then she is worth it to be attached with a silver bell by the owner."
(Matthias Stomberger (18th century) Version of 1830)

"When one still finds another cow beside the Danube, the cow should be given
a golden bell"
(Prediction of the Muehlhiasl from Apoig (1753 -?))

"The rivers are all so shallow that one needs no more bridge for crossing
it. Beginning with the Isar the people won't suffer any misery, and there
will only be misery and suffering. Bad humans will die as like it is snowing
in the winter; In Russia all ruling powers are destroyed. The corpses are
not buried there and remain lying on the ground. Hunger and destruction will
be in this country for punishment for its crime."
(Army postal letters of Andreas Rill (1914))

"But soon one will praise God that it has not become worse."
(The blind young man from Prague (14th century))

"After these terrible events the order will be re-created, and everyone will
face justice. Then the triumph of the church, her last triumph on Earth,
will be as large, as she has never experienced before."
(The prophecy of the Jesuitenparson Nectou (18th century))

"After these events it will be a miracle, if one still sees two or three
rulers going together, after these events the carity will be anew, and those
who survived, will face a good time for hope."
(Matthias Stomberger (18th century) Version of 1830)

"Those who begin anew, will build a church and praise God - Those who
survived, will say to each other "Brother, you are still living?" and will
greet each other with "Jesus Christ is praised"."
(Prediction of the Muehlhiasl from Apoig (1753 -?))

"Before or after the victory an emperor is crowned by the fleeing Pope. How
long all this lasts, I do not know. I see three nines. The third nine brings
the peace. If everything is over, a part of the inhabitants have died, and
the people are frightened of God anew. The laws, which brings the death to
the children, become invalid after the clearing. Then peace will be. A good
time. I see three crowns flashing, and a gaunt old man will be our King.
Also the very old crown in the south comes to honours again. ...The Pope,
who had not to flee across the water for a long period of time, returns.
When the flowers bloom on the meadows, he will return and mourn for his
murdered brothers. "
(Alois Irlmaier)

"And also the religion is cleared out and cleaned. But the church keeps the
triumph of the victory, he says."
(Army postal letters of Andreas Rill (1914))

"The survivors are holy humans. The earth transforms into a paradise. The
Seer hears loud praying, - in German language."
(The Seer of Vorarlberg (1922))

"And afterwards will be a good and lucky time. And the praise of God will
live on earth. "
(Prediction of the "Spielbaehn" (18th century))

"All over the world will be a new age, which will be called the golden one."
(The blind young man from Prague (14th century))

"This will not exclusively be only with us, but all over the whole world,
and right will become right again, and the peace will govern a thousand
years. But - and this is far away - one will not be able to distinguish any
longer summer and winter, and the sun will not shine any more - everything
does have an end, so does the world."
(Prediction of the Muehlhiasl from Apoig (1753 -?))

"Then at some places humans will be so rare that one must climb on a tree,
to look up for humans in the distance."
(Kapuzinerparson from Dόsseldorf (1762))

"Two third of mankind abandoned by the new God ...From now on it will be a
fruitful peacetime."
(Josef Stockert (1947))

"After these events a long, lucky time comes. Those, who will experience it,
will be very happy and can praise themselves lucky. But the people have to
begin there, where their grandfathers began. The January will be so warm at
some time that the mosquitos will dance. It can be that we already come into
a time, when there won't be a normal winter at all, like we do know him
(Alois Irlmaier)

"The end is near, and it has already begun. It will then be like one hundred
years ago. So much the people are thrown back and with this they will be
punished for their wantonness. It will be bad, and the later born ones at
first have to anew learn writing and reading."
(Sepp Wudy, the farmer's farmhand (at the beginning of the 20th century))

"The earth is a corpse field like a desert. Humans come quite frightened out
of the houses. The corpses are collected on wagons and buried in mass
graves. Neither railways nor ships will drive, nor cars in the first time.
The factories do not work, the high speed of the former time has stopped."
(The Seer Franz Kugelbeer (1922))

"The goods are distributed among the survivors. One will go into the most
depopulated areas. The people come down from the mountains, in order to live
in the plains, where the work is not so hard. The angels will assist humans
with advice and action."
(The Seer of Vorarlberg (1922))

"The despair, which will follow after this, will be large. The whole
vegetation on earth will be destroyed and also the major part of mankind
will be destroyed. The crisis will come for all suddenly, and the punishment
will be general."
(Marie Julie Jahenny (1850 -?))

In the port of Alexandria, Egypt, Selim the tyrant will be put to death
And yet, freedom will not be recovered
The new war by vengeance and shame will begin
Women by force of fear will be honored

Grain corrupted, air pestilent, locusts
Suddenly it will fall, new pasturage to be born
Captives ironed, light ones, high-low, loaded
Through his bones evil which he had not wished to be to the King

King Henry hailed as Victor, and Emperor
The faith broken, the Royal deed known
Macedonian blood, King made conqueror
The arrogant ones come to humility through tears

The great leader captive in a foreign land
Chained in gold presented to King Henry V
Who resides in Bordeaux, Milan perished by war
And all his army shall be subjected to fire and sword

Before the assault, the prayer shall be pronounced
Milan taken by Americans through a deceiving ambush
Antique wall pushed down by cannon
Due to fire and bloodshed, little mercy is received

A cultural modern city shall be condemned
King of France looking up to Heaven shall make an offer
After victory, shall pardon prisoners
Cremona and Mantua shall hand over great criminals of war

To the King the Pope, upon the chief lays his hand
Shall pray for peace in Italy
In the left hand shall change the scepter
From King to the Emperor of peace

The leader of the world, the Great Henry V shall be
Much scandalized, after much beloved, now fear and doubt
His fame and brillance shall surpass heavens
And very content in the sole Title of Victor

The King of France with the British and Americans on his right hand
Shall overcome any discord in his Great Monarchy
Upon three quarters of Europe, his scepter shall flourish
The temporal counterpart of the spiritual Hierachy under a holy pontiff

Marian Monarch pacifies Italy
Kingdoms united, Christian King of the world
In dying shall wish to lay down in the Holy Land
After chasing away the pirates from the sea

So long awaited shall never come back
Into Europe, in Asia shall appear
The one of the lineage issued from the great Hermes
And over all the Kings of Orient he shall increase

Born under obscurity and nocturnal darkness
Shall reign in firmness and goodness soveignty
He shall be the rebirth of the ancient blood
His reign shall be the golden period of renewal for the hard-hearted

The infant of a great lineage shall not be esteemed at birth
Shall subdue the haughty over Mounts Appenines
Shall make all the Eastern forces tremble
Over the flaming mountains as far as Mount Cenis

Among French the last honored of men
Shall be victorious against his enemy
Force and territory for a moment shall explore
With a lightning bolt while the envious shall die

The serpent shall be seen approaching a royal bed
By one lady, at night dogs shall not bark
Shall be born in France one Prince so royal
From heaven sent all princes shall see

Riding high upon the goodness of conservative right
Steadfastly seated upon a solid rock
Toward the south he faces through his window
Holding a crooked staff and his mouth tightly closed

After the conflict, the limping man of eloquence
After a while shall lay down for a holy rest
Nobody shall allow his great enemies to be delivered
The enemies shall be put away at due time

The one with fizzy black beard through a device
Shall subdue the cruel and fierce people
The great King Henry V shall liberate
All the captives under Muslim banner

The kingdom shall be entrusted to King of France
Consecrated to our Lady, he shall accomplish much
Through-out Italy, his legacy shall spread
Reign by prudence but not without controversies

Peace for a long time God shall bestow
Throughout his reign, Fleur de Lis shall be deserted
Dead body near ocean, land one shall provide for him
Apparent vain glory one shall enshroud him with

When one looks upon the great King as his father
Before he renders his soul completely
One shall feel the loss of a beloved one
Present are representatives from the US, Britain, the Church, and earthly

The Church will appear gleaming and ornate
The lamp and the candle at Borne and Breteuil
The Canton of Lucerne turned aside
When one will see the great Cock in his coffin

The chief of Bordeaux to Spain shall travel
By the sea shall stop at Marseilles
Before his death for a long time shall languish
After his death, one shall see great miracles

In the year of 1905 plus or minus
One shall attend a very extraordinary period of time
In the year of 2028 (heavens witness)
In which many kingdoms, one in five shall be changed

From brick into marble shall the walls be rebuilt
Seven and fifty peaceful years
Joy to humans, renovation to aqueduct
Good health, great fruits, joys and time flowing with honey and milk

At the end, the wolf, the lion, the ox and the ass
Timid deer shall be with wild dogs
No more feeding them with bland manna
No more being wakened and on guard against mastiff

Before the change in the Empire
One extraordinary event shall take place
The open field shall quake
On the pillar of Porphyry stone, The Divine New Laws shall be placed

At the end of the war the glory shall change
Near the coast, three beautiful infants shall be born
Ruin to those people in competent age
Reign in nation shall charge too much to grow

The trade of the great British Lion will change
And the large part of it will be turned into pristine ruins
A prey for wounded soldiers and pillage
On the Jura Mountains and in Switzerland a thick fog

More brutal than any king to have ever ruled England
Born in an obscure place, by force shall unrestrainedly rule the empire
deprived of law or faith
He will cause the ground to bleed
His time approaches so near that I sigh

In Monaco the King of France shall be received
The French Cardinal shall become more visible
By the ancient Dragon, the clergy shall be deceived
Weakness to US, power toward reborn France

Great King of France shall approach Turkey
Chase away the Muslim league
Between two laws, one shall propagate the universal
Muslims and France shall perpetually undermine one another

The law of God's Truth and Flesh shall contend
The Spirit shall inspire men to prophesy
Neither Truth nor Flesh shall be accepted universally
Through the Orient, the Law of the Great Messiah shall hold

After the Marian Age manifested throughout the whole globe
The Chastisements from God shall rule
The Island of Scotland shall consecrate to the Virgin
Who shall give the Protestant English a moral defeat

Synagogue sterile without bearing fruits
Shall be received among the infidels
From the Great Babylon the harlot being pursuited
Miserable and sad her wings being cut off

Through the power of three temporal kings
In another place the Holy See shall be located
Where the Substance of the corporeal Spirit
Shall be remitted and received through the true papacy

Those who are now renowned in the realm of knowledge
Shall become impoverished during change of the kingdom
One shall become banished without support or money
Volumes upon volumes shall no longer be esteemed

Peace and union shall come and changes
Estates, offices, low lifted high and high brought down very low
Set up evangelization, the first fruit, and torment
War stops, civil lawsuit, and debates

Through the abundance of the armies widely distributed
High shall be brought low, and low raised up high
Too great the faith, for fun life shall be be lost
Die due to thirst, due to the abundance of needs

The change shall be very difficult
City and province shall gain due to change
Haughty heart, prudent placed, chase away the cunning ones
Sea, land, people, status shall change

A new law shall occupy the new land
Toward Syria, Judea and Palestine
The Great Barbarian Empire shall collapse
Before the cycle of the Moon determined


The ground will cave in: one in the west, one in Hejaz, Saudi Arabia. Fog or
smoke will cover the skies for forty days. The nonbelievers will fall
unconscious, while Muslims will be ill. The skies will then clear up. A
night three nights long will follow the fog. It will occur in the month of
Zil-Hajj after Eidul-Adha, and cause much restlessness among the people.
After the night of three nights, the following morning the sun will rise in
the west. People's repentance will not be accepted after this incident. One
day later, the Beast from the earth will miraculously emerge from Mout Safaa
in Mecca, causing a split in the ground. The beast will be able to talk to
people and mark the faces of people, making the believers' faces glitter,
and the nonbelievers' faces darkened. A breeze from the south causes sores
in the armpits of Muslims, which they will die of as a result. The Ka'aba
will be destroyed by a non-Muslim African group. Kufr will be rampant. Haj
will be discontinued. The Qur'an will be lifted from the heart of the
people, thirty years after the ruler Muquad's death. The fire will follow
people to Syria, after which it will stop. Some years after the fire,
Qiyaamah begins with the Soor begin blown. The year is not known to any
person. Qiyaamah will come upon the worst of creation.

... for some time thereafter the blood of the innocents will be spilt
profusely by the guilty ones recently elected; then because of great
deluges, the memory of things contained in such instruments will suffer
incalculable loss, even art - this will happen to the Northern people by the
will of God, and in the meantime Satan will be bound. And there will be
established universal peace amongst humans, and the Church of Jesus Christ
will be delivered from all tribulation, although the Philistines would like
to mix the honey of bile, and their pestilent seduction; and this will be
near the seventh millennary, when the sanctuary of Jesus Christ will no
longer be trodden down by the Infidels who will come from the North. The
world will be approaching a great conflagration, although according to my
calculations, the course of time runs much further... during this
astrological computation, conferred with the sacred scriptures, the
persecution of the Ecclesiastical people will originate in the power of the
Kings of the North, united with the Easterners. And this persecution will
last eleven years, or somewhat less, for then the principal king of the
North will default. These years being accomplished, his southern ally will
arise, who will again persecute with greater severity the people of the
Church for the space of three years through apostatising seduction by one
who will hold absolute power in the Church militant, and the holy people of
God, keeping to His law, and the whole order of religion will be persecuted
and afflicted, in such a measure that the blood of true ecclesiasts will
flow everywhere, and one of the horrible secular kings will be so highly
praised by his adherents because he will have shed more human blood of
innocent clergymen than anyone else was known to have spilled of wine; human
blood will flow through public streets and temples like water after driving
rain, reddening with blood the nearby rivers, and through another naval
battle he will cause the ocean to be reddened, such that one king will say
to another: "Naval battles have caused the sea to blush"... At this time the
third King of the North, hearing the cries of the people of his principal
title, will raise a very mighty army, and will pass through the straits of
his ancestors, and will recoup most of it into his possession, and the Great
Vicar in the cap will be returned to his original state. But desolated, and
then abandoned by all, he will turn to fine the Holy of Holies destroyed by
Paganism, and the Old and New Testaments will be thrown out and burned.
After that the Antichrist will be the infernal prince. Again, and for the
last time, all the Kingdoms of Christianity, and even those of the infidels,
will tremble for the space of 25 years, and there will be more grievous wars
and battles, and there will be towns, cities, castles and all other
buildings burnt, desolated and destroyed with a great effusion of virgin
blood, the raping of married women and widows, and suckling children dashed
to pieced against the walls of towns, and so many other evils will be
committed under the aegis of Satan, the infernal Prince, that almost the
entire world will be undone and desolate. Before these events many rare
birds ill cry in the air, "Now! Now!" and sometime later will vanish. And
after this this has endured for a long time, there will be almost renewed
another reign of God's Justice, and the golden age; God the Creator, hearing
the affliction of his people will command that Satan be cast into the
abysmal depths of the bottomless pit, and be bound there; and then will
commence between God and men a universal peace, and for around the space of
a thousand years Satan will remain bound - and the Ecclesiastical power will
evolve into its greatest energy - and then Satan will again be turned loose.

THE HOLY BIBLE (selected)
Revelation (Apocalypse) according to St. John (NT)
Matthew 24 (NT)
1 Thessalonians 5.1-8 (NT)
Isaiah (OT)
Ezekiel (OT)
Jeremiah (OT)
Joel (OT)
Daniel (OT)
Zephaniah (OT)
Amos (OT)
Obadiah (OT)
Acts (NT)

These are not all the prophecies. There are more out there.

Perseus -]+[- (OP)
User ID: 691183
07/27/2009 11:24 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
This is USA, a piece of the prophecies of St. Hildegard

That piece of the propecies was my first post here at GLP
at 2002 (the post was sunk with no responces because many
dont like or afraid this prophesy), one of the reasons, usa was still very strong.

>>>Before the Comet comes, many nations, the good excepted, will be scoured with want and famine. The great nation in the ocean that is inhabited by people of different tribes and descent by an earthquake, storm and tidal waves will be devastated. It will be divided, and in great part submerged. That nation will also have many misfortunes at sea, and lose its colonies in the east through a Tiger and a Lion.

The Comet by its tremendous pressure, will force much out of the ocean and flood many countries, causing much want and many plagues. [After the] great Comet, the great nation will be devastated by earthquakes, storms, and great waves of water, causing much want and plagues. The ocean will also flood many other countries, so that all coastal cities will live in fear, with many destroyed. All sea coast cities will be fearful and many of them will be destroyed by tidal waves, and most living creatures will be killed and even those who escape will die from a horrible disease.

For in none of these cities does a person live according to the laws of God. "Peace will return to Europe when the white flower again takes possession of the throne of France.<<<
Anonymous Coward
User ID: 558502
07/27/2009 10:18 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
prophecy bump
Anonymous Coward
User ID: 558502
07/27/2009 10:24 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
prophecy bump
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/28/2009 04:59 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Eduard A. Meier Prophecies

Warning to all the Goverment of Europe


The contents of this brochure were already written by
1958, constructed out of revelations from the
extraterrestrials Sfath and Asket, whereby the letter of
August 25th, 1958 was sent as a "Warning to all the
governments of Europe!". No answer to it was ever
received, as all these governments cloaked themselves in
deep silence, besides which, they did not heed the
warning or take any of the necessary precautions at all in
order to avoid the prophesied catastrophes, evil and
destruction, and so on, which, as the time in between has
shown, have struck as announced catastrophes without
exception. Result: the irresponsible governments neither
listen to the voices of the prophets, nor do they bother to
protect the people from catastrophes, and indeed not
even when it has been prophesized for them, clipped and
clearly, what the future will bring. As it has been since
time immemorial, announcers will not be heeded and
their warnings of future events will simply be cast to the
wind, and indeed at the cost and to the disadvantage of
the people, who, as a result of the lacking and
authoritative measures, would suffer damage and
destruction to their worldly possessions, and whose
bodies and lives are even endangered because the
irresponsible governments who were warned, and are
aware, are autocratically only protecting their own lives
as well as worldly possessions, and the entire security
and protection of the people quite manifestly is deemed
trivial and unnecessary.

Asket who comes from the DAL Universe. These 162
verses were written down on the 24th of August 1958,
and sent to Karl und Anny Veit, from "DUIST",
respectively "German Ufological Study Community", in
Wiesbaden Germany, to publish in their "UFO-News". A
resonance still remains from that because "DUIST",
respectively K. and A. Veit, cloak themselves in silence
and not even once found it necessary to inform their
readers about the prophecies and predictions.
As the extraterrestrial Asket explained, both Veits
received the "Prophecies and Predictions" and read it in
its entirety, but thereafter destroyed it because in its
entirety it did not fit into their sectarian concepts. This
happened because unpleasant facts in regard to religions
and sects were named in the explanations of the
"Prophecies and Predictions", subsequently it was never
considered by Karl and Anny Veit for publication,
because both were too deeply inclined towards
sectarianism and the whole thing went against their
sectarian belief. So the act of the destruction of the 162
verses, and a concealing of the same from the Veit
adherents and the readers of "UFO-News", were the most
obvious examples of the Veit's irresponsibility.
Yet to say is, that certain words, respectively, terms,
from around 1958 were not yet with the Earth people,
respectively, not yet in common parlance, but these were
named by the Plejaren Sfath and by the extraterrestrial,
Asket, therefore already at that time they were used by
me in my writing.

To all the governments of Europe
Warning to all the governments of Europe!
An absolutely reliable source provides predictions for the future of Europe
and the entire world and these have nothing to do with prophecies because
they are a prescient look into the real future, from which comes the following:
In a few years in Europe and the world climatic conditions will so be crassly
altered through the fault of mankind, that all varieties of extreme stormy
weather will come into being, from which monstrous material damage will
result to land, houses and other buildings, to streets, mountains, railway lines,
wild streams, grassland streams, rivers and lakes. There would be many
human lives to mourn as a result of the upheaval and storms caused by the
climate because already in the next decades a rapidly climbing climatic
warming and climatic alteration will result which produces enormous
snowfalls, hail, monstrous masses of rain, gales, typhoons, tornadoes,
hurricanes and other storms as well as droughts, thunderstorms and forest
fires in unimagined quantities, and which would tear over Europe and the
entire world provoking gigantic damage. Wild streams and grassland streams
will become ripping rivers, rivers will become raging currents, whereby wild
waters will breech every bank and provoke mighty inundations which
devastate the land and destroy many peoples' acquisitions and existence
because they built too close to the banks and in wetlands, and so on. Already
soon violent volcanic eruptions will also happen, next to monstrous, extreme
earthquakes and seaquakes which will extend far into the Third Millennium,
becoming ever worse, and will demand innumerable human lives. Initially,
everything will still happen in small amounts, but in the course of the next
decades it will climb and towards the end of the Twentieth Century everything
will already abnormally degenerate. But that doesn't mean the end of events,
because when the new Millennium first arrives nature will rebel even more
violently, ever more widely, against the environment-destroying madness of
the people and reach such a dimension as would be remembered in the primal
times of the Earth.
If the coming events are considered and analyzed then from that comes forth
clearly and distinctly that the human himself bears most of the blame for the
coming calamity and chaos as well as for the catastrophes, even when
pathologically stupid, as well as irresponsible, know-it-alls and scientists
assert the opposite. Fundamentally, overpopulation is the factor behind all the
evil that is to be found in climatic warming and environmental destruction.
Also, open prostitution and criminality as well as an asylum seeker problem
and neo-Nazi entities will spread themselves and create great problems. Harsh
and arresting measures against those and against all such evils must be
grasped, as they must be against the world domination-addicted machinations
of the U.S.A., which releases wars in all the world, leads wars itself, and
throws other countries into chaos and violates and exterminates their
mentalities, religions and politics. And because of the franticly fast growing
number of people, they (the people) are forced, ever more frequently, and ever
more, to exploit and destroy the environment and the Earth in order to comply
with the climbing requirements of all kinds. These requirements climb ever
further with the growing number of humans, whereby nature and the entire
environment would be always more affected and destroyed which
self-evidently also has a devastating-destructive effect on the climate. The
planet itself will be tormented as atomic and other explosions disturb the
order of the Earth and release earthquakes. Bodies of water, nature, the
atmosphere and near space will become polluted, the primal forests will be
greedily destroyed and annihilated for profit and the Earth's resources will be
irresponsibly exploited.
The order of the hour and the future is: the insanity of overpopulation and the
resultant climate change and destruction, the annihilations, the chaos and the
catastrophes must be stopped, and natural watercourses and wetlands must be
restored, because only in that way can the worst still be avoided. And further,
the world population must be reduced through a worldwide, controlled
cessation of births, because only through this can the climbing requirements,
and the thereby connected destruction, be finally repaired.
Already very much has been done which fulfills the prophecies, which is why
it is also necessary that steps be taken against it: The pollution of the
environment through every kind of fossil fuel engines, as well as through
smoke stacks and so on, must urgently be contained, along with all other
forms of environmental and air pollution. Also, it is of urgent necessity that
all human buildings of every kind, like domestic residences and factories, and
so on, are cleared away from areas endangered by avalanche or flood. Nature
must have the wetland areas, and so forth, given back as natural water
catchment areas for flood waters. Domestic buildings and factories, and so
forth, would no longer be permitted to be built on wild streams, grassland
streams, on lakeshores or in, or on, plains threatened by landslides or water.
To that end, extremely urgent provisions must be made for streams, rivers,
lakes, roads, residential areas, overhangs and mountains, and so forth, in
which, in endangered positions, where wild water overflows or (Muren),
snow and mud slides as well as land slips occur, and can cause damage,
proportionally very strong and high defensive obstacles would be built to
protect houses, streets, thoroughfares and rail lines from washouts, floods,
tremors, and from landslip. That is needed in many places, because much of
the predicted chaos and catastrophe is, unfortunately, already unavoidable and
the time hurries along and will become short. Thus action is announced, and
this is your responsibility because you sit in government and now know what
the future will bring in Europe and the entire world.

Act before it is too late - and pass these warnings and prediction along to
your successors as they have a duty, just as you do, to act in the context of the
required need so that the land and everything existing thereon as well as life
and limb as well as the worldly possessions of the people are protected and
Eduard A. Meier
Prophecies and Predictions
Eduard A. Meier, Switzerland
1.) My eyes and mind see things of the future which will take place from
today, the year 1958, and therefore will be.
2.) Therefore I see and comprehend things through the passage of time, up to
the most distant future, that still remain hidden from the Earth people. Many
years will pass before my prophecies and predictions have been fulfilled and a
new and better time begins.
3.) Until then however it is still far, very far, and much misery and need as
well as evil, wars, terror, chaos and catastrophes will have broken over
humanity and the world.
4.) Until now, gigantic crowds of religious believers wandered over the Earth,
and also, in the future, uncountable numbers of believers of unbelievably
many lunatic sects will trample the surface of the Earth, whereby some sect
gurus will drive their believers to mass suicide and murder.
5.) They will spread over everything like poisonous mushrooms and their
delusions will peal like a trumpet call over the entire world.
6.) Sectarianism will bear bad fruit and will cost many lives through murder
and suicide as, also through politics and power lust, in diverse countries,
hundreds of thousands of people will be murdered as in the Soviet Union
which will be dissolved no later than 1991, and in East Germany which will,
however, only exist until the late 80's of this century, thereafter Germany will
be reunified, whereby, in contrast, in Iraq a war will be led through the United
States of America, through their country's president, however this will be
without success, for which reason one of his sons, who will likewise be the
U.S.A's head of power, will, in the third millennium, unleash a second war in
Iraq which will ultimately lead to an unbelievable disaster and to torturing as
well as to mass murder through U.S. armed forces and the rebellious.
7.) Earth human, I see the great expanses of the Earth; the almost boundless
oceans, the great continents, mighty mountains, the vast forests, bubbling
springs, the flowing brooks, rivers and all the lakes, and I see how they will
all, at the hand of man, be harmed and made sick, destroyed, and the majority
will be annihilated.
8.) Centuries or millennia will not have passed before all that happens, and all
that which is yet to say in words of prophecy and prediction happens, because
the beginning of all the evil had already begun with the development ofmodern technology and with the terrors of both World Wars.
9.) In the future further evil wars will be spread over the world, which will
become so numerous that the normal person will lose track.
10.) Through war and rebellion, people will be exterminated and countries
will collapse in on themselves and a new name will be given by every power
to the land which is stolen under his command, whereby the traditional names
cease to exist.
11.) Many peoples, workers, beggars, service people, extremists, anarchists,
and neo-Nazis will, as opponents against the people-hostile and corrupt
authorities, provoke misery, need, murder and manslaughter as well as terror,
rebellion and revolution as well as violent demonstrations and much
destruction of much personal property and people's acquisitions.
12.) Terrorists will spread murder and destruction world wide, thereafter they
return again to their slippery cracks and hide in order to hatch new
monstrosities and bring death and corruption over humanity.
13.) The terrorists, warmongers, wrongdoers, prostitutes, and criminals will
organize themselves worldwide and delude themselves that they are kings and
emperors of the world, while the people and the organizations established for
maintaining order watch powerlessly and have to creep away in order to
protect their lives.
14.) Even next year on September 13th, 1959, using rocket propulsion, the
Earth human, respectively the Soviet Union, will make a hard landing of an
unmanned object on the moon; and on April 12th, 1961 an Earth human will
climb high in the sky with a rocket to orbit around in the Earth's outer space,
then on February 3rd, 1966 an aerospace object will make a soft landing on
the moon, then in 1968, the outer fringes of Earth's space will be left, and
later the first trip to the moon will be undertaken, whereby up until the year
1972, five (5) manned moon landings will take place through the U.S.A.,
while a sixth moon landing* - supposedly the first - on August 20th, 1969 will
rest only on a world-wide staged deceit as a result of the political armament
race with the Soviet Union.
15.) The time has just begun when the human conquers the depths of the
oceans and slowly the power of the sun, in order to win diverse energies from
16.) And the human is on the paths, in the next decades up to the new
millennium, to unlocking the secret of life, in that he will unravel the gene.
17.) Likewise in the eighties of this Twentieth Century it will happen that that
the human can be bred through artificial fertilization, while already at the turn
of the Third Millennium humans and animals will be able to be cloned out of
single cells without any actual act of procreation.
18.) At the close of the Second Millennium humans will already busy
themselves with the first far-reaching steps in the genetic manipulation of
flora and fauna, then, in the Third Millennium, genetic manipulation will
begin on the human.
19.) The end of the Second Millennium will, on one hand, be marked by very rapidly establishing computer technology, and on the other hand, rebellion
and a great war which would be called the first gulf war, and a second gulf
war would follow, coinciding with the start of the Third Millennium, released
by the U.S.A. who has already deluded itself since the First World War that it
is the world police and also wants to bring world control under its sword.
20.) Towards the end of the Second and beginning of the Third Millennium
the human will take himself for Creation and cause harm and bring
destruction to the entire Earth, effective in the whole of nature.
21.) And the time is already coming when the peoples will begin to mix, and
when many people will flee from their homeland countries to find a hideout
somewhere else in foreign countries, and there will be many refugees who
have to fight to maintain their lives, while very many others creep into the
structures of the better-positioned countries as economic refugees.
22.) Prostitution is already on the way worldwide to becoming a public and
officially sanctioned enterprise which cannot be curbed and which will be
accountable to the state for taxes, as in this regard, ethics will no longer have
a role to play, in the same way that neither will propriety and health.
23.) Because of unrestricted prostitution, in about twenty-five years an already
embryonic deadly epidemic will develop worldwide that will be named AIDS
and will finally cost several hundred million human lives.
24.) Also child prostitution is catching on increasingly in monstrous measure,
as is the sexual murder of women and children.
25.) Trade in humans with children and women regarding prostitution and for
the purpose of human organ trade has now already become mundane, yet this
evil will still increase until the turn of the millennium and into the Third
Millennium, as organ transplantation from human to human will soon, already
in a few years, become an everyday occurrence for the Earth people.
26.) Already, in a few years, marriage between man and woman would only
be formed for appearances without a binding love, rather they would be only
joined together out of the personal interests of the individual partners, with
the result that the marriage union is just lies and deception and would no
longer be constant, consequently marriages end ever more in divorce.
27.) Also the whole of nature will rise up, and indeed against the human and
his irresponsible machinations with which he disturbs the course of the
natural things as well as of the flora and fauna and of all life.
28.) Storms, ranging from heavy to the heaviest will, from now on, until far
into the Third Millennium, bring unspeakably much misery, need and
suffering to the human as has never happened since time immemorial.
29.) The most severe earth and seaquakes will take effect with primeval-like
force and demand millions of human lives, as also will deluge-like masses of
rain that evoke monstrous flooding and cause mighty destruction as the
human has never before collectively experienced or seen.
30.) And what results in the last 42 years of the Second Millennium, along
with very many other evils, along with chaos, ghastliness and catastrophes
that are not mentioned, carries everything on also into the Third Millennium
and exacts its tribute all around.
31.) And when the Second Millennium comes to an end, then the human
stands in the darkness of his existence, in that he wanders around in an
impenetrable labyrinth out of which he can no longer find his way, because it
will be deep night in his consciousness, whereby however, the threatening red
glowing and the fiery traps of religions and sects lie in wait.
32.) And the religions and sects shake in rage because the believers who
finally want to utilize the truth run away from them, yet the fiery traps of the
religious power plays of the religions and sects grasp after the young people
in order to burn them in the flames of religious fanaticism and make them
incapable of escape.
33.) So young people want to protect themselves from the lies and false
teaching of the religions and sects, as their ghastly rage, with which they
gather believers around themselves with lies and deceit, will know no bounds.
34.) Already now, and first properly in the Third Millennium, the human
knows deep within himself that he must not utilize religions and sects, rather
the effective truth, the Creational truth, as well as the Creational Laws and
Directives, yet although he hears the voice of truth in himself, he does not
want to hear it, because he will be tormented by religious angst and cannot
free himself from his religious or sectarian belief because he expects divine
punishment for that, were he to do that.
35.) And if the human seeks the effective truth he will be misled and
deceived, because in the Third Millennium, even more than in the Second,
there will be innumerable sectarians who ply a lucrative trade with their
delusional false teachings and make horrendous profits from them.
36.) Also the simple human himself, as well as the rich, will still only see his
Mammon, count it, and strive for wealth, luxury, amusements and holidays,
whereas the administration and the authorities will exploit the commoner with
all kinds of new excises and taxes.
37.) In the Third Millennium, the Moloch Mammon will bring forth much
worse blooms than in the Twentieth Century, because the immoral and the
wrong-doers as well as white-collar criminality and war mongery and so on,
would no longer recognize boundaries when it comes to hoarding Mammon.
38.) Criminal leaders of commerce will be amicable towards million dollar
payments and million dollar golden handshakes and engage in
maladministration and thereby drive even quite traditional companies to ruin,
as also the commoners in private bankruptcies will walk away when they can
no longer control their finances because they are driven away from reliable
money and are equipped with plastic money in the form of plastic cards with
which they subsist in the circumstances of their indebtedness, with sundries
paid for on credit, and get into horrendous debt, whereby also special
companies come into existence for the administration of plastic cards, while
the banks will be in on that, with plastic cards they will name credit cards, in
order to make their customers dependent, whereby they quite particularly have
their eye set on the youth who thereby pile up immense mountains of debt
which drive them into need and misery.
39.) The fire of maladministration spreads itself constantly, also in the inept
governments which, likewise driven by maladministration, manage their own
countries into ruin when they accrue such immense debts that they rise in such
a fashion that the country must be declared bankrupt.
40.) And it will be that even before the time of the Third Millennium, and
indeed in 1993, a political and commercial European dictator will arise that
will be called the "European Union" and, in evil, will carry the number 666,
as through this the citizens of all member countries will finally be brought
under total control through biometric data in identification devices and in the
form of small data chips in the head or body inserted in a "biometric
identification system" that would be overseen and controlled through a
"central data bank" whereby finally the whereabouts of every human can be
exactly determined to the meter. First the USA and later the European Union
will introduce this modern human enslavement, thereafter, then other
countries will also follow, all preceding the Swiss, whereby, through this
process, the personal and national citizens' human rights will be drastically
trimmed, which fundamentally will be originally already planned at the
construction of the European Union, whereby the citizen is finally deemed
fully incapable of managing his own affairs, and should be governed only by
the authorities, without having a right to a say regarding certain government
things and decisions.
41.) The morals of very many people will completely sink, whereby many
villages and every city will be a Sodom and Gomorrah as the prostitution of
adults and children takes on completely boundless forms.
42.) Many young people will, in every form and manner, deteriorate to
extremism in everyday life as well as in their professional life, whereby drug,
medication, alcohol and narcotic addiction take the upper hand.
43.) Many young people will flock to extreme radical skinhead and neo-Nazi
fronts and wave their flags, and form corresponding organizations, that cause
much damage and harm, indiscriminately attack innocent people on the streets
and not seldom beat them until they are cripples.
44.) In the coming time many blood banks will be contaminated by viruses
and will make the people sick and will deliver death if the blood is
transfunded [transfundiert] (correct = transfused [transfusioniert]; according
to data from the Plejaren linguists for the German and Latin languages).
45.) Towards the end of the Twentieth Century new planets will continuously
be discovered at distant solar systems that however can bear no human life.
46.) New solar satellites will also be discovered in our solar system that move
far outside the orbit of Pluto, yet that will first be after the turn of the
47.) Already in twenty years the time will come that newly serious plagues,
deadly for the human, come about, especially in Africa as also however in
other countries, and in part there would be no cure for them.

48.) Furthermore great famines will rage in the Third World, whereas in the
wealthy industrialized countries gigantic warehouses are stored with cans and
miscellaneous groceries, while farmers senselessly destroy fruit and
vegetables and so on because they don't want to sell their wares at opportune
prices, because their greed for money and wealth will know no bounds, which
is why they also will break up their land and their worldly possessions for
jingling coins, to live from that instead of having to go to an honest job any
49.) The human will be ever more unscrupulously addicted to greed for
money and wealth, whereby he would secretly commit the murder of his
parents, which would never be solved, in order to inherit from them.
50.) It comes about ever more frequently that mothers murder their children at
birth or abandon them, while step parents beat their children to death as well
as leave them to die of thirst and starve.
51.) In the future many families will be destroyed through this, because
fathers or mothers live in endless strife which often also leads to the fathers or
mothers murdering all the family members.
52.) In thirty years the business prosperity which will be restrained until then
will collapse and induce immeasurably high joblessness in all industrial
countries whereby not only many millions of people will be without work and
be benefiting from hand-outs, rather also families will be destroyed,
criminality will spread out and murders will be committed.
53.) An unimagined impending asylum seeker problem will break over the
industrialized countries before the turn of the millennium and evoke asylum
seeker tourism through which a great many asocial elements emigrate who
release a crime wave, whereby the worldly possessions of many people will
no longer be safe, nor will life and limb.
54.) Through the madness of his overpopulation, the human has already
detrimentally altered the world and the climate in such a way that a climbing
climatic warming becomes apparent that will be carried far into the Third
Millennium and release monstrous natural catastrophes, yet that will not be
the end, because everything goes further in the same style and at the
beginning of the Third Millennium more than seven billion people will be on
the Earth, which will lead to even greater harm and to destruction worldwide
because on one hand nature strikes back in vengeance and on the other hand,
the human undertakes everything which will destroy the entire environment
and life.
55.) The constantly climbing mass of overpopulation leads to apathy and the
softening of the people whereby the genuine interpersonal relationships grow
cold and disappear while the masculine gender, however, still slowly,
unstoppably becomes less potent.
56.) Through atomic contamination of the environment - through atomic
explosions, atomic power plants and radioactive waste from industry and
hospitals, and so on - the entire life of fauna and flora as well as of humans
will be ever more injured and disturbed in health, while also mutations of
fauna and flora as well as of humans will appear in terrible ways.
57.) Neither air, bodies of water, land, mountains nor seas will be safe from
the human in the future, because, as he creates room everywhere for the
growing overpopulation and for sporting purposes, he irrevocably destroys
everything, through ski lifts, mass settlement, mountain climbing, racing with
motor vehicles and motor boats as well as monstrous domestic buildings
which tower high into the sky, as well as with street and tunnel construction,
and so on.
58.) The human will populate the Earth, the air and the seas more and more
and take all the living space which is for the native wildlife, and thereby
exterminate countless species and varieties.
59.) The human elevates himself ever more to commander over the Earth and
already in the coming 20 years he will make an effort to strive for the power
of Creation whereby he will know no further barriers; yet everything will turn
against him because he will stray like a drunk, blind ruler through the world,
irritated and tormented in delusion - and at the end of his path he will fall into
a deep abyss.
60.) In the coming time entire cities will sprout out of the ground and the
countryside will empty itself ever more of people.
61.) The order of the people turns ever more towards instability and many
would make their own laws and live by them.
62.) The time will come in the Third Millennium when there will no longer be
enough nourishment for all the people which will lead to ghastly scenes of
starvation and murder and manslaughter.
63.) Criminals and wrongdoers already spread themselves through the cities
and organised gangs will ambush, beat up, or even kill, simply for fun, or to
rob, because peaceful games and a normal life will no longer be sufficient for
64.) Not only will many people suffer hunger, but they will also be set out in
the cold, turn blue and freeze, and it would be, thereby, that many rather seek
death than live an unworthy life in the bitterest poverty and begging in order
to keep body and soul together.
65.) In the future many people will catapult themselves out of life because
they are addicted to drugs, have become sick or old, and feel lonely, helpless
and abandoned, because feelings of neighborliness deteriorate ever more to
pure expediency and addiction to profit; for a horrendous price, those stricken
by age will be stuck in old people's homes, and financially completely
shamelessly exploited to the last drop of blood.
66.) Suicides will be ever more numerous, as will also euthanasia, because
criminals addicted to business will draw monetary use out of it, whereby it
will come to death tourism in countries in which help rendered the dying, in
murder and suicide, will be allowed; the death-helper will be a dealer without
illusions, and he will sell his suicide poison to everybody who wants to have
67.) The drug problem will gain more and more ground, whereby
internationally organized criminal gangs will maneuver even children into the
vicious cycle of drug addiction.
68.) The bodies of the people will be destroyed by drugs and addiction and
towards the beginning of the Third Millennium a dangerous new drug with
the name crystal will cause a furor amongst addicted people whose faces and
bodies will be furrowed and ruined within a few months, and aged in such a
way as if the addicted were monsters a hundred years old.
69.) Through selfishness, hate, revenge, lovelessness, virtuelessness, and
addiction to pleasures, and so forth, the humans' thoughts and feelings cool
more and more, whereby the psyche and the consciousness and the morality
are corrupted.
70. All those who are addicted to drugs of any kind that they drink, inhale, or
inject into their blood will become like wild animals and lose control of
themselves and many of them will rob, steal, break in and murder, rape and
extort in order to get the poisons to which they are addicted - their lives will
be a torment and become a real catastrophe.
71.) The already near future would bring a situation where every human will
try to attain as much pleasure, worldly possessions, delight, money and wealth
as he possibly can and it will be that even the parents deceive their children,
the children their parents, and the siblings will deceive each other if they can
thereby gain a profit for themselves.
72.) Marriages will no longer be formed out of love, rather out of addiction to
profit, for the sake of appearances and as a consequence of erroneous and
short term confusions of the feelings, and so it happens ever more frequently
that husband and wife will be unfaithful, and divorce as often as they marry.
73.) As it once was in Sodom and Gomorrah, in the future many women and
men will go through the streets and into pleasure houses in order to take
everybody and anybody as sexual partners just as everybody or anybody
74. Many married women and men would ever more frequently utilize other
partners from outside the marriage, thus many men would sire children about
whom they know nothing - and woman would bear children without knowing
the names of the fathers -; and therefore it will be that every tenth birth is not
of the legal father, which is foisted onto the husband, and it will be that
children bear children and that mothers will not name the names of the
75.) Many children will have no father or mother because they divorced or
disappeared unrecognized, because they do not want to be a father or mother
or live in a marriage, because the order and tradition of a good and functional
family will be lost, as also the laws of marriage will have no more value, as if
the human had become wild again.
76.) And as already happens, it will also be that in the future and more and
more, fathers will sexually abuse their daughters, young and old pedophiles
sexually offend against children, women of every age are raped, shamed and
murdered - not seldom in all openness and all over the world as a result of
common and ever increasing sex-tourism.
77.) Men will rape men, and women, women, and children go to the highest
bidder through their own parents, relatives, or, through child abductors, rented
or sold to the highest bidder.
78.) Fathers sire children with their own daughters, children and mothers with
their own sons' descendents, whereby a mixing of the blood comes about in
the same family and, thereby, the evil spreads itself from bed to bed, which
invokes psychic and consciousness-related damage and a state where the
humans do not truly know people in true love, rather only acknowledge
people by their sexual practices.
79.)Through their way of life and through their thoughts and feelings and
through their lack of virtues and all good values, the people will have
aggrieved, tormented and haggard faces, because their entire falsely-lived
lives will be mirrored in them.
80.) The time is coming when nobody who speaks for law and order will be
heard anymore, as it has already been for a long period of time that none are
heard who speak against the religious and sectarian beliefs and painstakingly
spread the truthful truth in regard to life, Creation and its laws and directives,
which especially will be again, approaching this time, when, in the Third
Millennium, a German religious fanatic Pope will assume the pontificate, who
believes, through his fanatical belief in god, that he can save the world from
its disintegration and downfall.
81.) Around the world, the devastating machinations of the religions and sects
will spread out again, and innumerable false messiahs and false prophets will
infatuate the unstable and blind-to-the-truth masses of humanity, and newly
lead them into madness, and many of these believers will carry weapons and
build bombs, and in their fanaticism thereby spread murder by many
thousand-fold as well as great destruction.
82.) The murdering and destroying fanatics of religions and sects will, in their
death-bringing fiery beliefs, speak of justice in the name of god, and thereby
spread misery, need, death and corruption.
83.) And it will be that the fanatical Islamist's bloody revenge on the distant
descendants of the Christians, for the earlier crucifixions by the Christians,
will come into being when they accomplish their deadly and destructive acts
through irrepressible terror all over the world.
84.) Threatening thunder will crack over the Earth and deaths in their
thousands will rage when the criminal national powers of the U.S.A. release
war into the wide world and when Israel's national forces spread just the same
terror, murder, death and corruption as the Palestinians themselves, from
whom uncountable suicide bombers will go; all over the world all variety of
military and rebellious forms of murderers will recruit, out of all levels of the
population, and drill the recruits into being murder machines devoid of
feelings and conscience, to whom also every kind of torture is a shining joy.
85.) Organized murder and terror commandoes will live secretly in cities
worldwide and plan and carry out deadly attacks in order to kill thousands of
people and produce unimagined destruction.
86.) There will be no more order and no effective rule to protect the lives of
the people, because, through the fault of the warmongering national powerful
ones, the rebellious, religious, sectarian and fanatic terrorism will flare up like
a bright flash in the night in order to sow death and corruption.
87.) Through inhumane terror attacks, torture and through war, very many
people will degenerate and fall back into barbarism, whereby everybody will
scream for the torture and death of their neighbor when they are of a different
view or act counter to the law, thus hate and revenge will spread out and even
the order-bringing organizations will be evilly attacked and their efforts to
create order will be hindered, whereby human atrocities among the people can
gain ground, and nobody more is going to hurry to help the other if she or he
gets into need.
88.) Already soon, humans will no longer align themselves with justice, but
only with their belief and blood, while the judge thereafter only exploits his
office so that the little man is hanged and the great scoundrel is let free, as
true justice will no longer be asked for, rather everything will be judged only
in terms of money, belief and appearances.
89.) Children will, in the course of the next decades, be ever more surrendered
to neglect because the parents hunt more and more for money and pleasures,
whereby the children are abused in regard to love and upbringing and are left
alone, as they are thrown out of the house and family life like young creatures
and neglected because nobody will bother anymore about them and hold a
protecting hand over them, whereby they slide into scenes of the asocial,
narcotics, drugs, theft, robbery, criminality and prostitution.
90.) World wide, hate will gain ground more and more and the greed for
power of the nations' powerful ones will recognize no more boundaries,
resulting in bad laws being passed to torment the citizen and from which
nobody can remain spared, not the elderly, not the youth, nor the children.
91.) Houses will be destroyed and plundered by criminal gangs, or the houses
will be broken into in order to ambush the residents, rob them and even to kill
92.) The people will become ever more indifferent to their neighbors, so they
will also close their eyes when others are abused on public streets, women
raped or children abducted; children will become merchandise and sex
objects, their weakness will be forgotten and they will be trained like animals,
to be thrown away after use or slaughtered and murdered, because humans no
longer know love, rather still only ghastliness.
93.) Ever since a long time ago every person has known through public
media, such as radio and newspapers, what is happening at all ends of the
Earth, yet that will only be the start, as the means of communications and
news-spreading will spread rapidly, as through television, through which
events can be directly followed pictorially in all corners of the world, as also,
however, through various electronic telecommunications devices that, over
satellites, transmit everything, up to the Earth's hindmost nook, in word and
picture, while in only forty years even the simplest citizen will carry a pocket
telephone around with him and would use it at every possible and impossible
94.) Because of the constantly rising standard of living of the people in the
industrialized countries, they close their eyes to misery in the Third World;
indeed they see the starving children on television, whose eyes and mouths as
well as wounds are covered with innumerable flies, and those who are hunted
like rabbits as target practice for the murderous military, or those who will be
killed to get to their organs which will be sold dearly for transplantation.
95.) Many people, as regards their neighbor, will not only be indifferent,
rather also merciless, subsequently they turn their eyes away so they do not
have to see the misery and the need of the neighbor and they will not worry
that children or adults die of hunger because they will give them nothing, or
only very inadequate alms that would suffice for neither life nor death.
96.) The better positioned person of the prosperous countries sleeps on bags
full of gold, and what he gives with one hand he takes away again with the
other, whereby the needy neither live nor die, rather then can only vegetate in
97.) The human plies trade with everything that comes into his fingers and, as
a result, everything has its price, even the water that is our common planetary
possession, and everything will be sold and nothing more given, consequently
every gift demands a gift in return.
98.) As children will be hunted and killed for the price of their organs, grown
people, for money, offer themselves for their organs for transplantation, or
they bequeath them as a legacy so for them nothing more is sacred, not their
body, nor their blood, their organs, their consciousness or psyche, and if they
could sell their spirit-form and make a profit from it, they would do that too,
and people will be murdered for their organs, treacherously, just as by
execution, while irresponsible doctors, in greed for profit, will intentionally
cut up the bodies of the dead for the sale of their organs.
99.) Already the human has changed the face of the Earth so badly, that it can
no longer be returned to its original form, and that will not be the end, as
much worse changes will happen in the future when the forests are further
cleared and the fields and mountains have been transformed into human
residential settlements, concreted over and asphalted because the human
continues to be deluded that he is ruler of Earth and life, although he can
never name power over the planets as his own, because they set their nature to
defend, and will show the human in his limits.
100.) Also, when nature defends itself against the human madness of
planetary destruction, the Earth becomes ever more naked and less fruitful,
and through the fault of humans the air will burn, because the ozone shield
will slowly be destroyed.
101.) Through the people, the water of the Earth will increasingly turn into
ill-smelling sloughs, and all life will slowly wither there while the Earth's
riches will be completely exhausted, whereby all goods will become scarce
and thereby the hate that the humans have for one another will climb because
everybody wants to have that which the neighbor still has.
102.) The consciousness as well as reason and understanding of humans will
become his prisoners and he will be drunk from religious and sectarian
beliefs, thereby he will not notice that he, through religions and sects, will be
ever more deceived and kept distant from the effective truth of Creation and
its laws and directives, and as a result, he chases after unreal religious and
sectarian images and reflections which hold him back from the truth and make
him a willing sheep of the wicked ones.
103.) The religions and sects fall upon their believers like evil carnivorous
animals, drive them together and hurl them into the deepest abyss of
misguidance and ignorance, and, to drive it all sufficiently, they set one up
against the other in order to be able to rip everyone in their claws and deprive
them of the life of truth.
104.) As it has been until now, the religions and sects will, for a long time yet,
rule through their representatives and gurus in order to rule and command the
human who is innocent and inactive in so far as knowledge is concerned, yet
by and by in the more distant future they will slowly lose their cult places in
which they preach nonsense and mislead and enslave the people, yet their
time is coming that they will hide their faces and must keep their names
secret, in order not to become the victims of the rage of the people as a result
of their misleading them.
105.) Yet it is so, however, that every believer, in truth, is a serf of religions
and sects, even though each one erroneously believes that he is a free person,
yet that will change because the time will come when nobody, or still almost
nobody, takes part in the gatherings of the gurus, the masters, exalted ones,
enlightened ones, the Pfaffenkäppchen [literally:" Pastors' little caps"], Popes and
priests, and so on, because many of the people will raise themselves up and
position themselves against the religions and sects in order to conquer their
millennia old lies with the truth.
106.) Overpopulation will climb incessantly because of the irrationality of the
people, and soon they will be as numerous on the Earth as ants, and when they
are bumped they will swarm around distraught and headless, so that they lose
all control over themselves; and many will be crushed when they helplessly
sink into the masses.
107.) The religions and sects will, in the future, mix themselves as much as
the people, who, through the mixing of peoples, make their own people
become a multi-cultural nation.
108.) Around the world more and more, peace will be hypocritically spoken
of, while mendacious and sectarian national powerful ones furtively stir up
wars and bring them to breaking out, and in every location families and
neighbors who have become enemies prepare hell on Earth for each other or
peoples and tribes who are enemies fight in bloody feuds.
109.) Already for a long time the way of nature is lost for the human, and that
will even continue to happen very much more, as the human believes, in his
high-handedness, that he is the ruler over life and death.
110.) In times to come people will be less and less satisfied with their own
bodies, and so they will allow all kinds of operations on themselves in order
to be better proportioned and more beautiful, as they themselves imagine,
whereby however the entire business damages their health and not seldom
leads to mutilations, or even death.
111.) Their will no longer be cohesion in families and the family members
will scatter themselves to the winds more and more.
112.) Through beauty cures and beauty aids people will decline to an early
externally old appearance and they will earlier have wrinkles and white hair
like old people because the utilized means will also damage the skin in the
same way as do the ever more dangerous and increasingly hotter rays of the
113.) In coming times many people will wander around in life without pause,
and be without leadership or direction, because, due to inadequate love and
warm-heartedness, as well as relationships from person to person, their
consciousness, thoughts and feelings as well as psyche are stunted, whereby
very many psychic illnesses and breakdowns result that not seldom will lead
to suicide because no more help will be accessible to these people.
114.) in the course of time, very many people will renounce religions and
sects, yet in spite of that, not sort out the truth regarding Creation and also not
its laws and directives because they want to steer their own lives like a
mounted animal even though they lack the necessary knowledge and
115.) And already the Earth human stands before the door that will enable
him to determine the masculinity or femininity of the progeny in the body of
the woman, from which self-evidently results, that, at last, already from the
ground up, the gender of the descendent will be determined because the
female egg will be fertilized in vitreo with the corresponding sperm and then
set into the womb, while all other undesired life will be killed off.
116.)The human will take himself more and more for Creation, especially the
powerful ones who snatch up everything from land and worldly possessions
just exactly however it pleases them, while the normal citizen is too poor and
weak and will be treated like the lowliest livestock, whereby the housing for
the common people will become like prisons in which the people spend time
in fear of the powerful ones and the hate in the people unfolds ungovernably.
117.) The hate in humans will create a secret order of destruction, that rages
darkly in people and engenders an evil poison that is aligned such that the
authorities are to be fought against, and, at the same time, to achieve money
and wealth for oneself, and control over the Earth, yet in the end the weak will
listen to the rules of the powerful, whereby, however, it will be that laws will
be passed in the dark whereby the poison of hate is aligned against the
religions and sects and the thorn of hate spreads against them in order to clear
appropriate space for the truthful truth.
118.) It will come to pass that the humans will become inactive, going around
with an empty look and not knowing where they should go because when the
religions and sects disappear they will have no more cult places and no more
cult preachers and no more sect leaders who can lead them in madness and
confusion, which is why they will initially be without a goal, or like a
germinating seed that cannot yet strike roots, so, as a result, the human
wanders around without hope, destitute, humbled, and senselessly seeking
everywhere for a foothold, which they first, however, find when they utilize
the creational truth and the creational laws and directives; but first, they will
hate and fight themselves and hate their lives before they find the path to
119.) When the Third Millennium comes many illnesses and plagues will rage
and many waters will be dried out and will further dry out whereas other
water will become brackish or poisonous or become a rarity, whereby many
people will have their existences and their lives threatened which leads to
them having to painstakingly reestablish much of what they destroyed and
they expend means to defend that which remains because some
farther-thinking people recognize that what they evilly wrenched from nature
must be returned again.
120.) However the Third Millennium will also be the time when people will
be frightened of the future because the world political, military and
environmental situation will be very precarious because the national powers
of the USA and Israel in the same way threaten with war and destruction as,
worldwide, will also the rebellious terrorists, and in addition, because humans
have so terribly plundered, raped and desecrated nature, it will hit back with
violent seaquakes and earthquakes and with monstrous rainstorms and
primeval storms.
121.) The Earth would, through the fault of mankind, through his
overpopulation and the thereby connected monstrous demands, and through
his hostile conduct towards nature and his destruction, as well as through the
plundering of resources, raise itself against the people and quake around the
globe with primeval force and tear people into death in their hundreds of
thousands, whereby entire countries will be destroyed.
122.) The Earth will avenge itself on mankind for his behavior, because he
will not have listened to the prophecies and predictions of the wise that
warned about all the evil, as a result, from then on he must take evil threats
from nature and violent destruction into account because, from then on and
until far into the Third Millennium, villages will be buried under mudslides as
well as snow and ice slides, while in other places abysses will open in the
ground and, destroying everything, will tear everything into themselves, never
more to reach the surface.
123.) But still the human will be obstinate and not listen to the words, advice
and warnings of the prophets and the wise, yet that will be avenged, as violent
fires will destroy great forests, villages and towns and demand many human
lives, because the conflagrations will have primeval force and drive people
from their native homelands which will be robbed by unscrupulous
plundering, as it will also be in the villages and towns that will be abandoned
because of seaquakes and earthquakes and because of storms.
124.) And through the fault of humans, chlorofluorocarbons sluice through
the atmosphere, the Earth will burn, and melanoma and non-melanoma skin
cancer will take hold and demand many deaths, and all that because, through
human irrationality, the majority of the ozone shield, which protects against
the rays of the sun, will be destroyed, whereby the atmosphere will be like a
curtain full of holes and the strong and burning light of the sun will burn the
skin, and the eyes of many people will be permanently blinded.
125.) But the angst of humans will, however, be too late because too much
will already be destroyed and annihilated by the turn of the millennium,
resulting in ever more deserts overtaking the Earth and the crushing
deluge-like water becoming ever more violent and deeper, ripping everything
with it, flooding and destroying.
126.) Through the clear-felling of rainforests, the oxygen level in the air will,
already, before the Third Millennium, and until far along into it, sink
unnoticeably, which will have effects on the health of humans and animals,
while at the same time the pollution of the environment and pollution of the
air will have taken on such forms that people will be made sick from it, and
the weak among them will perish.
127.) And in the Third Millennium the time comes when big parts of the
continents disappear and the people will have to flee to the mountains, yet
their sense of the catastrophes will only be of short duration, because they will
forget everything again quickly and therefore make an effort to do much
rebuilding, because they are already creating phantasmagoria, through movies
and television, as well as later through a worldwide netting of computers and
electronics, through which they deceive themselves and see things that do not
exist, and are only visually determined for the eye, subsequently their sense
for reality disappears and they can no longer distinguish between reality and
fiction, whereby they lose themselves more and more in the labyrinth of life,
while those who produce phantasms commercially as well as religious and
sectarian phantasms, have an easy game with the people of faith, who they
deceive in every possible manner and make them into humble beings, like
cringing dogs.
128.) Towards the end of the Second Millennium researches will clone
animals and alter their genes any way they like, and in the Third Millennium
researchers will have the audacity to create in vitro humans who are intended
to serve as human spare parts stores for organs.
129.) Even now it has already happened, and it will continue in the Third
Millennium, that the Earth human irrevocably exterminates many animal
species and their sub-species in the air or water or on the land, because for
him profit is more important than the conservation of the fauna.
130.) As it already is now, it will also be in the Third Millennium, and indeed
extremely increased, that children no longer enjoy a genuine upbringing and
their consciousnesses will no longer be educated in the context of evolution as
they will no longer be taught the truth by their parents, so they will be more
and more ignorant regarding the truth and of the lessons of life, so they - like
their parents - are hopeless, ignorant and remonstrating and are dedicated only
to pleasures.
131.) Also in the Third Millennium the human will become more and more
aggressive and deludes himself that he is the highest power, the result of
which is that he will strike out everywhere in hate and wrath as well as in
avarice and jealousy, just how and where it pleases him, and he will be strong
in his evil thoughts and feelings and his degenerated behavior, as the acquired
power makes him unpredictable and he will destroy, in a blind rage with
howls of joy, much that is painstakingly acquired and constructed.
132.) Well into the Third Millennium the human will remain faint hearted and
a dwarf in the development of his knowledge and wisdom and love, and will
be driven by power-behavior and domination over fellow humans, while his
head will be stuffed full with unnecessary and false knowledge of mad
religious, sectarian, philosophical, militaristic and combat-orientated
teachings and of teachings of the thirst for blood, revenge and retribution.
133.) As since time immemorial the Earth human still will not know for a
long time into the Third Millennium why he lives and dies, what death means,
and reincarnation and birth, because, as since time immemorial, he will wave
his arms senselessly, futilely seeking the truth of Creation and its laws and
directives, because, as since earliest times, he hangs onto religions and sects
that bring him to whimpering like small children.
134.) In the Third Millennium, as has been since the earliest times, the
believers of the various religions and sects will fight each other, because
every believer wants to have the only correct god, it is all the same if he is
named Shiva, God or Allah, so, in some places, the Earth will become a
battlefield when Islamists, Christians and Jews make war on one another, as
in ancient times, and as it also happens today, as everybody insults the
un-belief of those with other beliefs, and they all want to defend and spread
the purity of their belief with their blood, even when great powers stand in
opposition to them, who question the righteousness of their conduct.
135.) As is already the case now in 1958, in the Third Millennium
innumerable people will also be locked out of the life of the society and,
furthermore, many must eke out their lives as poor, asocial, as beggars, as
well as benefiting from hand-outs, because they are not accepted by society,
rather thrown out or are unemployed, and are treated as if they were
sub-human, against which no ruler and government undertakes anything,
rather they even exploit the poor and beggars with all kinds of taxes and
charges, whereby they cannot afford a roof over their heads, and have no
citizens' rights any more because they are outcasts of those who live in excess,
and they will be half naked because they cannot afford clothing, and when
they have something to sell it will only be their bodies, for their organs, or the
path of whoredom.
136.) In the Third Millennium many people will listen to the old prophecies
and predictions, to the proverbs of the prophets and the warnings of the wise,
which have been handed down since ancient times, and they will thirst for
retribution, and provoke the time in which the people stand up and call for the
137.) However, before the people call for the truth it will be lost in an
impenetrable labyrinth in which great angst and suspicion exist, and the
human is restlessly driven forward in order to find a way out of all the misery
and the need.
138.) The truth of Creation and its laws and directives, as well as the
teachings of spirit and teachings of life, will be spread loud and strong and
worldwide, yet the Earth human will not hear them, because only few, who
pursue reason and understanding, will utilize the great teachings, while all the
others want more and more possessions, and indulge in phantasms which they
have arranged in their heads, spurred on through bad and false prophets in
religious and sectarian matters.
139.) And the time will be long before all this all comes to pass, a long time
into the Third Millennium - long, 800 years long, because, first then, the seeds
of the teachings of the spirit, the teachings of Creation and its laws and
directives, as well as the teachings of life, will slowly begin to germinate in
the mass of humankind, because they slowly open their eyes and ears, and
honestly begin to seek the actual truth.
140.) The humans of the Earth will listen and hear the prophets' teachings,
then finally, they will open their eyes to see and learn to understand one
another, and each would know that when one person is beaten or injured with
words, that the other perceives the pain.
141.) It will be the time when, out of humanity, people become one, and
understand that each is a smaller part of the neighbor, and only unity gives
strength, and neither skin color, nor belief, rather, only commonality and
effective truth regarding Creation and its laws and directives are of
142.) And in distant times it will be that only one single and valuable
language will be spoken worldwide, and the people will finally become real
143.) And in distant times it will be that the Earth humans have conquered
outer space and travel into the deep expanses of the universes, when they have
constructed artificial stations outside the Earth's atmosphere, in which many
people will reside, work and live.
144.) And it would be in that distant time that the Earth human builds great
cities in the seas and he will ordinarily move around in the depths of the water
and nourish himself on all kinds of fruit from the sea.
145.) And in distant times it will be that humans talk reasonably and
respectfully with one another and they will accept the old messages of the true
prophets because their thoughts and feelings will be open for one another, and
the consciousness and the psyche will be balanced.
146.) And in distant times it will be that the people will be many times older
than they are in today's time in the year 1958, because their age will be
hundreds of years.
147.) And in distant times it will be that the people recognize the power of
their consciousness and learn the things that the true prophets knew and
which were kept hidden as a secret until now, so they will open one door after
another and gain monstrous cognitions, knowledge and wisdom about the
truth of Creation and its laws and directives, in order therewith to use and
develop the powers of their consciousness.
148.) And in distant times it will be that the people finally find their way out
of their dark labyrinth and will find sublime life bubbling again like a clear
149.) And in distant times it will be that the people relearn and adopt the
teachings of the spirit, the teachings of Creation and the extent of its
directives and laws, and the teachings of life, and will be knowing, and
parents will again raise their children and instruct them in the teachings of
truth so that they understand life, dying, death, reincarnation and birth, as well
as Earth and the heavens.
150.) And in distant times it will be that the human will become greater in
stature and more skillful, and the powers of his consciousness will encompass
everything, and he also will possess everything that he wants to have.
151.) And in distant times it will be that the man alone will no longer be the
ruling power, because from then on the woman will steer the fate of the world
and humanity as true mother of the Earth, because she will wield her scepter
over the man and break his imperiousness, tyranny, power-lust and addiction
to war, in order to end the times of ugly masculine barbarism, and nip in the
bud man's devilish and murderous and high-handed acts, in order to finally
allow peace on Earth.
152.) And in distant times it will be that true love wakes in Earth humans and
this will be shared with all, whereby the existence transmutes in an easy time,
and long cherished dreams and wishes become reality, while the evolution of
the consciousness grasps possession of all people, whereby enters the true end
of barbarism.
153.) And in distant times it will be that religious and sectarian belief will no
longer be of validity, but rather only the pure truth of Creation and the extent
of its laws, whereby the happy days of humankind begin, and the person will
find people again, and recognize and honor them as equals.
154.) And in distant times it will be, when the Fourth Millennium after
Jmmanuel's (Christian) time reckoning comes, that the Earth and its humanity
will have its creational order again, and there will be true love and unity, true
freedom and harmony, as well as true worldwide peace.
155.) And in distant times it will be that the people will hurry through the
universe from one end to the other in great and powerful spaceships, and they
will have no more boundaries.
156.) And in distant times it will be that the forests, wetlands, meadows and
fields bloom again, as also the deserts, which will be enlivened and planted,
and in which many kinds of trees, bushes, grasses and flowers will reveal
their glory, so the Earth will be a wonderful garden in which the human will
respect and honor all that lives, creeps and flies.
157.) And in distant times it will be that the human reconstructs and cleans
everything that he destroyed or soiled because, from then on, he will honor
and protect nature and life, as he will be knowing and wise and thereby think
of the future of the planet and humanity, and bring respect and veneration to
them all.
158.) And in distant times it will be that every human goes in step with every
other, and one no longer harms the other, and the people grant each other trust
again to no longer be deceived, to have nothing more stolen, to no longer be
robbed, and no longer be murdered.
159.) And in distant times it will be that the Earth humans know everything
about their own bodies and the bodies of all animals, as they will also will be
knowledgeable about all the things of the world and life, as well as the
creational-natural laws, whereby sickness and plagues will be healed before
they can come into existence, because it will be that every human will be just
as much his own knowing and capable healer as he will be for his fellow
humans; collectively, the human will understand that he can only exist and
live in the community, that one must help the other, that he must give and may
not only take, and that he, as an individual, must see and understand himself
to be as a custodian of the planet, humanity and human order.
160.) And in distant times it will be that the Earth humans have learned to
give and share in honesty and love - and that stinginess is every bit as much a
means to achieve discontentment as is being closed off from the neighbor -
thereby no circumstances of loneliness can come; still the human must learn
everything first, and utilize the powers of his consciousness and the teachings
of the spirit as well as the teachings of Creation and the extent of its laws, as
well as the teachings of life, yet for this, an iron fist is required for
enforcement, with which order drives out chaos, and the human finds the
correct path again.
161.) And in distant times it will be, when the Forth Millennium after
Jmmanuel comes, that the human is the carrier of the Creational truth, and that
all living things are creations of the one and only Creation, of the universal
consciousness, and that Creation alone is, and knows, the secret of all things,
and that it stands immeasurably much higher than all the gods and idols who,
without exception, are of human origin.
162.) And in distant times it will be that the humans remember the proverbs of
the true prophets and remember what was once in all the past, as they will
also know what the future will be, because, through looking out ahead, they
will grasp the events and the course and the change of the world, humanity
and the universes, as well as the secret of life and dying, and will thereby have
no more angst for their own death, because they will know that life eternally
continues in alternation with death-life, and to new life on Earth, as Creation
has determined through the unshakable extent of its laws which are
unchangeable for all great times and are of eternal validity.
Eduard A. Meier

Last Edited by Perseus -]+[- on 07/28/2009 05:39 AM
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/29/2009 05:10 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Cherokee Prophecies

Lee Brown, Cherokee

There was the cycle of the mineral, the rock. There was the cycle of the plant. And now we are in the cycle of the animal coming to the end of that and beginning the cycle of the human being. When we get into the cycle of the human being, the highest and greatest powers that we have will be released to us.

At the beginning of this cycle of time, long ago, the Great Spirit made an appearance and gathered the peoples of this earth together, and said to the human beings, "I'm going to send you to four directions, and over time I'm going to change you to four colors, but I'm going to give you some teachings, and you will call these the Original Teachings; when you come back together with each other, you will share these so that you can live and have peace on earth, and a great civilization will come about. During the cycle of time, I'm going to give each of you two stone tablets. When I give you those stone tablets, don't cast them upon the ground. If any of the sisters and brothers cast their tablets on the ground, not only will human beings have a hard time, but almost the earth itself will die."

And so He gave each of us a responsibility, and we call that the Guardianship. To the Indian people, the red people, He gave the Guardianship of the Earth. We were to learn during this cycle of time the teachings of the earth, the plants that grow from the earth, the foods that you can eat, and the herbs that heal so that, when we came back together with the other sisters and brothers, we could share this knowledge with them. Something good was to happen on the earth.

To the South He gave the yellow race of people the Guardianship of the Wind. They were to learn about the sky and breathing and how to take that within ourselves for spiritual advancement. They were to share that with us at this time.

To the West He gave the black race of people the Guardianship of the Water. They were to learn the teachings of the water, which is the chief of the elements, being the most humble and the most powerful. The elders have told me that the black people would bring the teachings of the water.

To the North He gave the white race of people the Guardianship of the Fire. If you look at the center of many of the things they do, you will find the fire. They say a light bulb is the white man's fire. If you look at the center of a car you will find a spark. If you look at the center of the airplane and the train you will find the fire. The fire consumes, and also moves. This is why it was the white sisters and brothers who began to move upon the face of the earth and reunite us as a human family.

And so a long time passed, and the Great Spirit gave each of the four races two stone tablets. Ours are kept at the Hopi Reservation in Arizona at Four Corners Area on Third Mesa. I talked to people from the black race, and their stone tablets are at the foot of Mount Kenya. They are kept by the Kukuyu Tribe. I was at an Indian spiritual gathering about 15 years ago. A medicine man from South Dakota put a beaded medicine wheel in the middle of the gathering. It had the four colors from the four directions; he asked the people, "Where is this from?" They said, "Probably Montana, or South Dakota, maybe Saskatchewan." He said, "This is from Kenya." It was beaded just like ours, with the same colors.

The stone tablets of the yellow race of people are kept by the Tibetans. If you went straight through the Hopi Reservation to the other side of the world, you would come out in Tibet. The Tibetan word for sun is the Hopi word for moon, and the Hopi word for sun is the Tibetan word for moon.

The guardians of the traditions of the people of Europe are the Swiss. In Switzerland, they still have a day when each family brings out its mask. They still know the colors of the families, and they still know the symbols, some of them. Each of these four peoples happen to live in the mountains.

Each of the four races went to their directions and learned their teachings. It was in Newsweek not long ago that eight out of ten foods that people eat on the earth are developed here in the western hemisphere because that was our Guardianship -- to learn the teachings of the earth and the things that grow from the earth. We were given a sacred handshake to show, when we came back together as sisters and brothers, that we still remembered the teachings.

It was indicated on the stone tablets that the Hopis had that the first sisters and brothers who would come back to them would come as turtles across the land. They would be human beings, but they would come as turtles. So when the time came close, the Hopis were at a special village to welcome the turtles that would come across the land. They got up in the morning and looked out at the sunrise. They looked out across the desert, and they saw the Spanish conquistadores coming, covered in armor, like turtles across the land. So this was them. So they went out to the Spanish man, and they extended their hand, hoping for the handshake. But into the hand the Spanish man dropped a trinket. And so word spread throughout North America that there was going to be a hard time, that maybe some of the brothers and sisters had forgotten the sacredness of all things and all the human beings were going to suffer for this on the earth.

So tribes began to send people to the mountains to have visions to try to figure out how they could survive. At that time there were 100,000 cities in the Mississippi Valley alone, called the mound civilization: cities built on great mounds. Those mounds are still there. They began to try to learn to live off the land because they knew a hard time was going to come. They began to send people to have visions to see how we could survive this time. They were told in the prophecies that we should try to remind all the people that would come here of the sacredness of all things. If we could do that, then there would be peace on earth. But if we did not do that, if we had not come together as a human family, the Great Spirit would grab the earth with His hand and shake it.

The elders on the west coast prophesied that they would then begin to build a black ribbon. And on this black ribbon there would move a bug. And when you begin to see this bug moving on the land, that was the sign for the First Shaking of the Earth. The First Shaking of the Earth would be so violent that this bug would be shaken off the earth into the air and it would begin to move and fly in the air. And by the end of this shaking this bug will be in the air around the world. Behind it would be a trail of dirt and eventually the whole sky of the entire earth would become dirty from these trails of dirt, and this would cause many diseases that would get more and more complicated. So the bug moving on the land, of course it's easy to see now. In 1908 the Model-T Ford was mass produced for the first time. So the elders knew the First Shaking of the Earth was about to come about -- that was the First World War.

In the First World War the airplane came into wide usage for the first time. That was that bug moving into the sky. And so they knew something very important would happen. There would be an attempt to make peace on earth on the west coast of this land, and so the elders began to watch for this. They began to hear that there was going to be a League of Nations in San Francisco, so the elders gathered in Arizona around 1920 or so, and they wrote a letter to Woodrow Wilson. They asked if the Indian people could be included in the League of Nations.

The United States Supreme Court had held that a reservation is a separate and semi-sovereign nation, not a part of the United States but protected by it. This became a concern because people didn't want the reservations to become more and more separate. They didn't want them to be considered nations. So they did not write back, and the Native people were left out of the League of Nations so that circle was incomplete. In the League of Nations circle there was a southern door, the yellow people; there was a western door, the black people; there was a northern door, the white people; but the eastern door was not attended. The elders knew that peace would not come on the earth until the circle of humanity is complete, until all the four colors sat in the circle and shared their teachings, then peace would come on earth.

So they knew things would happen. Things would speed up a little it. There would be a cobweb built around the earth, and people would talk across this cobweb. When this talking cobweb, the telephone, was built around the earth, a sign of life would appear in the east, but it would tilt and bring death (the swastika of the Nazis). It would come with the sun. But the sun itself would rise one day, not in the east but in the west (the rising sun of the Japanese Empire). So the elders said when you see the sun rising in the east, and you see the sign of life reversed and tilted in the east, you know that the Great Death is to come upon the earth, and now the Great Spirit will grab the earth again in His hand and shake it, and this shaking will be worse than the first. So the sign of life reversed and tilted, we call that the Swastika, and the rising sun in the east was the Rising Sun of Japan. These two symbols are carved in stone in Arizona. When the elders saw these two flags, they knew that these were the signs that the earth was to be shaken again.

The worse misuse of the Guardianship of the fire is called the gourd of ashes. They said the gourd of ashes will fall from the air. It will make the people like blades of grass in the prairie fire, and things will not grow for many seasons. The atomic bomb, the gourd of ashes, it was the best-kept secret in the history of the US. The elders wanted to speak about it in 1920.

They would have spoken of it and foretold its coming if they could have entered into the League of Nations. The elders tried to contact President Roosevelt to ask him not to use the gourd of ashes because it would have a great effect on the earth and eventually cause even greater destruction and a the Third Shaking of the Earth, the Third World War.

So they knew after the Second Shaking of the Earth when they saw the gourd of ashes fall from the sky, there would be an attempt to make peace on the other side of this land. And because the peace attempt on the west coast had failed, they would build a special house on the east coast of this Turtle Island, and all the nations and peoples of the earth would come to this house, and it would be called the House of Mica, and it would shine like the mica on the desert shines. So the elders began to see they were building the United Nations made out of glass that reflects like the mica on the desert so they knew this was the House of Mica, and all the peoples of the earth should go to it. So they met and talked about this. They said that in the 1920's they had written and they had not been responded to, so they said this time we'd better go to the front door of the House of Mica because things might get a lot worse.

So elders representing a number of tribes drove to New York City. When the United Nations opened, they went to the front door of the house of Mica and they said these words, 'We represent the indigenous people of North America, and we wish to address the nations of the Earth. We're going to give you four days to consider whether or not we will be allowed to speak.'

They retreated to one of the Six Nations Reserves in New York State. Four days later they came back, and I believe the nations of the earth heard that the Indians had come to the door. And they voted to let the Indians in. They wanted to hear what they had to say. But the United States is one of five nations of the United Nations with a veto power, and still they were concerned because this time the Native sovereignty was even stronger. And I believe they vetoed the entrance of the Native people.

So then they knew other things would happen on the Earth. So they retreated to the Six Nations Reserve, and they talked about this, and they said the time is really getting close now -- 1949. They said, "We're going to divide the United States into four sections, and each year we're going to have a gathering. We're going to call these the White Roots of Peace Gatherings." They began to have these around 1950. And they authorized certain people to speak in English for the first time about these prophecies.

One that I used to listen to many times, over and over, was Thomas Banyaca. He was authorized to speak in English about what was on the stone tablets, and he has dedicated his life to doing this. And they began to tell us at these gatherings, "You're going to see a time in your lifetime when the human beings are going to find the blueprint that makes us." They call that now DNA, deoxyribonucleic acid. They said, "They're going to cut this blueprint." They call that now genetic splicing. And they said, "They're going to make new animals upon the earth, and they're going to think these are going to help us. And it's going to seem like they do help us. But maybe the grandchildren and great-grandchildren are going to suffer." The elders said long ago, "They will release these things, and they will use them." This is going to be released not too long from now. They are making new animals. The elders talked about this. They said, "You will see new animals, and even the old animals will come back, animals that people thought had disappeared. They will find them here and there. They'll begin to reappear."

They said, "You're going to see a time when the eagle will fly its highest in the night, and it will land upon the moon. And at that time, many of the Native people will be sleeping," which symbolically means they have lost their teachings. We're at that time now. The Eagle has landed on the moon, 1969. When that spaceship landed, they sent back the message, "The Eagle has landed." Traditionally, Native people from clear up in the Inuit region have shared with us this prophecy, clear down to the Quechuas in South America.

At this time you're going to see that things will speed up, that people on the earth will move faster and faster. Grandchildren will not have time for grandparents. Parents will not have time for children. It will seem like time is going faster and faster. The elders advised us that, as things speed up, you yourself should slow down. The faster things go, the slower you go. Because there's going to come a time when the earth is going to be shaken a third time. The Great Spirit has shaken the earth two times: the First and Second World Wars to remind us that we are a human family, to remind us that we should have greeted each other as brothers and sisters. We had a chance after each shaking to come together in a circle that would have brought peace on earth, but we missed that.

Tonight they were talking on the news about the sign for the Third Shaking of the Earth. They said they're going to build what the elders called the house in the sky. In the 1950's they talked about this: they will build a house and throw it in the sky. When you see people living in the sky on a permanent basis, you will know the Great Spirit is about to grab the earth, this time not with one hand, but with both hands. When this house is in the sky, the Great Spirit is going to shake the Earth a third time, and whoever dropped that gourd of ashes, upon them it is going to drop. They say at that time there will be villages in this land so great that when you stand in the villages you will not be able to see out, and in the prophecies these are called villages of stone, or prairies of stone. And they said the stone will grow up from the ground, and you will not be able to see beyond the village.

At the center of each and every one of these villages will be Native people, and they will walk as hollow shells upon a prairie of stone. They said hollow shells, which means they will have lost any of their traditional understandings; they will be empty within. They said that, after the Eagle lands on the moon, some of these people will begin to leave these prairies of stone and come home and take up some of the old ways and begin to make themselves reborn, because it's a new day. But many will not. And they said there's going to come a time when in the morning the sun is going to rise, and this village of stone will be there, and in the evening there would just be steam coming from the ground. They will be as steam. And in the center of many of those villages of stone, when they turn to steam, the Native people will turn to steam also because they never woke up and left the village.

They say there's going to be the Third Shaking of the Earth. It's not going to be a good thing to see, but we will survive it. We will survive it. And when we survive it, there's going to be another attempt to make a circle of the human beings on the earth. And this time the Native people will not have to petition to join but will be invited to enter the circle because they say the attitude toward us will have changed by then, and people will let us into the circle, and all the four colors of the four directions will share their wisdom, and there will be a peace on earth. This is coming close.

The prophecies are always either/or. We could have come together way back there in 1565, and we could have had a great civilization, but we didn't. Always along the path of these prophecies, we could have come together. We still could.

If we could stop the racial and religious disharmony, we would not have to go through this third shaking. The elders say the chance of that is pretty slim. It seems to me like it's pretty slim, too. But they say what we can do is we can cushion it so it won't be quite as bad. How do we do this? We do this by sharing the teaching that will reunite us.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/29/2009 05:14 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Hermes Trismegistus Prophecy

There will come a time when it will have been in vain that Egyptians have honored the Godhead with heartfelt piety and service; and all our holy worship will be fruitless and ineffectual. The Gods will return from earth to heaven; Egypt will be forsaken, and the land which was once the home of religion will be left desolate, bereft of the presence of its deities.

They will no longer love this world around us, this incomparable work of God, this glorious structure which he has built, this sum of good made up of many diverse forms, this instrument whereby the will of God operates in that which he has made, ungrudgingly favoring man's welfare.

Darkness will be preferred to light, and death will be thought more profitable than life; no one will raise his eyes to heaven; the pious will be deemed insane, the impious wise; the madman will be thought a brave man, and the wicked will be esteemed as good.

As for the soul, and the belief that it is immortal by nature, or may hope to attain to immortality, as I have taught you; all this they will mock, and even persuade themselves that it is false. No word of reverence or piety, no utterance worthy of heaven, will be heard or believed.

And so the Gods will depart from mankind, -- a grievous thing! -- and only evil angels will remain, who will mingle with men, and drive the poor wretches into all manner of reckless crime, into wars, and robberies, and frauds, and all things hostile to the nature of the soul.

Then will the earth tremble, and the sea bear no ships; heaven will not support the stars in their orbits, all voices of the Gods will be forced into silence; the fruits of the Earth will rot; the soil will turn barren, and the very air will sicken with sullen stagnation; all things will be disordered and awry, all good will disappear.

But when all this has befallen, then God the Creator of all things will look on that which has come to pass, and will stop the disorder by the counterforce of his will, which is the good. He will call back to the right path those who have gone astray; he will cleanse the world of evil, washing it away with floods, burning it out with the fiercest fire, and expelling it with war and pestilence.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/29/2009 05:34 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

Art Bell's Live Interview with Hopi Elders June 15, 1998

GF1 = Grandfather 1
GF2 = Grandfather 2
GM = Grandmother
GW = Robert Ghost Wolf

AB: Good morning, everybody. I'm Art Bell and if we get our
phones hooked up right, and we've just had a disconnect problem,
we are going to, in this half hour, have two Hopi Elders on the
program. We've never tried this before. Unfortunately, we just
got a disconnect and we're getting a busy signal trying to get
back through. So, bear with us. We will have all this connected
shortly. We DO have Robert Ghost Wolf on the line from, I
believe, one of the Dakotas. We'll find out about that in a
moment and he'll give us kind of a preamble to what's going to
AB: Here we go. This has never been tried on national radio
before, so anything may happen here, folks. I have no idea.
First, we are going to go to Robert Ghost Wolf, who is out
somewhere in the Dakotas. Where ARE you, Robert?
GW: I'm in the Black Hills.
AB: Black Hills. Of North Dakota?
GW: South Dakota. I'm here with the family. It's Pow-Wow time.
We're just all here together, and I'm going to be talking to
some other Elders up here, possibly, about getting together with
AB: Would you explain to us?..uh, we are about to hear two Hopi
Elders. We are not going to give their real names on the air. We
are going to call them "Grandfather 1", "Grandfather 2", and
"Grandmother Hopi." Why are we doing this?
GW: There has already been a lot of controversy about these
Elders stepping out and speaking like this, to the world, and
they have had some threats made against them already, so we are
taking precautions to make sure that they're safe. I hope the
people can understand this. And, I also hope that people
understand that these people are not professional speakers or
lecturers. We're going to do the best we can to make this run
smoothly, as soon as we get the phone lines hooked up again.
AB: All right. I think we ARE hooked up. Anyway, that is the
explanation. There HAVE been threats.
GW: It's very dangerous for something like this to happen and
it's very unusual for Elders to come out and speak like this.
The thing is, we've hit a point, in our progression through
these changes, where it's important to get the news out. It's
important for the children of the world. It's important for all
of us to hear what they have been trying to say, now, for many,
many years.
AB: All right. Let's see if we can get the hook-up going here. I
believe we're going to Phoenix, Arizona and let's see if we have
Grandfather 2 on the line with us. Hello?
GF2: Hello. How!
AB: Yes, hello there.
GF2: Hi!
AB: I hear you just fine.
GF2: Ok.
AB: Thank you for coming on the air tonight. You are going to
give us information, Grandfather 2, and also translate for
us?..is that correct?
GF2: Yes.
AB: Ok. I think that my first question?..if I may ask the first
question?..and Robert, you're welcome to ask one any time you'd
like. I would like to ask Grandfather 1 why he has come forward
in public at this time?
GF2: {Asks GF1 in Hopi language, then translates.}
GF1: {Answers in Hopi language.} It is our time to bring forth
the message into the world. It has been taught to us by our
Elders, from way back. That is why I have chosen to step forward
and bring out the message today. There are people out there who
are leading two lives?..who are there to stop us from putting
forth the message, but it is the Elders, that taught us the
wisdom, that are telling us to do this now for you and the rest
of the world.
AB: With regard to what may be changing, Earth changes, is the
time now very short?
GF2: {Asks, then translates.} It is time for the end times here,
that was prophesized and through the dreams that were given to
us also. Through those dreams, we are learning that we are
getting very close to the end times.
AB: Might we ask how old Grandfather 1 is? His age?
GF2: {Asks?} Seventy-five. 75 years old.
AB: 75 years old. And, how old are the prophecies that we are
talking about now?
GF2: {Asks?} He doesn't know exactly what the age of these
teachings are. He says they were given to them before Christ. It
is mainly by word of mouth that it has been handed down.
AB: How does Grandfather feel about the accuracy of the word
that has been handed down? Many people dispute the Bible and
whether or not IT is accurate. With regard to Hopi prophecy, how
does HE feel about the accuracy of the prophecy?
GF2: {Asks?} From the time when (?) was the chief, he had been
carrying this message. But mainly the message had been carried
forth by word of mouth. The accuracy had to deal with how well
each individual that was given the opportunity to maintain the
exactness of the prophecies. They were all given this prophecy,
so they all had to meet at least once or twice a year, in the
Kivas, where they would actually sit down and go back through
that. One person would talk about the prophecies, and if he ever
so much as added something to it or left something out, then the
rest of the group would know that part of the prophecies was
missing. So, they would tell him, "Well, you didn't say this one
here," or "You added this to it." So, that is how this was kept
alive through word of mouth and everyone had to remember just
what those prophecies were about.
AB: Is Grandfather, or are you and others now having many dreams
indicating that indeed these are the end times beginning to
GF2: {Asks?} Yes, I have dreamed about these things and that's
how a lot of them are coming about and they are true.
AB: Uh, Robert? Help me out here?
GW: He would probably be willing to share any of his visions of
what he see coming in the immediate future.
GF2: I can't hear you, Robert.
AB: Ok, the question is, would Grandfather care to share any
specific details of the dreams that he has had about what may be
coming soon?
GF2: {Asks?} It wasn't exactly through the dreams. The dreams
were part of the teachings that he knows and having to
understand the exactness of the prophecies themselves. He had to
go out and do a lot of prayers. And then, he would go and do
this and was doing this for a whole year. Within a year's time,
he had kind of lost interest in the giving of the prophecies to
him, because he hadn't received anything. So, he decided to quit
for awhile. Finally, within a few months, he decided to go back
to his prayers and he would go out and pray. Within four year's
time, he started receiving a lot of information. So, that is how
most of his information was received?..through asking?..prayer.
AB: Could we please ask why he has decided to share it with the
rest of the world? This is something that has not been done
before, so why has he decided to share this with us?
GF2: {Asks?} Through the Elder's teachings and wishes. The
Elders wanted to let this become public at a time when we were
close to the end times. So, he had decided to take this upon
himself to let go of these things, in hopes that there would be
a number of people that would understand and realize what is
going on and start praying. We ARE very close to it and we are,
right now, going through hard times. He wants to set some people
aside?..their lives?..so that some lives may be spared.
AB: That was going to be my next question, Grandfather, and that
is, if you would ask Grandfather 1 whether prayer, whether
becoming spiritual of nature, can or will change any of what is
GF2: {Asks?} It's not a matter of quick change. If you wanted to
change now and change your life around and do your prayers, it
will help a little in the alleviation of much terrible outcome
from the cataclysms. There is a lot in store for all of us and
the intensity of this will be a lot less if we can all settle
down and behave and not be in the way of the actions we have
right now?..like we are all being corrupt. That has to be taken
care of. We have to keep ourselves from being corrupted by
anything from the outside.
AB: All right. We are going to stop for a moment, now, so
everybody relax. Thank you very much. It is a great honor,
indeed, to have Grandfathers 1 and 2 with us, and Robert Ghost
Wolf in the Black Hills. We're talking about Hopi prophecy, and
when we come back, we'll try to press for some details as best
we can. I'm Art Bell. This is "Coast-to-Coast AM."
AB: What you're hearing, now, as far as I know, has never been
done on national radio, before. So, listen very carefully. Let's
go back to the Black Hills and see if Robert Ghost Wolf is still
here. Are you there, Robert?
GW: We're still here.
AB: Okay, good and back to Phoenix, Arizona and Grandfather One
and Two. Grandfather Two, are you there?
G2: Yes.
AB: What we would like to do, if it's possible, is to ask
Grandfather One if he can give us any details of what is going
to happen, here on Earth, with this prophecy. What is coming?
Any specific details at all?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: Actually, there are a few that he thinks are important
things that will be coming up pretty shortly. There's one thing
for sure that we are going to come upon is that World War III
is....it will take place....and starvation is definitely a part
of this thing, where we will hit starvation. The weather change,
itself, it's erratic, right now, and it's not what it should be.
This weather climate, itself, it's actually taking care of the
crops already in a way that we're losing it. That's part
of...you know.....leading us into starvation because the crops
will not produce.
GW: Do they know that you were just able to plant the corn up in
Hopi land? Just a few days ago, like a week or so ago because of
the weather?
G2: Yes. People have just started to do those things and it
comes up but the winds are drying them up and the weather has
been erratic, like I said, and it's been very cold. It's
been...you know, actually....they get frost bitten. It's kind of
like a frost bitten effect on it that it burns it up.
AB: Yes. Yes, we are having the same thing here in Nevada. A
kind of a frost bite. You are exactly right. We are having the
same thing, here, with the things that we have planted in the
ground, in Nevada. As though they were frost bitten but, I
think, affected by the winds, as well.
G2: Yes.
AB: Now, these are three things: weather change, mass starvation
and the third world war. Would you please ask Grandfather if the
weather changes are the beginning of these changes.....if what
we have seen now, with the weather, is the beginning and, of
course, we're going to want to ask how soon these other changes,
he thinks, will happen.
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: Yes, these are the signs of, you know, the changes and that
also part of it is, you know, right now we're having problems
with crickets which is a part of these prophecies where they
would come in hoards and they will destroy the crops, also, and
that is happening, also.
GW: You're having that in Nevada, aren't you?
AB: Yes, we are. In Southern Nevada we are having that and,
apparently, throughout large portions of the Southwest we are
having that.....yes, indeed. So then, these weather changes are
the beginning?
G2: Yes.
AB: When does Grandfather think the very serious parts of the
prophecies, another world war and mass starvation......when will
these begin to manifest? How far away from these are we?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: Well, it's been said that there is no exact time and date
for these things.....events....to take place but the year 2000
is a ......I would say.....that is a close approximation of the
time that all of this will start to take place. The teaching
from the Elders was that they talked about that everything will
happen at once but, when they say these things, they put it in a
form that, you know, they say it's going to all happen at once
but it's not exactness of happening at once. It will happen but
they will, you know, fall pretty much short from the other,
following , it's like a domino effect. This is, you know, when
one thing happens then the other will fall into place. But, you
know, it will be in a short time from one another so this is
what Grandfather was talking about.
GW: Are we talking within the next two years?
Bell: Well, he seemed to say....by the year 2000. I guess this
would be a first question....if there is a way to phrase this.
Is the weather change, that we now have, the first domino?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: It's been known that this had happened a long time ago but,
in our prior world, it happened before, you know, the same
things that we had gone through. The teachings were that we were
not supposed to follow in the same pattern and try to keep
ourselves from going astray from our teachings. These weather
patterns that we talked about and cataclysms that take place,
are not really set in order....in a fashion that any person
could say that, 'Okay, the winds are going to do it this year
and the next year will be fires and the following year will be
earthquakes, you know.' Also, he's saying that it's not exactly
his words that that is the way that it will take place but he
knows that these are signs and they are readily available. All
the signs are out there. Anyone can see that, that it is taking
place and it's only going to get bigger.
AB: Grandfather said 'other worlds' or 'other civilizations' and
that this has happened before. Now, did Grandfather mean by that
that men have walked on the Earth before and that great
catastrophes...like the one we are now talking about.....came
and wiped them out and man started again. Is that what
Grandfather meant?
G2: Yes.
Bell: Oh.
GW: I have a question, if I may?
Bell: You may.
GW: There's a lot of talk, out now, and a lot of theories and a
lot of prophecies about these changes having dramatic effects on
the configurations of the land masses.....that they will be
tremendous, cataclysmic changes. Does Grandfather.....do the
Hopis see this as happening in that manner? Will there be very
dramatic Earth changes and will cause the face of the Earth, as
we know it, to change dramatically?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi tongue.
G2: Ah, yes. The Earth changes will take place in such a way,
you know, that this whole planet, here, will become a different
type of planet because of the changes in itself. It has happened
before, as we mentioned earlier, that it did happen before that
they went through these changes and they was taught they we
weren't supposed to go back to the same routine that we had gone
through in the past life. That was the corruption that we were
going through....what we're going through, today. There is so
much corruption, out there. These were the things that led us to
these things and even animals, insects, all of these things will
all turn around on us and, you know, they're going to lead us to
the same things again.
GW: So, we're repeating history.
G2: Yes. Even though it can be your own pet, it can turn against
AB: The animals will turn against us. Already, I have talked to
many experts.....animal experts....who are saying that animal
attacks, all across North America, are increasing many, many
fold. So, this could be the beginning of that.
G2: Yes.
Bell: Alright, we are close to another break but I would like to
ask Grandfather if there will be any difference in the way the
people in the cities.....the great cities of America and the
World....Los Angeles, New York, Chicago.....will feel these
changes and the people in remote areas like New Mexico, Arizona,
Nevada and the Dakota where Robert is now? Will there be a big
G2: In the changes?
AB: Yes.
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
AB: Alright, I must break in here, Grandfather. We must take a
break, now. When we come back, we will look for the answer to
that question. Alright?
G2: Okay.
AB: Good morning. I am Art Bell, and if you're joining us at
this hour, we're involved in the middle of something
unprecedented on national talk radio, no question about that. In
the Black Hills of South Dakota, we have Robert Ghost Wolf. In
the area of Phoenix, Arizona, we have Grandfather 1 and
Grandfather 2. These are two Hopi Elders, and we are asking
questions about Earth changes. Thus far, we have determined that
they are close, that the weather-pattern changes are part of it,
that the weather is due to change a great deal more, that there
will be starvation and World War III. This is Hopi prophecy that
you're listening to everybody and in addition to that, we've
asked about the cities and the country, and massive Earth
changes. In other words, changes of continental locations, and
that would also appear to be in the offing. We are going to
continue to ask questions for as long as we're able. I am Art
Bell and this is "Coast-to-Coast AM," so stand by.
AB: My website is down, so if you're trying to get in it will be
futile until we get this squared away. First, back to Robert
Ghost Wolf in the Black Hills of South Dakota. For those who
have just joined, we are not using names other than Grandfather
1 and Grandfather 2, two Hopi Elders from the Hopi Sinom. The
reason we're not using names, again, uh Robert?..please.
GW: There have been many threats to these Elders, who are having
the courage to come out and speak these prophecies to the world,
for various reasons. We are trying to keep them and their
families safe, and also keep them from being inundated by
harassment from people who feel, perhaps, that these messages
should not be shared with everyone in the world, which is not
their opinion. This is why they are here now talking to us. I
just got news that OUR website is down.
AB: YOUR website is down, too.
GW: If people want to get more information about these
prophecies, I have a number that they can call to get the books
that have at least 200 of these prophecies in them. That's 1-
800-905-8367. There are operators standing by right now, because
of what happened to the website. OR they can call the Wolf Lodge
office in Washington State at 1-509-465-1606.
AB: That's 1-509-465-1606. It's odd that your site and my site
are both down. I think it's traffic-related. All right, now back
to Phoenix, Arizona. Grandfather 1, the question was, all of
these changes including a world war?..uh, will there be a
different effect in the cities than there is in the country?
GF2: A different effect in the cities?
AB: Yes. In other words, will there be more trouble in the
cities?..in America's large cities or the world's large
cities?..with these changes?
GF2: {Asks GF1?} Yes, in the big cities, it will effect a lot.
You know, how much corruption there will be within the cities.
Also, the people themselves have to be aware of all of these
things that will take place, so they must change, too. But, he's
not asking anyone to follow him in the way he put himself on the
path he is on. He is not asking anyone to follow him in that. It
is up to the individual to make that decision for him/herself as
to which direction they want to go. When you make that choice
for yourself, what you want to do with your life, you don't
blame anybody else for your own actions, for what you do. If
something happens to you along the way, then you are not going
to say that you were forced into it. These are the things that
he had looked into also. That's why he's saying that he's not
asking anyone to follow him in the way he's leading himself.
He's only giving out advice that this is what they should do.
They should start changing themselves and going back to the old
ways of living simple lives, of taking care of themselves from
the land that is available to them, and from the food that they
grow. These are the things that will help you along the way when
you come to your hard times. So, the people must make these
decisions for themselves.
AB: All right. There are many that I have interviewed, many
others who see the future, who say that our Sun is beginning to
change and that it is causing some of these changes here on
Earth. Does Grandfather know anything about that?
GF2: {Asks?} From these teachings that were given to him, he has
understood that the solar axis itself, of the Sun, is going to
change. The places that normally have cold weather will have hot
weather. You know, the weather itself is going to get even
worse. The temperatures are going to rise even higher, and that
will burn up the crops and dry up the Earth, so nothing will be
able to grow. It is true that the Sun itself is being affected
by this also.
AB: In farmer's fields around the world, in many, many places in
the world,?..as a matter of fact even tonight, for the first
time ever in the state of Virginia, there is a very complex crop
circle. These are strange formations in farmer's crops. Does
Grandfather know anything about what these may be, and why they
GF2: {Asks?} He has heard about these. He has seen pictures of
the crop circles that have been out there. These are, in his own
mind, teachings also, and they're telling us what is becoming of
our time and where it is leading us. He has had a chance to look
at a few of them, and he does understand what they're trying to
put through?..the message in the circle itself. It is telling us
that we are very close to it and what we need to do in order to
get ourselves back on track, and the other end of it?..when he
says, the other end of it, where you get to see all the things
happen and live again?..for a new life to start.
AB: Ok. Uh, then this is a good question. We have many strange
machines that fly in our sky that we call UFOs. What do the Hopi
have to say regarding these kinds of things, that have been seen
to fly in the sky, what the Hopi may have called, "Star Brothers
who have come from the heavens?"
GF2: {Asks?} I'd like to add a little to what he just said. This
is referring to the question prior to this one. I didn't finish
it out. He said that the crop circles were put there by outside,
like the UFO people, but he's not sure just who put those crop
circles there. But, to get back to the question that is the last
one here, the teachings from the Elders, he said, yes they know
about the possibilities of other life forms on other planets.
The "Old Ones," the old people, the "Old Ones" way back had the
knowledge and know-how of getting around, and they have traveled
to other planets before and they know how it is out there, if
there is life on other planets and they DO know that there is
life on other planets and what planets are not liveable. But,
they don't know the exactness of how they will be helping us out
or they will be going against us. They just know that when we
are getting close to the end times, we will be visited by people
from out there, and we're not aware whether they're going to
help us or go against us. We do know that they have high
technology to see what is going on.
AB: We have exactly the same problem. We're trying to understand
the nature of who these beings are. All right, we are at the
bottom of the hour, so everybody can relax for a few moments. We
are being honored with the presence of two Hopi Elders,
Grandfather 1 who is speaking Hopi and Grandfather 2 who is
translating for us. They're in the Phoenix, Arizona area. In the
Black Hills of South Dakota, we have Robert Ghost Wolf and we
are discussing the details?..specific details?..of Hopi
prophecy, something many did not want done on national radio or
national anything. I'm Art Bell and this is "Coast-to-Coast AM."

AB: Alright, back now to my guests, Robert Ghost Wolf in the
Black Hills and Grandfather One and Two, in Phoenix, Arizona.
Here is, I guess, a hard question but one that I should ask. I
understand that Native Elders speak about prophecy through the
tradition of story telling and I guess there are stories that
relate to something called the 'Purifier'. Is there some way
that Grandfather could explain to us a story about what the
'Purifier' is and, perhaps, a little bit of the story. Is that
on okay question?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: The story about that is that we do know that we did have a
brother who was set out and he is out there and with that
brother and, from the Society of the One Horned Clan, they made
a pact that....from the One Horned Clan and the Society and the
brother had make like a.....it's a law that the purifying time
would come. This was already done, it was like it had been
already organized and it was, you know, established.
GW: Like a contract.
G2: The stories that there will be come a time that whoever is
going to come and, you know, to purify the people.....I'm having
a hard time, here.
AB: I understand. It is hard to translate this.
G2: Ya.
GW: Sometimes there are not words that translate to English.
AB: I understand. Maybe I could ask this. What is the
'Purifier'? Is the 'Purifier', is it the Hopi Prophecy or is the
'Purifier' something specific? Is it a comet or is it something
from the heavens or how may we know what the 'Purifier' is?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: The 'Purifier' is mentioned is the other brother that was
sent forth, out to the East, and this was the teaching that he
had.....that he was sent of to the East and he would reach the
point of origin where the Sun would come out from. When he
reached that place, then he would touch his head to the Earth
and he would return back to us. When this, you know, time comes
that's the end of....the end times....time for a purification
time when he will return back. He is the one that has the....in
a way, you know....the weapons or the artillery and he is the
Big Brother so he would know what to do and how he would help us
and how we would go about in having to make us understand. His
job is to make us understand and try to get ourselves to behave
in the way that we're supposed to and, if we don't, then the one
from the West will come and they are the ones that are going to
come with much force. He, the 'Purifier', the one that went to
the East, is supposed to be big enough to take on the ones that
are coming from the West. That is going to become like the Third
World War.
AB: Third World War, is the 'Purifier'. Alright, he has talked
much....Grandfather has talked much about corruption. In our
cities and in our small towns.....and I do not know about your
reservations.....but in our cities and small towns, we have,
now, many, many stories of children going to school and shooting
other children and teachers and their parents. Things that we
cannot seem to understand, at all. Does Grandfather have any
idea why these things seem to be happening in our society?
GW: We also might want to see if Grandmother might like to speak
on this subject.
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: You know, in the cities itself, what's going on.....what you
mentioned.....yes, these are part of the teachings and the
prophesies that, when we get to these end times, you know, we're
all going to start going corrupt. Even, you know, the children
because they don't really believe in anything, even what we're
trying to teach them and what we try to talk to them about. You
know, they look at you but they have a different opinion about
these things and they don't believe that. It's hard to try to
teach the young ones and even grown-ups, even adults, are in the
same situation. It's not just the children who are in this kind
of situation, right now, it's even the adults who are in that
kind of situation and, you know, there's a lot of corruption in
this way, but we do know that these things would start to take
place in the school systems and all over where even young
children would start to take lives, like that, because it is
just a corruption of the mind from the way things are going,
right now.
Grandfather One speaks to Grandfather Two.
G2: Even the children will go against their own parents. These
are the things that have been taught. They're all going to start
turning against their own parents and that's what's happening,
that's what you're seeing out there.
AB: Yes, we are. Grandfather talked about corruption. Is it
reasonable to ask this? Could this be happening to us, also,
because we have reached a fantastic level of technology and have
changed from spiritual to materialistic human beings, where our
technological knowledge exceeds our spiritual wisdom? Can you
translate that?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: Yes. He feels that, that is happening, there, that we're
misleading ourselves from that, from the material side of it and
walking away from the spiritual sense of it.
AB: Has this, also, occurred with the Hopi Nation? It is
occurring, of course, in this country....in the cities....in the
small towns.....this move to materialism, but has it also been
occurring within the Hopi Nation?
G2: Yes, it is happening there, too. Yes.
AB: Do Grandfather's people believe that it is worthwhile
stockpiling food and water or are these changes going to be so
big that is simply, really doesn't make much difference, one way
or the other?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: Ya, he does know that it is known that we should, you know,
stockpile our goods....our dry goods.....and it's been taught
from long time.....way back. That's why we should never forget,
you know, about farming and how to take care of ourselves
because you never know when it will hit and that's why they
teach us these things, as young. Also, to answer the end part of
your question, it is worth doing that. When the time comes, it
may not be, you know, such a good idea to do that but it's worth
trying to do something like that because they say that, you
know, the time in their limitation is at least a month to two
months that we will be without food and water so we need to
store away as much as we can for that amount of time. We have
different clans who are supposed to take care of these
situations. About the food items and things like that, there are
certain clans that do have that power and authority over that
but the majority of the people, out home, they have walked away
from their teachings and they've walked away from their
spiritual side of it. They've forgotten that and.....I guess I
could say that they really haven't forgotten it but they've just
ignored it and now they will have to suffer the consequences.
AB: Alright, I think that we probably don't have time for
another translated question before the top of the hour so, hold
on in Phoenix. We're very honored to have you with us. Robert,
is there anything that you can think of that we should be asking
when we come back?
GW: I would suggest that we ask Grandmother if she would like to
speak on some of these matters.
AB: Alright.
GW: I think that would be a good thing and, perhaps, we could
ask her again about the children or what we can do for our
children and then possibly go into what is meant by the
emergence of the 5th World and what we're going to.
AB: And, also, I guess we might endeavor to ask whether Hopi
Prophecy tells us anything about what is going to happen after
the Purification, after the changes.
GW: What will life be like, then?
AB: That's right, so that is exactly what we'll do. Alright,
everybody, I'm Art Bell and I don't think this has every been
done before and we're trying to do it, tonight. You are
listening to two Hopi Elders from the Sinom, in Arizona. You're
listening to Robert Ghost Wolf who is in the Black Hills of
South Dakota. I'm Art Bell, in Pahrump.
AB: Alright, back now to Robert Ghost Wolf in South Dakota, in
the Black Hills. Robert, are you there?
GW: Yes, I'm here.
AB: Alright, you suggested that we speak with Grandmother about
the problem with the children. So, let us do exactly that and
ask Grandmother, if she is there, the same question. We have so
many children, now, that seem to be turning against their
parents....turning against their teachers.....and turning
against other children, in fact, killing them. Some people have
looked at our children and said that they seem like human beings
with no soul.....with no spirit....within them. What is
happening to us?
GM: Okay, I'll try my best. Well, nobody teach the children,
anymore, about the spiritual pathway so they're turning against
one another. The mothers are so busy working, you know, they
teach their children at home so they're being left out and they
no longer get than love from a mother like they're supposed to.
It's really sad to see what is going on out there.
AB: Do you also believe, as we have heard from Grandfather One,
that Hopi Prophecy is now telling us that the end times are
very, very near.
GM: Yes, uh huh. Yes, that is true.
AB: Robert, anything?
GW: Grandmother, what words can we share with some of the
mothers that are out there watching these conditions? There are
so many mothers who seem to wonder what they can do and how they
can help their children. Do you have any words that you can
share with these mothers?
GM: Well, praying....first is praying.....and to go through that
path with the Creator. We have forgotten how to walk that path
so they need to get on that path to survive.
AB: Okay, that seems quite clear to me. Alright, then,
Grandmother, thank you very, very much. Thank you for coming on.
GM: Uh huh.
AB: And I think, now, that we need to go back to Grandfather
because I want to ask the Grandfather....he has talked to us
much about what is the prophecy of what is coming and coming
very soon. So, it is a very important question, I believe, to
pose and the question is.....after the purification, after the
purifying, after the changes, after the war.....what will the
world be like?
Grandfather One and Grandfather Two converse in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: Well, the outcome of this, after that purifying time, the
lifestyle will change....more or less. Those people or those
ones that have been working, you know, with the evil or and the
dark side are going to be eliminated. Only those that are
walking on the one path and believing in that one and with a
good heart, those are the ones that are going to continue this
and there will be some....what you would say....there might be
some people who have the minds that are like the scientists that
can develop things. Right now we are not supposed to be taking
the minerals out of the Earth for any reason at all, you know.
Only certain minerals but only for the amount that you need,
that's what was taught. But other than that, we're not supposed
to reap the Earth, you know, and tear it up like that...what
we're doing now. Like intermarriage, it's not supposed to be
done. Only after purification time will intermarriage be
possible, you know, that we can start to marry other
people.....other walks. This is, you know, when the people will
come together after purification time and all walks, that have
been spared, will come together and one language will be spoken.
There will be one law and it has been taught to say that, you
know, some people say that it's gonna be their language or it's
going to be the Hopi language that's going to be spoken but this
is, you know, something that is not very known as to what
language will be spoken but there will be one language that will
be spoken. Togetherness is what will come about where we're
going to come back to what was once before. What Adam and Eve
came upon was, you know, was the Garden of Eden where everything
will be flourishing, even, you know, the flowers and the
vegetation. Everything will be back to normal but from
thenceforth we are allowed to do these things and we can take
the minerals out of the Earth, to use for a purpose, and not to
really destroy it, though.
Grandfather One comments
G2: And all the....he mentioned, also, which I forgot to
mention......was the altars and the shrines, of the different
societies, will be eliminated and all those will be, you know,
have to be put away because they will no longer have power and
authority over anything so these will be eliminated.
AB: Will there be a single power or a single authority or a
single law or will everybody simply understand, inside
themselves, that we are now one? There are many who talk, in our
world, about a single world government.....a single world ruler.
Is that what Grandfather is speaking of?
G2: Yes, but not in the fashion that we understand it,
now......what they're talking about....the New World Order. See,
that's more or less in a dictatorial form but this is done in a
way, you know, where freedom is an essence.
AB: Alright. Grandfather spoke about World War III. I would like
to be clear about this. Does he see men killing men.....humans
killing humans.....or does he just see explosions and fire? Is
that what he calls World War III?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: What you had mentioned about which one is, you know, the one
that's going to be...he said that the taking of lives, you know,
this is what will take place because it will be like an
elimination of good from the bad. He mentioned about Hitler, you
know, that Hitler had done a lot....done away with a lot of
people, too, and when that took place, he said that many of the
people were....many of the Hopi had realized this and they were
glad that this took place because it was a teaching that took
place. It was trying to teach the people that this is what is
going to happen, see, so look at this as more or less as a
warning that this will take place, again.
AB: A warning of a Holocaust.
G2: Yes. So, there will be lives lost. A lot of lives will be
AB: Does Grandfather understand how some lives will be saved
while other lives will be spared with so much fire and war? I
guess the question is, will it be like an Anti-Christ which some
people think will arise, soon....in our world, an Anti-Christ. I
don't know if the Hopi have any similar prophecy regarding one
who will come, like Hitler, again.
Grandfathers One and Two converse in the Hopi Tongue.
AB: Grandfather, I'm sorry, I must interrupt. Please apologize
for me. We are on a break, now. If he could finish the answer
and we will get the answer when we come back. Would that be
G2: Okay.
AB: Okay, thank you. Breaking right here. This is Coast to Coast
with Art Bell.
AB: Alright, we are back now with our guests and we had asked a
question about the 'Purifier'....about what we call the Anti-
Christ and whether the Hopi have or understand there to be such
a being, coming. Do you have that answer, now, Grandfather Two?
G2: Yes. He mentioned that, yes, the Anti-Christ, that there is,
you know, that he is coming again but there have been a lot of
people that have walked away from that.....from the teachings
and walked away from their spiritual path. They went and decided
to do something else, you know, rather than having to walk that
and he will come in again and he is the one that is going to set
us straight, again, on this thing here.
Grandfather One speaks to Grandfather Two in Hopi.
G2: The teachings are that the Creator, itself, what we talked
about....the Christ....it's the same thing. What life that we're
supposed to lead, we've strayed away from it what he....we told
him that we would follow him in the same way and, if we walk
away from these teachings then, he was the one that was living
that and walking that. Then he gave us a choice to do that,
also, and if we disregard everything that was taught to us and
we walked away from it. He will come back in and step in and
take it over again back for himself because he had mentioned
that he was the first and he will be the last. So, this is what
will happen.
AB: Alright, I have a question. People are sending me faxes and
this is a fax I have received. "Given that we are in the end
times, and that there will be much turmoil, violence, death and
destruction....is there anything that we, the living, can do to
prepare our souls for the long, long path that we will all walk
down after our physical lives end?"
Grandfathers One and Two confer in the Hopi language.
G2: Ya, our teachings that we given to us, we've strayed away
from it and how we are supposed to, you know, alleviate a lot of
some of these things and it's going to be too late for us to try
to turn around and walk that spiritual path because we are
taught that we are supposed to be on that path from way back. We
should have been changing ourselves quite a number of years back
because it doesn't take over night for a person to change....to
walk a path....the chose path. Also, it doesn't take over night
for the Creator to believe in you. He has to look at you, you
know, your heart is the thing that has to change and it's not
going to change over night. These are the things that are very
hard to change on a person and so right now we look at it that
it is already too late to start changing.
AB: Okay, I think that is very clear.....too late. May I ask
about the kachinas. What are the kachinas and what do they mean
to us, today?
Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.
G2: These spirits that we talk about, are in a sense, the
teachings but we can't go into detail of who they are.....what
they are. I mean, you know, because only an initiated person
should know about the knowledge of these but the only thing we
can say is that they are spirits and that they are out there and
they have their own home. Throughout the years, our elders of
the different villages, you know, have been working with the
spirits and making the prayer feathers for them and asking for
their power to come in and bring in the rain for the crops
because we don't have any way of irrigation our fields. We live
in a desert area. This is a chosen area because the Hopi had
been know to survive in an arid place. Hopi has been know that
they would strive and survive, even in a desert place where
there is no water really available for those kinds of things.
So, they ask, through prayer, to ask their crops to survive and
this is a strong sense of spirituality of the Hopi.
AB: And it is to these kachinas that you pray?
G2: Yes. They come in the form of clouds.
AB: Would you ask Grandfather, this. Earlier we asked him about
the Sun and he said the Sun would shift on it's axis. There are
many who think these Earth changes that are so imminent,
now.....so soon.....will mean that the Earth will also change on
it's axis in response to what the Sun does. Now, the question
is, is there anything in Hopi prophecy about changes in the
pattern of the stars because that is what we would see after an
axis change here on Earth? Would the stars look different?
Grandfathers One and Two converse.
G2: Yes, he believes that the axis of the Earth itself will
change, also.....shift....and that will cause a lot of Earth
changes, itself, also. About the stars that you mentioned, there
have been a lot of stories about these things and they pertain
to a lot of what happened with the stars, too. He says he
doesn't know exactly but it's true that a lot of what happened
with the stars and different things....the patterns.....are true
and now they talk about these things as just like stories and
like fairy tale stores but most of them are true. He doesn't
know exactly what will take place out there, again, if that
should every happen.
AB: Alright. Would you ask Grandfather to give us some few
things that we should all watch and look for to happen in the
next say.....18 months.....or year and a half.
Grandfathers One and Two confer.
G2: Okay, he says that these earthquakes are eminent but there
is no real date as to when these will take place. That big
earthquake that was supposed to hit California had been altered,
in a way, by the Tibetans who had heard about that and they did
a lot of prayers there and they helped in altering the intensity
of the earthquake that took place in California. That is, you
know, something that we should look for is a large earthquake
that would take place. It's going to be real big. It's going to
be devastating.
AB: Alright, we are running out of time and I would like to say
it has been a very, very great honor and you will need to
translate once we're off, for me, to have you and to have
Grandfather One and Grandmother on the program, this morning. I
would hope that, someday, if we have the time, that we could do
this, again. It has been a very great honor and this message has
gone out to many, many millions of people and we will all hope
that the message is heard and that
somebody......individually.....many somebodies.....will begin to
make changes. We will pray for this. I want to thank you for
being on the air with me, this morning. So, after we're off,
will you translate all that for Grandfather?
G2: Okay.
AB: Again, for all your help, I want to thank you so very, very
G2: Okay, thank you again for having us on your show.
AB: Thank you and good night.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/29/2009 05:40 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

Hopi Prophecies

Hopi Elders on the Art Bell Radio Show
June 16, 1998
Transcribed by: Caro Goodfellow and Kay Grissom

Real names not used:
GF1=Grandfather 1--Phoenix, Arizona
GF2=Grandfather 2--Phoenix, Arizona--translating for GF1
GM =Grandmother--Phoenix, Arizona
GW=Robert Ghost Wolf--Black Hills of South Dakota
AB: Art Bell--Los Vegas, Nevada

AB: How old are the prophecies that we are talking going to talk about?

GF2: {Asks?} He doesn't know exactly what the age of these
teachings are. He says they were given to them before Christ. It is
mainly by word of mouth that it has been handed down.

AB: How does HE feel about the accuracy of the prophecy?

GF2: {Asks?} From the time when (?) was the chief, he had been
carrying this message. But mainly the message had been carried forth
by word of mouth. The accuracy had to deal with how well each
individual that was given the opportunity to maintain the exactness of
the prophecies. They were all given this prophecy, so they all had to
meet at least once or twice a year, in the Kivas, where they would
actually sit down and go back through that. One person would talk
about the prophecies, and if he ever so much as added something to
it or left something out, then the rest of the group would know that part
of the prophecies was missing. So, they would tell him, "Well, you
didn't say this one here," or "You added this to it." So, that is how this
was kept alive through word of mouth and everyone had to remember
just what those prophecies were about.

AB: Is Grandfather, or are you and others now having many dreams
indicating that indeed these are the end times beginning to unfold?

GF2: {Asks?} Yes, I have dreamed about these things and that's how
a lot of them are coming about and they are true.

GF2: {Asks?} It's not a matter of aquick change. If you wanted to change
now and change your life around and do your prayers, it will help a
little in the alleviation of much terrible outcome from the cataclysms.
There is a lot in store for all of us and the intensity of this will be a lot
less if we can all settle down and behave and not be in the way of the
actions we have right now?..like we are all being corrupt. That has to
be taken care of. We have to keep ourselves from being corrupted by
anything from the outside.

G2: There are a few that he thinks are important things that
will be coming up pretty shortly. There's one thing for sure that we are
going to come upon is that World War III is....it will take place....and
starvation is definitely a part of this thing, where we will hit starvation.
The weather change, itself, it's erratic, right now, and it's not what it
should be. This weather climate, itself, it's actually taking care of the
crops already in a way that we're losing it. That's part of...you
know.....leading us into starvation because the crops will not produce.

AB: Now, these are three things: weather change, mass starvation
and the third world war. Would you please ask Grandfather if the
weather changes are the beginning of these changes.....if what we
have seen now, with the weather, is the beginning and, of course,
we're going to want to ask how soon these other changes, he thinks,
will happen.

G2: Yes, these are the signs of, you know, the changes and that also
part of it is, you know, right now we're having problems with crickets
which is a part of these prophecies where they would come in hoards
and they will destroy the crops, also, and that is happening, also.

GF2: It's been said that there is no exact time and date for these
things.....events....to take place but the year 2000 is a ......I would
say.....that is a close approximation of the time that all of this will start
to take place. The teaching from the Elders was that they talked about
that everything will happen at once but, when they say these things,
they put it in a form that, you know, they say it's going to all happen at
once but it's not exactness of happening at once. It will happen but
they will, you know, fall pretty much short from the other, following , it's
like a domino effect. This is, you know, when one thing happens then
the other will fall into place. But, you know, it will be in a short time
from one another so this is what Grandfather was talking about.

G2: It's been known that this had happened a long time ago but, in our
prior world, it happened before, you know, the same things that we
had gone through. The teachings were that we were not supposed to
follow in the same pattern and try to keep ourselves from going astray
from our teachings. These weather patterns that we talked about and
cataclysms that take place, are not really set in order....in a fashion
that any person could say that, 'Okay, the winds are going to do it this
year and the next year will be fires and the following year will be
earthquakes, you know.' Also, he's saying that it's not exactly his
words that that is the way that it will take place but he knows that these
are signs and they are readily available. All the signs are out there.
Anyone can see that, that it is taking place and it's only going to get bigger.

G2: The Earth changes will take place in such a way, you
know, that this whole planet, here, will become a different type of
planet because of the changes in itself. It has happened before, as we
mentioned earlier, that it did happen before that they went through
these changes and they was taught they we weren't supposed to go
back to the same routine that we had gone through in the past life.
That was the corruption that we were going through....what we're
going through, today. There is so much corruption, out there. These
were the things that led us to these things and even animals, insects,
all of these things will all turn around on us and, you know, they're
going to lead us to the same things again.

GF2: {Asks GF1} In the big cities, it will effect a lot. You know,
how much corruption there will be within the cities. Also, the people
themselves have to be aware of all of these things that will take place,
so they must change, too. But, he's not asking anyone to follow him in
the way he put himself on the path he is on. He is not asking anyone
to follow him in that. It is up to the individual to make that decision for
him/herself as to which direction they want to go. When you make that
choice for yourself, what you want to do with your life, you don't blame
anybody else for your own actions, for what you do. If something
happens to you along the way, then you are not going to say that you
were forced into it. These are the things that he had looked into also.
That's why he's saying that he's not asking anyone to follow him in the
way he's leading himself. He's only giving out advice that this is what
they should do. They should start changing themselves and going
back to the old ways of living simple lives, of taking care of themselves
from the land that is available to them, and from the food that they
grow. These are the things that will help you along the way when you
come to your hard times. So, the people must make these decisions
for themselves.

GF2: From the teachings that were given to him, he has
understood that the solar axis itself, of the Sun, is going to change.
The places that normally have cold weather will have hot weather.
You know, the weather itself is going to get even worse. The
temperatures are going to rise even higher, and that will burn up the
crops and dry up the Earth, so nothing will be able to grow. It is true
that the Sun itself is being affected by this also.

GF2: He has seen pictures of the
crop circles that have been out there. These are, in his own mind,
teachings also, and they're telling us what is becoming of our time
and where it is leading us. He has had a chance to look at a few of
them, and he does understand what they're trying to put through?..the
message in the circle itself. It is telling us that we are very close to it
and what we need to do in order to get ourselves back on track, and
the other end of it?..when he says, the other end of it, where you get to
see all the things happen and live again?..for a new life to start.

GF2: I'd like to add a little to what he just said. This is referring
to the question prior to this one. I didn't finish it out. He said that the
crop circles were put there by outside, like the UFO people, but he's
not sure just who put those crop circles there. But, to get back to the
question that is the last one here, the teachings from the Elders, he
said, yes they know about the possibilities of other life forms on other
planets. The "Old Ones," the old people, the "Old Ones" way back had
the knowledge and know-how of getting around, and they have
traveled to other planets before and they know how it is out there, if
there is life on other planets and they DO know that there is life on
other planets and what planets are not liveable. But, they don't know
the exactness of how they will be helping us out or they will be going
against us. They just know that when we are getting close to the end
times, we will be visited by people from out there, and we're not aware
whether they're going to help us or go against us. We do know that
they have high technology to see what is going on.

G2: There is a story that we do know that we did have a brother
who was set out and he is out there and with that brother and, from the
Society of the One Horned Clan, they made a pact that....from the One
Horned Clan and the Society and the brother had make like a.....it's a
law that the purifying time would come. This was already done, it was
like it had been already organized and it was, you know, established.
The stories that there will be come a time that whoever is going to
come and, you know, to purify the people.

G2: The 'Purifier' is mentioned is the other brother that was sent forth,
out to the East, and this was the teaching that he had.....that he was
sent of to the East and he would reach the point of origin where the
Sun would come out from. When he reached that place, then he
would touch his head to the Earth and he would return back to us.
When this, you know, time comes that's the end of....the end
times....time for a purification time when he will return back. He is the
one that has the....in a way, you know....the weapons or the artillery
and he is the Big Brother so he would know what to do and how he
would help us and how we would go about in having to make us
understand. His job is to make us understand and try to get ourselves
to behave in the way that we're supposed to and, if we don't, then the
one from the West will come and they are the ones that are going to
come with much force. He, the 'Purifier', the one that went to the East,
is supposed to be big enough to take on the ones that are coming
from the West. That is going to become like the Third World War.

G2: You know, in the cities itself, what's going on.....what you
mentioned.....yes, these are part of the teachings and the prophesies
that, when we get to these end times, you know, we're all going to
start going corrupt. Even, you know, the children because they don't
really believe in anything, even what we're trying to teach them and
what we try to talk to them about. You know, they look at you but they
have a different opinion about these things and they don't believe
that. It's hard to try to teach the young ones and even grown-ups, even
adults, are in the same situation. It's not just the children who are in
this kind of situation, right now, it's even the adults who are in that kind
of situation and, you know, there's a lot of corruption in this way, but
we do know that these things would start to take place in the school
systems and all over where even young children would start to take
lives, like that, because it is just a corruption of the mind from the way
things are going, right now. The children will go against their own parents

G2: He feels that, that is happening, we're misleading ourselves from that,
from the material side of it and walking away from the spiritual sense of it.

G2: We should never forget, you know, about farming and how to take care of
ourselves because you never know when it will hit and that's why
they teach us these things, as young.

G2: Well, the outcome of this, after that purifying time, the lifestyle will
change....more or less. Those people or those ones that have been
working, you know, with the evil or and the dark side are going to be
eliminated. Only those that are walking on the one path and believing
in that one and with a good heart, those are the ones that are going to
continue this and there will be some....what you would say....there
might be some people who have the minds that are like the scientists
that can develop things. Right now we are not supposed to be taking
the minerals out of the Earth for any reason at all, you know. Only
certain minerals but only for the amount that you need, that's what
was taught. But other than that, we're not supposed to reap the Earth,
you know, and tear it up like that...what we're doing now. Like
intermarriage, it's not supposed to be done. Only after purification time
will intermarriage be possible, you know, that we can start to marry
other people.....other walks. This is, you know, when the people will
come together after purification time and all walks, that have been
spared, will come together and one language will be spoken. There
will be one law and it has been taught to say that, you know, some
people say that it's gonna be their language or it's going to be the
Hopi language that's going to be spoken but this is, you know,
something that is not very known as to what language will be spoken
but there will be one language that will be spoken. Togetherness is
what will come about where we're going to come back to what was
once before. What Adam and Eve came upon was, you know, was the
Garden of Eden where everything will be flourishing, even, you know,
the flowers and the vegetation. Everything will be back to normal but
from thenceforth we are allowed to do these things and we can take
the minerals out of the Earth, to use for a purpose, and not to really
destroy it, though. And all the....he mentioned, also, which I forgot to
mention......was the altars and the shrines, of the different societies,
will be eliminated and all those will be, you know, have to be put
away because they will no longer have power and authority over
anything so these will be eliminated.

AB: Will there be a single power or a single authority or a single law or
will everybody simply understand, inside themselves, that we are now
one? There are many who talk, in our world, about a single world
government.....a single world ruler. Is that what Grandfather is
speaking of?

G2: Yes, but not in the fashion that we understand it, now......what
they're talking about....the New World Order. See, that's more or less
in a dictatorial form but this is done in a way, you know, where
freedom is an essence.

AB: Alright. Grandfather spoke about World War III. I would like to be
clear about this. Does he see men killing men.....humans killing
humans.....or does he just see explosions and fire? Is that what he
calls World War III?

Grandfathers One and Two talk back and forth in the Hopi Tongue.

G2: What you had mentioned about which one is, you know, the one
that's going to be...he said that the taking of lives, you know, this is
what will take place because it will be like an elimination of good from
the bad. He mentioned about Hitler, you know, that Hitler had done a
lot....done away with a lot of people, too, and when that took place, he
said that many of the people were....many of the Hopi had realized
this and they were glad that this took place because it was a teaching
that took place. It was trying to teach the people that this is what is
going to happen, see, so look at this as more or less as a warning that
this will take place, again.

AB: A warning of a Holocaust.

G2: Yes. So, there will be lives lost. A lot of lives will be lost.

AB: Does Grandfather understand how some lives will be saved while
other lives will be spared with so much fire and war? I guess the
question is, will it be like an Anti-Christ which some people think will
arise, soon....in our world, an Anti-Christ. I don't know if the Hopi have
any similar prophecy regarding one who will come, like Hitler, again.

G2: Yes. He mentioned that, yes, the Anti-Christ, that there is, you
know, that he is coming again but there have been a lot of people that
have walked away from that.....from the teachings and walked away
from their spiritual path. They went and decided to do something else,
you know, rather than having to walk that and he will come in again
and he is the one that is going to set us straight, again, on this thing

G2: The teachings are that the Creator, itself, what we talked
about....the Christ....it's the same thing. What life that we're supposed
to lead, we've strayed away from it what he....we told him that we
would follow him in the same way and, if we walk away from these
teachings then, he was the one that was living that and walking that.
Then he gave us a choice to do that, also, and if we disregard
everything that was taught to us and we walked away from it. He will
come back in and step in and take it over again back for himself
because he had mentioned that he was the first and he will be the
last. So, this is what will happen.

AB: "Given that we are in the end times, and that there will be much turmoil,
violence, death and destruction....is there anything that we, the living,
can do to prepare our souls for the long, long path that we will all
walk down after our physical lives end?"

G2: Ya, our teachings that we given to us, we've strayed away from it
and how we are supposed to, you know, alleviate a lot of some of
these things and it's going to be too late for us to try to turn around
and walk that spiritual path because we are taught that we are
supposed to be on that path from way back. We should have been
changing ourselves quite a number of years back because it doesn't
take over night for a person to change....to walk a path....the chose
path. Also, it doesn't take over night for the Creator to believe in you.
He has to look at you, you know, your heart is the thing that has to
change and it's not going to change over night. These are the things
that are very hard to change on a person and so right now we look at
it that it is already too late to start changing.

G2: The Kachinas are spirits that we talk about, are in a sense, the teachings but
we can't go into detail of who they are.....what they are. I mean, you
know, because only an initiated person should know about the
knowledge of these but the only thing we can say is that they are
spirits and that they are out there and they have their own home.
Throughout the years, our elders of the different villages, you know,
have been working with the spirits and making the prayer feathers for
them and asking for their power to come in and bring in the rain for the
crops because we don't have any way of irrigation our fields. We live
in a desert area. This is a chosen area because the Hopi had been
know to survive in an arid place. Hopi has been know that they would
strive and survive, even in a desert place where there is no water
really available for those kinds of things. So, they ask, through prayer,
to ask their crops to survive and this is a strong sense of spirituality of
the Hopi. They come in the form of clouds.

G2: He believes that the axis of the Earth itself will change,
also.....shift....and that will cause a lot of Earth changes, itself, also.
About the stars that you mentioned, there have been a lot of stories
about these things and they pertain to a lot of what happened with the
stars, too. He says he doesn't know exactly but it's true that a lot of
what happened with the stars and different things....the patterns.....are
true and now they talk about these things as just like stories and like
fairy tale stores but most of them are true. He doesn't know exactly
what will take place out there, again, if that should every happen.

AB: Alright. Would you ask Grandfather to give us some few things
that we should all watch and look for to happen in the next say.....18
months.....or year and a half.

G2: Okay, he says that these earthquakes are eminent but there is no
real date as to when these will take place. That big earthquake that
was supposed to hit California had been altered, in a way, by the
Tibetans who had heard about that and they did a lot of prayers there
and they helped in altering the intensity of the earthquake that took
place in California. That is, you know, something that we should look
for is a large earthquake that would take place. It's going to be real
big. It's going to be devastating.


ROBERT GHOST WOLF on Hopi Prophecy...August 1997
Robert has been called a holistic healer, teacher, ceremonial leader, prophet and Shaman. He is an internationally recognized author, speaker and artist. Ghost Wolf is a Metis, part Iroquois and Lakota. He has worked with the Apache, Lakota, Osage, Hopi and Ojibwa elders for many years. He has been asked by his teachers to come forward at this time and help deliver their teachings and the ancient knowledge to the people of the World. "These are special times and the people must know the truth, share what we have taught you. There can be no more secrets now if we are to survive as a species through these times."
Robert says that the reason why ETs are contacting us now and what is their connection with indigenous people. Almost all Native American cultures have ancient prophecies telling of interactions with "Star Brothers" and their coming which they have recorded on petroglyphs. Contact has occurred. He saw military troop carriers and heavy equipment such as earth movers in the Four Corners area. Four Corners is where four state borders meet, Arizona, Colorado, Utah and New Mexico in the United States. Ghost Wolf expects the U.S. Government is moving its capitol to Phoenix, Arizona because of all the underground tunnels in the area. He also mentioned a girl who went to see her father near Area 51. She saw UFOs on the ground parked next to U.S. Air Force jets. He mentioned the presence of ETs is undeniable.

Robert also mentions volcanoes going off in the Pacific Rim. This warms up the water making fish change their migration patterns. For example salmon from Alaska are not as plentiful as before. The El Nino' is also swelling to record proportions. He says this means Hopi legends are being fulfilled and we are at the end of the Dream. Asked what we can do about this, he said we need to return to the earth and one way to do that is to restore our bodies to health by eating natural grains such as wheat, rice, millet, and corn. He travels around the world doing the Ghost Dance which is to raise the consciousness of people. He said we have got to stop fighting each other. He said people are not the enemy, the Corporation is the enemy because they are being greedy and taking profits now without regard to the future impact on our environment.

The 3 days of darkness of Hopi Prophecy will be 1998/1999. Noted similarity to other religions. Phoenix Bird would raise its wings and fly. Fire that burned it was the consumption of human desires. We are still not in balance. Hopi Clan Rocks were given out to all four races a long time ago.

They are stored by race in the following locations:
White - Switzerland
Black - Kilimajaro Mountains in Africa
Yellow - Tibet
Red - Hopi land
A white man will come and restore the Fire Clay tablet.
The Hopi Rock has a + sign and a - (minus) sign on it with a circle.
They represent positive, negative and neutral forces in a magnetic field.
Where they cross is a vortex into the next dimension.
Greatest thing we have for healing is the human spirit.
We are children of the Sun.
Prophecies which should have happened 10 years ago have been put off.
We have been given a window of opportunity.
Spiritual Love is the answer. True knowledge is beyond words.
Comets are a sign of prophecy.
Hale-Bopp was the twin Kachina, white and blue.
The next one will be red. It is the Purifier. It will stop and observe us.
If we are not purified enough it will finish the job for us.
If there is an Armegeddon it is within each of us.
We have 12 strands of DNA in our blood.
Scientists don't know what they are for since they are not being used.
But we can activate them ourselves.
One way is through drumming and ceremony.
End time should be seen as the Beginning time.
We are creating at this moment what our Tomorrow will be.

Robert Morning Sky believes that aliens will be returning to earth with an agenda that is not based on helping mankind. They have their own agendas which are about the betterment of their worlds and their places at our expense.
Shaman Standing Elk, who I worked with in South Dakota, receives messages from benevolent Star Beings inside the sweat lodges. He says that the Native Amerians are here to keep us from making the same disastrous environmental mistakes he claims the aliens did long.

The Hopi Indians are the Record Keepers of the Native Americans. The Hopis call this the "The Fourth Age of Man". According to them the earth has been wipped clean 3 times already. First by Fire, next by Ice, most recently by the flood... approximately 11,000-12,000 years ago. Some believe that the actual date of the flood occured on June 5, 8498 BC. According to the Hopis we are about to enter "The Fifth Age", which they call "The World of Illumination", which seems to coincide with the dawning of the Age of Aquarius.

The Hopis say that there will two more worlds after this. "The Sixth Age" which is "The World of Prophecy and Revelation" and "The Seventh Age" which is "The World of Completion".

The Native Americans have been not only the forefathers of we Americans who came to this country a few hundred years ago but they have been the Keepers of the Earth for a long period of time. What they believe is very sacred to us. This knowledge is re-emerging at this time in the earth's history.

The Hopi believe that they descended from the Pleiades and that even before that they came from Lyra which is the Ring Nebula that the Pleiadians have spoken to Bill Meier about. They call Lyra the *Eye of God*
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/29/2009 05:42 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

White Feather, Bear Clan:

"And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear
of a dwelling-place in the heavens, above the earth,
that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear
as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies
of the Hopi people will cease.
These are the Signs that great destruction is here:
The world shall rock to and fro. The white man will
battle people in other lands -- those who possessed
the first light of wisdom. There will be many columns
of smoke and fire such as the white man has made in
the deserts not far from here. Those who stay and
live in the places of the Hopi shall be safe. Then
there will be much to rebuild. And soon, very soon
afterward, Pahana will return. He shall bring with
him the dawn of the Fifth World. He shall plant the
seeds of his wisdom in our hearts. Even now the seeds
are being planted. These shall smooth the way to the
Emergence into the Fifth World."
Anonymous Coward
User ID: 737266
United Kingdom
07/29/2009 06:03 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
"When the world will be embraced (spanned) with wire and iron, then there will be small people. ...When one can travel around the whole world without any horse, then it comes to the end of the world."
(Alois Simon Maass, the old Fliesser parson (1758-1846))
 Quoting: Perseus

The Greys?
Anonymous Coward
User ID: 737266
United Kingdom
07/29/2009 06:09 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

White Feather, Bear Clan:

"And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear
of a dwelling-place in the heavens
, above the earth,
that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear
as a blue star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies
of the Hopi people will cease.
 Quoting: Perseus

The International Space Station (ISS) is due to end its lifecycle.

It's only been up 10 years and already they're thinking of finishing it, which will prolly entail it crashing back into the atmosphere.

Could this be the signal of WW3 and the end of the world as we know it?
Anonymous Coward
User ID: 737266
United Kingdom
07/29/2009 06:24 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
More brutal than any king to have ever ruled England
Born in an obscure place, by force shall unrestrainedly rule the empire
deprived of law or faith He will cause the ground to bleed
His time approaches so near that I sigh
 Quoting: Perseus

Ok, you cannot quote Nostradamus and not also quote the Century and Quatrain numbers, otherwise we'll quite rightly think you're a bullshit artist, because many of these could be fakes and hoaxes just like the shite posted after 9/11.

Also some of your translations are wrong, particularly the one about the British leader and the six Germans: the original states it is a Scottish leader.

Moreover, not all of those that you have quoted are about our future, e.g. the one I've quoted from your post, Perseus.

This one is likely about Oliver Cromwell, whose time was indeed so close to that of Nostradamus that he was rightfully placed to sigh.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 05:19 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Prophecies of Nostradamus: part 1/8, Introduction

From: nanomius@netcom.com

Archive-name: nostradamus/part1
Version: 1.0
Last-modifed: 94/08/13

NO RIGHTS RESERVED. Any part of this FAQ may be copied in whole or
in part under no restrictions.

(This FAQ on Nostradamus interpretations and related material is
available at ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/nanomius/home.html)

FAQ: the Prophecies of Nostradamus

Introduction (part 1)

a. Introduction: _Conversations with Nostradamus_ by Dolores Cannon
b. Who was Nostradamus? What are quatrains?
c How did Nostradamus do it?
d. Who is D.Cannon? What is "regression hypnosis"?
e. "Simultaneous time"
f. Ways to view these interpretations
g. Nostradamus on free will vs. fatalism
h. FAQ Compiler's note
e. Change history

Cast and Characters of the Time of Troubles (part 2)

a. Background/overview of the Antichrist
b. Political/religious philosophies of the Antichrist
c. The Celtic legend of the great orator
d. Death of the three popes / Catholic Church & the Antichrist
e. Assassination of the current pope
f. Second-to-last pope "swallowed" by Antichrist's schemings
g. The treachery of the final pope
h. Demise of the Catholic Church
h. Cabal's teeth in the international power flow
i. Cabal involved in military and economic conquests
j. Cabal destroyed by the Antichrist
k. Fundamentalist fanatics' infiltrations into governments
l. Manipulation of the IRA in Ireland by the underworld
m. Wealthy U.S. businessman a closet revolutionary and Nazi
o. Fundamentalist censorship
p. Terrorist assassinations

The Antichrist (part 3)

a. Antichrist's rise to power in Middle East
b. Antichrists' unified monetary system
c. Antichrist's seizure of Asia
d. Antichrist's cultural eradication & European campaign
e. Antichrist's ravage of the Catholic Church
f. Antichrist's invasion of Turkey
g. Switzerland alarmed by Antichrist's Nazism in Germany
h. International (non)reaction to the Antichrist

The Time of Troubles (part 4)

a. Volcanoes, earthquakes, floods, droughts, famines, rioting
b. Death of world leader and revolt coincides with comet
c. Fiasco from communication breakdown between two superpowers
d. Soviet/American submarine/naval confrontation
e. Crazed leader launches atom bombs on Mediterranean and Europe
f. Third world country leader creates strife
g. Antichrist profits from radar research in Europe
h. Wargame simulation by Britain in Europe leads to disaster
i. American electoral college voting stalemate
j. Earth abuse causes agricultural devastation in U.S. and Britain
k. underwater Soviet submarine base defanged by diplomacy
l. Aliens shot by paranoid nation, bacteriological agents released
m. Alien probe of the Watchers discovered by scientists

Scientific Achievements in the Time of Troubles (part 5)

a. Nostradamus on the dangers of weaponry mixed with natural disaster
b. Weather modulation devices go awry, cause ice and hail
c. Nuclear reactor meltdown near city with underground chambers
d. Space shuttle accident releases microorganisms into atmosphere
e. Devastating accidental weaponry explosions from earth tumult
f. Ruptured earth energy fields cause meteorite storm
g. Research into warping time leads to disaster
h. New, horrific, secret, radical weapons monstrosities in WWWIII
i. Atomic device creates greenhouse effect, devastates agriculture
j. Death by the "milky rain" weapon
k. "Explosion of light" causes horrible birth defects
l. The top-secret earthquake-triggering weapon ("ETW")
m. Diplomacy dies with international ETW terrorism
n. ETW unleashed on San Andreas and New Madrid faults
o. Antichrist obtains ETW through espionage, bribery, treachery
p. Death by radio waves
q. Human eugenics research advanced by the King of Terror
r. Eugenics scientists meet grisly deaths from public backlash

World War III (part 6)

a. Overview: horrible battles, weapons, devastation, death
b. Nuclear confrontation in the Middle East
c. Mediterranean campaign and the battles of Gibraltar
d. Bomb sent at New York by the Antichrist, France retaliates
e. Bacteriological warfare strikes New York and London
f. Antichrist conquers Europe
g. The Antichrist invades Britain
h. The crucial meeting on the naval carrier
i. Seas, rivers, lakes boil; famines lead to insane cannibalism
j. Antichrist's commander succumbs to key strategic failure
k. Russia breaks free of the Antichrist
l. North Pole Alliance of North America, Europe, Russia forms
m. Ogmios confronts the Antichrist, fate of world in balance
n. Antichrist eventually dethroned

The geological and spiritual earth shift (part 7)

a. Timing
b. The end of civilization
c. Geography
d. Preparations/Survival
e. Old vs. Young Souls
f. The New Age of spiritual rebirth
g. Reawakening of freedoms an rights
h. Peace after WWWIII
i. Spirituality transcends technology
j. Feminine aspects of God revered again
k. More open, frequent contact with aliens
l. "Green" revolution, return to the land
m. Scientific discoveries reaffirm Eastern religion
n. Great Genius unifies religion and science
o. Great Genius discovers the science of miracles
p. Astonishing feats of medicine
q. New philosophy of the Age of Aquarius

"Grab Bag" (part 8)

a. Past events
b. Coverups
c. Atlantis
d. Great Genius
e. Far Future

a. Introduction: _Conversations with Nostradamus_ by D.Cannon

This is a compilation and consolodation of key information from the
books in the trilogy, _Conversations with Nostradamus_ by Dolores
Cannon. Volumes I and II are available from America West Publishers,
P.O. Box 986, Tehachapi, CA 93581, ph (805) 822-9655. Volume III is
available from Ozark Mountain Publishers, P.O. Box 754, Huntsville,
AR 72740-0754. A good introduction to the overall project and
relationship between D.Cannon, her subjects, Nostradamus, and the
quatrains can be found in chapter 7 of I.

This first version of this FAQ paraphrases the first book in her
trilogy. Subsequent versions will incorporate material from the
second two books. The FAQ consists mainly of paraphrases from the
books (which are almost entirely the verbatim, directly channeled
material from the D.Cannon subjects) with some "overview

I have dealt exclusively with D.Cannon's books because they appear to
me to be the utmost authoritative reference of all accumulated
literature on the subject and at the same time its apocalyptic
messages beg for further exposure beyond its current semi-obscurity.
In particular I've tried to focus on future events, the "warnings",
the secret conspiracies, plans, and weaponry of the Cabal and the
Antichrist, and the relationships to electronic communications
(although the latter is covered in the second and third books of the
trilogy, not yet incorporated into this FAQ).

In this FAQ, the books of the D. Cannon trilogy are abbreviated in
this text as "I-III" with page numbers. Quatrains are abbreviated
"c[x]-[y]" where 'c' stands for "Century", [x] is the book, and [y]
is the quatrain number. In some cases, particularly in the second and
third books, Nostradmus went into a sort of "free association" mode
where his messages were not directly related to particular quatrains,
and in this case the page number in the trilogy alone is given. I
have not included the quatrains themselves in this version of the
FAQ, future versions may incorporate them directly.


This is only a reorganization of material given elsewhere.
I have strived to organize it into a more streamlined version than
given in the original books. However, I strongly advise the serious
reader to read the D.Cannon books. The major possibility for
misinterpretation in this FAQ is in the time sequence of events,
which Nostradamus tends to be obscure in defining, even in these new,
direct, translations (he does not appear capable of discriminating
the time resolution under a few years, and the dates he does give are
given in terms of maddeningly unfocused astrological alignments). A
significant deal of guesswork is still involved in dating the precise
sequence of events.


I am explicitly renouncing any rights to this work. You are free to
redistribute it in any way, in whole or in part, under no
restrictions. I do ask that you try to retransmit it in whole form if
possible, or at least include the entire table of contents.

However, be aware that much of this FAQ is a very close paraphrase of
the books that some may argue would border on copyright infringement.
I personally think the data is far to important to be subject to
petty feuds about ownership and that the whole idea is contrary to
intellectual freedom (and I intend that the ultimate effect be that
far more people are exposed to her works than would have otherwise
occured, and that this will lead to greater sales and distribution of
them). But on the other hand I condemn anyone who redistributes this
FAQ with the sole intent of alone profiting from my own intense work
on it. Let your conscience be your guide, email me if you have
doubts, and if you don't have a conscience, we'll both be far better
off if I *don't* hear from you.

My Note to Enemies

Just as D. Cannon wrote that she fully expected to be accused of
perpetuating a massive hoax, and actually published the books at
great personal risk under her real name, I fully expect to be subject
to vicious attacks for this "exercise in conscience". I have
absolutely no use for closeminded, ignorant people jamming my mailbox
with naive and uninformed vitriol. However, if you must have an
outlet, feel free to post it to alt.prophecies.nostradamus, and
everyone else will feel free to ignore you.

I expect to see many variations of veiled or direct attacks on these
predictions. However, those that most upset me are by people who
consider themselves "skeptics" or of "scientific" background. Many
would argue that the burden of proof is on D.Cannon and others
(such as myself) who promote the material to defend it. This is
certainly true to a point, but I think the idea that skepticism
is at the core of science is somewhat erroneous.

The essence of science to me is skeptical *inquiry*, not mere
skepticism. The skepticism is the conservative aspect of science, and
the inquiry is the enthusiastic, passionate, exploratory phase. There
cannot be true progress unless the two are in harmony. With only pure
skepticism, one becomes paralyzed from further progress. With only
enthusiasm, one becomes overly gullible and credulous. So to those of
you who challenge these predictions on scientific grounds, I
challenge you to explore them before you dismiss them, to at least
read the books and build an informed opinion that is not based on a
merely vacuous "knee jerk".

A famous quotation by Newton on his deathbed went along the lines,
"All my life I have felt as if I have been exploring a shore and
looking at a few pretty shells here and there, while the whole ocean
of truth lay undiscovered before me." Arrogant scientists may
disagree, but I think Newton was right on. I believe that those who
think that science in its present state has largely conquered
reality, with a few uncooperative islands of the unexplained
remaining, are mistaken. To the contrary, in my opinion, our science
has mastered only tiny pockets of truth in a vast landscape, and
Nostradamus' capabilities and predictions are (or will be)
bone-jarring evidence of our astonishing overall ignorance of the

b. Nostradamus and his "quatrains"

Nostradamus was a physician and prophet of the 16th century living in
France at the time of the Inquisition. He was recognized as a
brilliant physician who knew effective measures against the plague
victims of the time, a rarity in his profession. Nostradamus as a
seer wrote about 946 "quatrains", or four line poems, about his
visions collected over his lifetime. The quatrains are enveloped in
deeply obscure, twisted, nested symbolism and encryptions (such as
anagrams, different languages, etc.) that is virtually impossible to
untangle by a casual observer. Perhaps the greatest difficulty was
that he intentionally scrambled them in terms of their historical
order. For an excellent biography of Nostradamus see ch. 30 of II,
"Research into Nostradamus' Life". Other glimpses of his life are
especially prevalent in II.

Quatrains I have found particularly evocative and masterful in
symbolism and interpretation, and serve as examples of Nostradamus'
intents and talents, are I p 140, cIII-13, microchips and
electricity, cIV-29, p 283, the dichotomy of technology vs.
spirituality in the 20th century, and cII-75, I p 257, a plane lands
on the deck of an aircraft carrier in a pivotal moment of WWWIII.

c. How did Nostradamus do it?

The D.Cannon books I-III contain a great deal of information on
Nostradamus' techniques, which came from a variety of sources. First,
he acknowledges he was born with an inner "sixth sense", i.e. a
strong intuition and great psychic abilities. Secondly he had
enormous drive to develop it. His grandfather apparently passed him
books on witchcraft that allowed him to experiment with some rituals.
He also had access to "lost" manuscripts handed down outside of the
libraries of the time. He talks about guides from the astral plane
and from other worlds who helped him. Some pointed him in the
direction of esoteric plant recipes and mind-enhancing drugs (but he
emphasized they only enhanced his powers and were not the source of
them). One apparently bestowed on him a mirror during one of his
meditations. The mirror was especially important to his predictions.

Nostradamus also talked of using different crystals to focus on
various telepathic frequencies. Occasionally he refers to staring at
fire or water (such as in a bowl on a tripod) as a way of focusing
his mind. He had access to some lost works of mysticism from his
travels (apparently to some Moslem lands). He communicated with other
expert astrologers and mystical teachers. However it is possible that
some of his notes about and explanations of his techniques were a
means of throwing the Inquisition off track.

One of the most amazing possibilities explored in various places in
the D.Cannon books was that in a sort of "twist of time" Nostradamus
was tapping into the subconscious of the people from the future who
contacted him. D.Cannon talks about this in the introduction of II.

Some have wondered about Nostradamus' healing capabilities. He talks
about a sort of holistic approach to health and reveals that he was
skillful in avoiding the shock that was induced in many patients of
surgeons at the time using psychic approaches. He talked about the
importance of the "aura" of the person in determining the health of
the patient and criticized the practice of treating symptoms. He said
that a patient will find some other way to make themselves sick if
their critical mental attitude is awry. He talked about cancer being
caused by deeply ingrained self-sabotaging thoughts. Nostradamus also
confirmed what many have speculated, that he was able to see future
approaches to treating the diseases he encountered (such as the
plague) and adopt key aspects of the techniques.

d. D.Cannon & regression hypnosis

Dolores Cannon is a regression hypnotist, meaning that she uses
hypnotism as a technique for past-life regressions wherein the
subject can recall details from an earlier incarnation on the earth
plane. One of her subjects recalled a past life as a student of
Nostradamus and helped interpret his quatrains. Through the student,
Nostradamus gave D.Cannon the task of translating the quatrains into
modern language free of the convoluted symbolism he wrapped them in
to avoid persecution under the Inquisition.

For the books, she used multiple subjects as channels, giving them a
first name pseudonym in the books. "Elena" was the first subject
through whom contact was made; she was Nostradamus' student Dionysis
in the past life. See the early chapters of I.

"I have never been in doubt that I am truly in contact with the
physical Nostradamus while he is alive in his lifetiem in France
during the 1500s." (I p117)

D. Cannon has written other books, _Keepers of the Garden_, _A
Conversation with a Spirit_, _A Soul Remembers Hiroshima_, and _Jesus
and the Essenes_.

e. "Simultaneous Time"

"Simultaneous time" is a difficult concept that refers to the illusion
of earthly time seen from higher spiritual planes. Between lives, the
soul has the capability to review lifetimes free of the constraints
of time. This state of consciousness is also achieved in
hypnoregression subjects who are highly "sonambulistic", i.e.
conducive to deep trance states. They can review not only past
lifetimes but future ones. But beyond this, it is as if they are
actually living them at the moment they describe them. So, for
example, the student of Nostradamus that D.Cannon regressed would
see herself and Nostradamus as actually living, and Nostradamus would
be communicating directly from his own time to ours as a living
person. D.Cannon describes this subject in ch.2 of II.

f. Ways to view Nostradamus and the prophecies

One can view the interpretations "channelled" by the D.Cannon subjects
as the actual pronouncements of a living Nostradamus during his time,
sent to us via circumstances bordering on the miraculous, as a
channelling of Nostradamus from the afterlife (although the
"Nostradamus" personality in the books insists this is definitely not
the case) or merely as a new interpretation of his quatrain from
"some source" (for a skeptic the "source" might be the "imagination
of subject's subconscious"). Either way the interpretations given by
D.Cannon are the most clear and striking of all available in the
literature, and the least permeated with confused speculation.

A scathing work of criticism and ridicule has been levelled at
Nostradamus by the famous "debunker", James Randi. Nevertheless,
buried in the unparalleled closemindedness and vitriol, Randi makes
some reasonable points, the most damning of which, reiterated by the
skeptics through the centuries, is that Nostradamus' "predictions"
are veiled in such obscure symbolism that they could mean anything,
and that interpretations are impossible in the absence of precision
in language. He has a very valid point.

But the works of D.Cannon give us a renewed, fresh perspective into
the matter. Not only are the past predictions laid bare, but so are
all the future ones. These books give a very *precise* vision of the
future, with a rigor bordering on the quality of even scientific
papers (which themselves contain speculation and a lack of confidence
and absolute specificity at times). Perhaps the skeptics can argue
that the "fulfillment" of all his prior prophecies were merely due to
the creative interpretations or vivid imaginations of enthusiastic
supporters. But they will not be able to deny the reality of these
explicit visions as (or "if", as the case may be) it unfolds before

If one takes the D.Cannon books as truly channeling Nostradamus, the
ultimate measure of Nostradamus' true talents will be revealed
shortly for us all to personally witness and attest to the presence
or lack thereof. And even if one ignores the Nostradamus aspect,
leaving aside for a moment the question of the "source" of the
predictions, the D.Cannon books contain a treasure trove of specific,
"falsifiable" predictions about our near future. Here is something
that is not buried in mysticism or obscurity and is open to any one
who has an open mind.

g. Free will vs. Fatalism

Nostradamus' preponderance of bleak and horrid prophecies sometimes
have the effect of causing people to adopt an attitude of resigned
nihilism or fatalism. "What's the use?" But this is precisely the
mental attitude that he was fervently attacking. The earth
history-flow has a kind of "inertia" that he learned to read through
his highly refined and developed mental concentration. If we continue
on our present path, i.e. the "course of least resistance", the worst
of the horrible, apocaplyptic visions will be realized. But through
focused thought and determination the most severe scenarios can be

In the D.Cannon book Nostradamus repeatedly emphasizes the urgency of
his mission and his frustration with man's apathy in the face of his
predictions. In one channeling, the subject said that "his psychic
abilities are so profound and developed that had he lived in other
times he might have been revered almost as a God, but in the
Inquisition his talent was wasted." Nostradamus was something like a
psychoanalyst for the entire human race, and was quite frustrated
with his patient's continual tendency to sabotage and destroy
himself in spite of the doctor's--literally--divinely inspired

Another interesting theme is that Nostradamus, in II, seems to
indicate that the Antichrist is the embodiment of all evil in mankind
since the time of creation. In other words, our own evil thoughts and
deeds contribute indirectly and directly to the terrible crescendo
his horrible nature. The grisly earthly drama with him in the
starring role, foretold for centuries as far back as the Old
Testament of the Bible, is actually a lesson of the highest order for
us to clean our own mental and bodily temples of the encrusted
pollution of ages. The awesome power of our own thoughts will
confront us face to face. Just as the atrocities and genocide that
Hitler perpetrated under the name of the Reich are the logical
conclusion of insane fascism, racism, intolerance, and imperialism,
the shrieking crescendo of WWWIII is the embodiment of all our hidden
and concealed crimes against our fellow humans.

I would like to bring out an example of the importance and
interpretation that should be attributed to Nostradamus' prophecies.
In I p 141 (cVI-34) he correctly foresees the Challenger shuttle
disaster. But in his interpretation, he also indicates that NASA
would coverup the source of failure and not reveal it to the general
public. This arguably occurred, but because of the dynamic efforts of
one man in particular *outside* of NASA, the truth of the disaster
has probably in fact been revealed.

The man is the eminent physicist Richard Feynman, who wrote about his
experience on the Challenger investigation committee in his book,
"What do you care what other people think, Mr. Feynman?" Throughout
his great work one can see very directly the efforts of NASA
administrators to put up a smokescreen to the public and defy his
determined, heroic efforts to find the truth. Did he indeed thwart
one of Nostradamus' many uncanny and depressing predictions? Can this
be regarded as a case of the power of an individual to defy the
smothering inertia of foretold negativity? Of the power of each one
of use to untangle and defy secret conspiracies, and those who derive
their power through the concealment of truth, and greedily, madly
clutch it?

Nostradamus refers to many different dark secrets of our times,
ranging from the Cabal that manipulates the world economy and
military conflicts to the unspeakably horrible secret military weapon
researches. Are we to assert that we have no influence over those who
attempt to conceal truth from us? Or would the world be a far better
place if we all had the dogged determination and curiosity that
Feynman embodied? The courage to defy and transcend people who say
"you don't know what you're doing and you have no place in this
matter"? Or not be bludgeoned into silent submission by keywords
like "matter of national security"? as our governments develop the
most grisly weapons of destruction ever conceived in the history of

Nostradamus' underlying, "golden" message is that every individual
contributes to the flow of history, that free will exists and can
avert disaster through sensible use--but apathy is perhaps the most
negative and lethal contribution of all.

-- I. p 66

"There is free will. He wants you to know about them so the worse
effects can be avoided."

-- I. p 57

"Do not feel that civilization as we know it--or to be more
correct--as you know it, has a hopeless future. He says that with the
ability to understand what can happen with a planet and to have new
awareness within yourselves, that could always change the event of

"Even a shift in the axis?"


-- From the jacket of I, D.Cannon:

"Nostradamus believed, as I do, in the theory of `probable futures',
of nexus on the lines of time with many possible courses branching
off in all directions. He believed that if man had the knowledge he
could see which time line his future was headed down and reverse it
before it was too late."

h. FAQ Compiler's note

What is my motivation for writing this "FAQ"? In short I find these
books absolutely mesmerizing. They have opened up whole new
exhilarating research avenues for me, and I have seen deeply
receptive curiosity to the ideas out in cyberspace. However, the
books, from the perspective of pure prophecy, have exceedingly
scattered organization and superfluous and irrelevant detail and are
in desperate need of further editing, condensing, cross reference,
and interpretation. (This is not to criticize the fantastic trilogy
as it is intended, i.e., in addition to imparting the formal
interpretations, to paint the fascinating, shining,
previously-unknown personality and life of Nostradamus.)

But more generally I believe Nostradamus stands above humanity as a
man of the highest calibre and integrity. His sheer *gift* for
prophecy is repeatedly reinforced by the occurence of truly foretold
events as unparalled in history. I want to help spread the brilliant
light of his prophecies into our tumultuous, critical era of "The

The elements that most disturbed me of Nostradamus' prophecies were
the predictions of an apocalypse for civilization. Like most people,
I generally think we live in a great society unparalleled in
history. What is the future of cyberspace if the entire world and its
current massive communications infrastructures will be devastated?

The predictions that related the Antichrist's mad massacres for world
power as involving the manipulation and debasement of international
communications networks utterly stunned me. But it fit in with my
beliefs that we are forging these vast electronic networks with very
little concentrated thought, planning, or understanding, with no
concept of the vast power of the psychic energies we are tinkering
with and unleashing, like an uncontained and uncontrolled explosion,
and that Murphy's law that "if anything can go wrong it will" could
apply on a cataclysmic global scale. But the most psyche-shattering
revelation in these books for me, that the biblical Beast alluded to
is referring to *computers*, above all else has convinced me of the
absolutely cosmic significance of Nostradamus' prophecies and the
cut-to-the-bone relevance to *our* times, *now*. (See II, chapter 14:
"666: the Secret Number of the Beast").

Finally, Nostradamus seems to allude to a sort of future Inquisition
and period of martial law during which materials conflicting with
the Antichrist's philosophy and agenda of world conquest will be
suppressed. So I am "seizing the moment" and consolodating a large
amount of material for maximum distribution in a short amount of
time while cyberspace is still healthy, innocent, robust, and
unadulterated. I encourage you to help redistribute this document as
widely as possible in any form in any forum or medium. I also
encourage you to buy D.Cannon's trilogy for the ultimate reference, a
sort of "Handbook for the Global Apocalypse".

Above all, I hope that you will help play a positive role in the
cosmic drama that is unfolding before us. Will you be "another brick
in the wall" of the Antichrist? Or will you help to bring a new era
of peace, prosperity, and spiritual advancement to yourself and your
fellow man? Nostradamus emphasized that we still have free will, that
his prophecies are only based on a sort of "momentum" that the world
course is taking and that can be reversed by the awesome force of
personal, conscious, thoughtful, focused, virtuous choices and

e. Change history

v1.0 8/13/94

Initial revision. Book I only. Parts 1-8.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 05:23 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Archive-name: nostradamus/part2
Version: 1.0
Last-modifed: 94/08/13

NO RIGHTS RESERVED. Any part of this FAQ may be copied in whole or
in part under no restrictions.

(This FAQ on Nostradamus interpretations and related material is
available at ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/nanomius/home.html)

Cast and Characters of the Time of Troubles

The Antichrist

a. Background/overview of the Antichrist
b. Political/religious philosophies of the Antichrist


c. The Celtic legend of the great orator

The Popes and the Catholic Church

d. Death of the three popes / Catholic Church & the Antichrist
e. Assassination of the current pope
f. Second-to-last pope "swallowed" by Antichrist's schemings
g. The treachery of the final pope
h. Demise of the Catholic Church

The Cabal and secret conspiracies

h. Cabal's teeth in the international power flow
i. Cabal involved in military and economic conquests
j. Cabal destroyed by the Antichrist
k. Fundamentalist fanatics' infiltrations into governments
l. Manipulation of the IRA in Ireland by the underworld
m. Wealthy U.S. businessman a closet revolutionary and Nazi

General international political climate

o. Fundamentalist censorship
p. Terrorist assassinations

a. Background/overview of the Antichrist

I p 186

The Antichrist made a promise to himself to rule the world in a past
incarnation and the wheel of karma has turned to give him the
opportunity in this lifetime. His potential and opportunities for
evil will be counterbalanced by the ability to do good. In early
1990s he is beginning the realization of his ambitions, and will
start his political career at a local level and keep advancing,
becoming ever more greedy of power.

I p178 (cI-76)

The Antichrist will become a world leader even though he misuses his
power. The root meanings of his names will give a clue of his destiny
and what he is capable of. The name may sound somewhat barbaric to
European ears. He will be influenced by old customs known in the
literature but generally forgotten.

I p178

The Antichrist will be worse than Hitler. In ~1989 he's living in the
Middle East. He is at a very crucial time in his life, when
impressions will influence his future lifepath. Currently in the
realm there is a lot of violence, political maneuvering, and
corruption. The atmosphere is having an effect an effect on him and
he's coming to realize what his destiny is.

I p 190 (cVIII-77)

He will succeed in conquests but only at the cost of terrible
bloodshed by conventional weapons, but will save his nuclear arsenal
for later unspeakable deeds. So many people will be killed that the
living will not be able to haul them away to be buried fast enough.
The people of the world will be accustomed to the sight of corpses
and the sight of death will will not make people squeamish because
they will be around it so much.

I p 182

Neither Kadaffi or the Ayatollah Khomeni are the Antichrist, but they
will contribute to the destabilization of the region that will aid
his rise to power.

I p180

He will be educated in Egypt because of its current stability and
strategic position to the Middle East and North Africa.

I p170

The social upheavals of the times will contribute to laying the way
open for the Antichrist to take over. Various countries will have
their social and political structure will be turned totally upside
down. Religious fanatics (not spiritual people) will come into power
and believe they are justified in their draconian campaigns. The
religious fervor allows the AntiChrist to come into power through
persuasive guile. His followers will regard him as a religious

I p 194 (cX-71)

Despite the massive propaganda campaigns of the Antichrist that paint
a grand and wondrous picture of his worldwide achievements, other
glimpses of his heinous atrocities "behind the scenes" will leak out.
He will not be able to live up to the image his followers project of

I p179 (cI-50)

The Antichrist will be in action near the Mediterranean Sea, the Red
Sea, and the Arabian Sea. He will gain immense world-wide power.
Thursday will be an important day for him, he will take it as his day
of worship. He will be a threat to everyone but particularly in the
East because he will control both China and Russia and the entire
Asian continent under his control, for the first time in world

I p 234 (cI-55)

The social and political upheavals orchestrated by the Antichrist will
be felt particularly in northern, developed countries with cooler
climates. During his time societies will be torn and cast into chaos
and confusion. Many doomsayers will arise as false prophets, claiming
to have divine revelations and know the path of salvation for the

I p 249 (cI-92)

For a short period the reign of the Antichrist over his realm will be
no fighting because of his police state. But people will begin to
rebel in the memory of lost freedoms. There will be very much death
and destruction, with many people dying for their cause. Prophecies
from the Revelations will apply, such as the quote about "rivers of
blood up to horse's harnesses". The times will be extremely violent
and traumatic.

I p 256 (cI-80)

The Antichrist will take Thursday as his day of reverence. There will
be enormous warfare and bloodshed from his weapons, one "a monster
borne of a very hideous beast". Hard radiation will cause gross
deformities, terrible mutations in nature, in plants and animals as
well as Mother Earth. In the period 1997 or 2001 there will be great
pain and despair.

b. Political & religious philosophies of the Antichrist

I p 187 (cX-75)

The Antichrist will develop a systematic philosophy based on Marx and
Engels that takes advantage of the elements related to the complete
control of a population. Russia and China will be vulnerable to the
philosophy because of the past receptivity to Communism. The
Antichrist will use his philosophy as a way of conquering the entire
Asian continent before setting out to take over the rest of the
world. His philosophies will be propagated through manipulations of
the different institutions of political power.

I p 188 (cIII-95)

The Antichrist will corrupt the religion of Christianity with the
intent of destroying it, but also distort the beliefs of Islam. He
will disguise his agenda of conquest as a way of life and a
replacement for religion.

I p 254 (cIII-19)

The Antichrist will study and emulate Hitler and his techniques
avidly to try to surpass him and avoid his mistakes. He will have
access to books and material not available or known to the general
public. It will be possible for him to obtain secret Nazi documents
on Hitler and he will study them very carefully.

I p 274

The Antichrist will be doomed from the start of his campaign, because
he is against central spiritual forces that make up the fabric of the
universe. For people who choose this path, "It's just a matter of how
far they go before they fail and what effects they have on the lives
around them." Like the ultimate downfall of many tyrants his empire
and power will be inherently unstable. His own subcommanders will be
power hungry in his image and his authority will fragment around him.
The political map of the world, the boundaries of countries, will
change but the continents of the world will still be shaped the same.

c. Ogmios

I p 274

Ogmios is the counterforce to the Antichrist who will help tear down
the tyranny and balance the universe in a way that is harmonious to
man's central spiritual source. He will be supported by many
countries still fighting the Antichrist. He will probably arise from
the underground movement. In one of the countries conquered by the
Antichrist the underground will be tightly organized. Ogmios will
arise from it, and confront the Antichrist in the area in Eurasia
close to Constantinople, as WWWIII is approaching its end. Ogmios wil
come from somewhere in central Europe. He is very well prepared
spiritually for the task, because his opponent is very powerful with
a strong aura of negative powers.

Ogmios will be "of the people". He will have worked up through the
ranks from a simple background, attaining his accomplishments
through honest work. He will have technical training but will rely
mainly on his practicality. He's an old soul who has his priorities
straight and can see the root of matters. He is one who will help
pave the way for the "Great Genius". Ogmios realizes he is not the
one to lead the world to ultimate peace, but he is the one to help
bring down "the one who would destroy the world" (the Antichrist) to
open the way for the one who will guide the world to ultimate peace.

I p 277 (cV-24)

The organization run by Ogmios will survive the worst of the time of
troubles and will serve the basis for future governments after the
Antichrist is put down. The "glory of the sun" is behind Ogmios; is
is a man of great stature, but has a direct, sometimes "gruff"
personality. He makes a good friend but a terrible enemy. He will be
an upstanding man of strong principles and morals, making him a
strong adversary to the Antichrist. His principles are his own and
not influenced by dogma, and his organization under his leadership is
the effective opposition to the Antichrist, but he is not haughty.

I p 277 (cII-85)

Ogmios will be "small" in that his forces and resources are meager.
His underground movement will be scraping to keep body and soul

I p 275 (D.Cannon's note)

Ogmios is the Celtic equivalent of Hercules. He is represented as an
old, bald-headed man with wrinkled and sun-burnt skin yet possessing
the attributes of Hercules. He draws a multitude of joyful followers
and admirers by beautiful chains of gold and amber attached to their
ears. The other end of the chains are fixed to his tongue, and he
bestows on his captives a smiling face. This is the native god of
eloquence, regarded with the reverence given to Hercules, because he
had accomplished his feats through glorious speech. His speech shows
itself best in his old age. The chains indicate the bond between the
orator's tongue and the ears of enraptured listeners.

d. Death of the three popes / Catholic Church & the Antichrist

I p 198 (cIV-86)

The present pope will be assassinated and the next pope will not last
long. The final pope will be a tool of the Antichrist. The Roman
church is already a tool of the Antichrist, indirectly supporting his
aims, even though they may not be
aware of it.

I p 201 (cII-57)

The last three popes of the Catholic church will fall in short
succession. The third to the last will die from an assassin's
shooting. The second-to-last will be "swallowed up" by the schemings
of the Antichrist. The last, the one born slightly misshapen, will
go the greatest distance in destroying the church. The Antichrist
will use him for awhile until he gets in the way, at which point he
is eliminated. His treachery will accelerate, and his death will
signal, the end of the Catholic Church.

e. Assassination of the current pope

I p191 (cVIII-46)

During the period that the Antichrist begins to flex his power, the
current pope will be assassinated when he goes on a trip away from
the Vatican. The two cardinals nearest to the pope will realize the
danger to their church after the death, and they will close
themselves up in the Vatican to try to protect themselves.

The current Pope is desirous of world peace and is working against
some established power parties within the Roman church. A point will
come when the special interests inside the church who want to hold
onto their power and wealth will misadvise the Pope in such a way as
to place him in a dangerous situation which he is unaware of. The
assassination will lead to social unrest and rioting in Rome. The
next pope will not last long. There will be only two other popes
after the present one.

I p192 (cII-97)

The pope and several of his entourage will be assassinated in late
spring when the roses bloom, at a European city that is at the
junction of two major rivers.

I p194 (cII-15)

The present pope will be assassinated shortly prior to the appearance
of a comet that will be clearly visible from the sky of the Northern
Hemisphere. His concern for the human condition, leading him to
treacherous travel arrangements, wil be his downfall. The next pope
will be assassinated by the Antichrist because he won't submit to
his demands. The assassination allows the Antichrist to install his
"tool" into the office.

f. Second-to-last pope "swallowed" by Antichrist's schemings

I p193 (cI-4)

The second-to-last pope instated after the assassination of the
current one will have a short reign. Due to political blunders and
mistakes he will pave the way for the final pope to be a tool of the
Antichrist. His reign is an omen of the final downfall of the church.

I p 196 (cII-36)

Before the Antichrist comes to full power it will appear that other
leaders are above him and in control of the power structure other
than him. In reality the Antichrist is using them as stepping stones
in his quest for world power. During this period he will have
traitorous cardinal working for him, spying on the second-to-last
pope. One of the cardinals will steal information from him and alter
the pope's personal correspondence, so that it has different
connotations. It will make the situation appear inordinately worse
than it is in reality, causing the pope to react inappropriately.
This way the populace will be more likely to see him as incompetent
and destabilize his authority, possibly by being assassinated. The
cardinal will be troubled by his betrayal because of the obvious
dissension it causes the Church, but he is allied with the Antichrist
and will rationalize away his backstabbing.

g. The treachery of the final pope

I p 197 (cIII-65)

The last pope will be elected shortly after the discovery of the tomb
of an ancient Roman whose philosophies greatly influence western
thought, something like within a year's time. This is the "poisonous"
pope that is actually only a tool for the Antichrist who will bring
about the ultimate destruction of the Catholic church.

I p 200

The last pope will probably be French, with a swarthy complexion and
blue eyes. There will be an air of mystery to him. He will have a
physical deformity of some sort, like a slightly hunched shoulder or
clubfoot, a congenital defect in the bone. (It won't be caused by
injury, he was born with it.) His mind has been scarred by the
deformity and the cruelty and callousness of people toward others who
are different.

He entered the church at a young age out of bitterness and desperation
because he knew he would never get a girl to love and marry him. His
parents were involved with the Nazi movement in France and his
schoolmates taunted him with names like "Nazi lover". This pope could
have been kindly if it weren't for his childhood environment and
experiences, but instead was warped into cruelty from pain, and he
wants to "get back" at the world for his suffering while young. This
is a weakness that the Antichrist exploits.

This pope will want to show his enemies, "look at me; I'm powerful; I
can do it; I'm better than you." After he attins the power he
desires, he will be indirectly responsible for the murder of innocent
people because of his alignment with the Antichrist. He will not
murder anyone himself, but will open up avenues for the Antichrist to
do so, particularly those who hurt him when he was young. This
future pope now appears to be kindly on the surface because it is
advantageous for him to be perceived that way, but the sinister side
of his personality is deeply rooted.

I p 202 (cII-76)

The final pope will betray his Church by revealing extremely crucial
and sensitive information directly to the Antichrist, information
that the Antichrist could never have obtained even through his spies
in the church.

h. Demise of the Catholic Church

I p193 (cX-70)

Ruin will befall the Catholic church because of its leaders' ambition
for illegitimate power. The leaders will become vainglorious and
think that they can handle whatever they desire to grasp, and it will
be their downfall. Their ambitions will be chilled when they fail and
the church will be subject to great upheaval, with the Pope
ultimately being dethroned. Catholics will become alienated and
disillusioned with the powermongering, will no longer support the
church, and the sphere of influence of the Church will greatly

I p 209 (cV-25)

The base of the Catholic Church in Rome will be destroyed in an
accident, as if the city sank into the sea. This will somewhat
coincide with events in the Middle east and some people will connect
the two, but in reality it is a coincidence. However the Arabs will
quickly take advantage of the situation even though they didn't cause
it. The restrictions of the Vatican will cause the church to crumble.
They may rally, but it will be a blow they will never recover from.

The downfall will reveal why the church finally collapsed after
surviving so many centuries. The accident will be a combination of
natural and human-triggered disasters. The force will involve the sea
and a great energy force from the sky descending and dissolving the
landscape. It will be termed a natural disaster because it's beyond
the capability of anyone on the earth to produce the force. No one
can find any cause so it is labelled an "Act of Nature". However, the
more important event of the time, which people will be distracted
from noticing, is the Antichrist's invasion of Turkey.

h. Cabal's teeth in the international power flow

Ip. 265 (cII-58)

During the time of the Antichrist a secretive, conspirational cabal
are "pulling the strings" behind the scenes to manipulate world
politics and economies for personal gain. These master puppeteers
operate figureheads in many countries, governments, and the major
world capitals. They are united but are very clever in disguising
their influence. They hold positions that appear to be relatively
minor, like advisors and under-secretaries and such, but are key
positions ofr their power.

In the daytime they appear to be good, loyal, model citizens working
for the same goals their governments are supposedly working for, but
behind the scenes they band together and pool their information and
contacts to work for their own ends. They do not appear to have any
political power but they really have a firm grip on world affairs,
like sharp teeth sunk into everything.

This secret organization has been in existence for several
generations. Their existence is hinted in the family histories of the
banking powers and money centers of the world. Only the families
involved are aware. The cabal of leaders has been very slowly but
surely building up a worldwide network of power, because they want to
take over but stay behind the scenes.

At first when the Antichrist comes along the leaders of the Cabal
regard him as a new, dynamic, youthful leader from the Middle East
they can use to unite the area and reign it into their realm of
control. But the Antichrist ends up turning the tables on them.

i. Cabal involved in military and economic conquests

I p 266 (cII-88)

The Antichrist successfully takes over nearly all of Europe. The cabal
of international financiers and bankers will not stay in active war
with the Antichrist and his attention will turn elsewhere. In France
the underground will begin to flourish.

The Cabal families made their influence and fortunes in the banking
and commodities industries, such as gold or diamond mines, leather,
tins, etc, like the colonial barons associated with the European
world empires who started their families' fortunes exploiting the
materials of the Third World nations. "The seventh and the fifth"
will have the same names, and the seventh one will be considered part
of the fifth.

The Cabal manipulates the economy to cause the unemployment or
inflation rates to rise or fall at their whim. They have affected
everyone's life.

j. Cabal destroyed by the Antichrist

I p 268 (cII-18)

Somehow through the espionage powers of the Antichrist, the seven key
leaders of the secret cabal will be discovered and destroyed. This is
his familiar technique of throwing his enemies into confusion and
chaos to seize or take advantage of their assets in their weakened
state. At the time he knew only that they were financing the European
forces that opposed him.

But in this case it is shortsighted of him because it was the cabal
that has been instigating the warfare going on through the decades
and centuries, and destroying them in effect seals the "beginning of
the end" for the Antichrist because their hidden activities promoted
his agenda. When they are removed the agitation for world war is no
longer present and the natural inclination for world peace will
assert itself, thereby doing away with the Antichrist.

k. Fundamentalist fanatics' infiltrations into governments

Ip 151 (c I-40)

Powerful men involved with fundamentalist religion and politics,
shrewd in manipulation, propaganda, and in distorting the word of God
for their own ends will band together to obtain *key* posts in the
government. The posts are not necessarily splashy or public but are
critical points in the power flow where they can exert their
influence to subtly affect world events in their favor.

Leaders in the Middle East will become aware and alarmed by their
encroachments and will change their laws, making it more difficult
for Americans to travel in this area. It will affect American money,
currencies, and trade with the U.S. The Antichrist, in the midst of
building a power base, will be influenced by these actions, in a way
that will be harmful to the Christian cause later. The religious
fundamentalists will cause their own undoing in this way.

l. Manipulation of the IRA in Ireland by the underworld

Ip. 153 (cVI-62)

Members of the underworld will send faulty arms and drugs to fighters
in Ireland. The British and the IRA both believe they are fighting
for the good of the country but at the last minute realize they have
been destroying it. At the last minute they will try to compromise
but will be foiled by the manipulations of the underworld
conspirators who are playing each side against the other. The
underworld elements are spread in many areas but the arms and drugs
will be shipped from Monaco.

m. Wealthy U.S. businessman a closet revolutionary and Nazi

Ip. 154 (cV-75)

A very wealthy and famous businessman in the U.S. will be secretly
involved with the American Nazi Party and the Ku Klux Klan in the
south. The man's sole ambition in life is to overthrow the American
government as it is presently constituted. The man will be involved
with politics but will stay low-key, spinning webs of power and
expanding his influence behind the scenes. This groundwork will prove
useful for the Antichrist later on. The man will have a puppet, a
figurehead, but he will pull the strings. The link will not be known
until the time of the Antichrist.

o. Fundamentalist censorship

I p 277 (cII-85)

A distortion in religious values will plague the populace during the
times of troubles. Fundamentalist religion and its fanatics will be
like an old man holding a thick oaken stick over his followers, to
make sure they don't step out of line. This is opposed to to spirit
of honor, valor, loyalty to one's country, and all the other virtues.
The fundamentalists will be both Christian and Moslem.

I p215 (cI-62)

During the time of troubles and massive earth upheavals, the countries
that harbor fundamentalist religions and philosophies will become
very powerful, claiming to offer the true comfort and path for the
populace in need. The fundamentalist groups will suppress learning
and education and censor books.

p. Terrorist assassinations

I p 202 (cIX-36)

The final pope is captured into the influence of the Antichrist during
a period of great civil unrest, war, and desolation, and many other
horrible events. History will be seen as a series of catastrophic
events, each topping the ones before, leading up to the time of

During the time of troubles the assassination of world leaders will
become extremely common, so much that the population will not even
keep track of who is the current leader, thinking it a futile
exercise because they are assassinated so frequently. With the
warfare going on, a great danger will exist to anyone who has
ambitions for leadership, except for the Antichrist, who will be
actually orchestrating most of the assassinations himself.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 05:25 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Archive-name: nostradamus/part3
Version: 1.0
Last-modifed: 94/08/13

NO RIGHTS RESERVED. Any part of this FAQ may be copied in whole or
in part under no restrictions.

(This FAQ on Nostradamus interpretations and related material is
available at ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/nanomius/home.html)

The Antichrist (part 3)

a. Antichrist's rise to power in Middle East
b. Antichrists' unified monetary system
c. Antichrist's seizure of Asia
d. Antichrist's cultural eradication & European campaign
e. Antichrist's ravage of the Catholic Church
f. Antichrist's invasion of Turkey
g. Switzerland alarmed by Antichrist's Nazism in Germany
h. International (non)reaction to the Antichrist

a. Antichrist's rise to power in Middle East

I p189 (cIII-34)

The Antichrist will spend many years working silently behind the
scenes to consolodate his power, and make his appearance onto the
international arena once the structure is in place. He will have
planned carefully and the countries he goes against will be
unprepared for his golden-tongued treachery.

I p 190 (cVIII-77)

The Antichrist is the power behind the scenes, pulling the strings,
and has not yet made his move to reveal himself. He is like a spider
waiting for his time, taking advantage of the world situation to make
his move.

I p 180

When his time comes he will take advantage of the political situation
in a country to rise to power. It will not matter that he is not a
native of the country. He will take advantage of loopholes and
contrive positions. He may aggressively and audaciously seize a
position in a military organization after his uncle dies, for

I p 234 (cI-34)

The Antichrist will foment rebellions within the countries he's aiming
to take over. He will allow the various political splinter groups to
believe he supports their cause, when he is actually playing them
against each other. The countries will turn in on themselves,
weakening them for his outside conquest.

I p 219 (cII-23)

The Antichrist will take over Iran by using a human decoy to trick the
Ayatollah in power. This will involve the "yes men" and sycophants of
the Ayatollah's court. The Antichrist will first drive away internal
supporters of the Ayatollah by starting a civil war. Then he will put
forth a man as a leader, a man for Iranians loyal to the Ayatollah to
concentrate their hate on. The man will be assassinated while Iran is
being taken over, and his opponents will think they have foiled the
overthrow of power by assassinating him. But they will find out later
he was merely a decoy and that they played into the plans of the

I p 211 (cII-81)

The Antichrist will initially obtain power in his own sphere, Asia,
and the Middle East. As he grows out of this arena, i.e. into Europe,
the next step will be into the Mediterranean, approaching from the
south, his area of strength. Because of his Middle Eastern heritage
he will have already united North Africans, who are sympathetic to his
cultural background, with his Asian and Middle Eastern conglomerate.

b. Antichrists' unified monetary system

I p 219 (cI-40)

The Antichrist will start uniting the monetary systems of his region
to help merge them into a single political entity. His ambition to
rule the world will be advanced by instituting a single currency with
others going defunct. There will be a resistance to this,
particularly by a popular, charismatic leader from Egypt, demanding
the edict and law be withdrawn that requires the Arab nations give up
their currencies and be submissive to the unified political

c. Antichrist's seizure of Asia

I p 189 (cIV-50)

The Antichrist will take over Asia by appointing subcommanders to rule
vast tracts of land for him. But their ties to him will be masked and
the world will not realize they are merely puppets until a succession
of them are installed in the place of predecessors. At first the U.S.
will not interfere because it is thought the government was freely
chosen by the people, but only later realize the leaders were forced
on the populace as mouthpieces and tools for the Antichrist.

I p 188 (cIII-95)

Russia will be his first major Asian
conquest and he will do it not through force but through guile and
his compelling persuasiveness. He will trick the Russians to come
under his power and there will be nothing they can do about it. They
will think they are acting in their own best interests. The Middle
East will be mostly under his control before he turns to Russia. Then
he turns to China and the rest of the Asian continent, to build a
position to take over the entire world. He will not trick the Chinese
but will some other method.

d. Antichrist's cultural eradication & European campaign

I p194 (cII-15)

When the second pope is assassinated, the Antichrist will begin his
European campaign. The Prime Minister of Britain and the U.S.
President will go into consultation over the matter. They will meet
at sea like Churchill and Roosevelt did for better security and
secrecy of the meetings.

I p 211 (cII-81)

During the use of his weapons and the ravages of war, one of the
devastatingly effective plans of attack by the Antichrist is to
threaten the destruction of the victim's cultural centers, not so
much physical destruction of the populace. Because the population
attributes great value to places and artifacts with large historical
and cultural significance, the terrorist-extortionist technique will
be very powerful in striking fear into his foe and "bringing them to
their knees".

To put Europe into an initial shock, he will begin to smash and
destroy the city of Rome to rubble via aerial bombing raids. It will
be destroyed to such an extent that the "seven hills of Rome" will be
levelled. Rome will be be so annhilated as to be threatened by an
encroachment from the sea, destroying all that is left.

He will also threaten the cultural centers of Greece and the great
Greek cultural centers of learning, including Athens. Most cultural
treasures and major metropolitan centers of the entire peninsula
will be destroyed. The world leaders will be momentarily shocked and
paralyzed by his barbarity. In the presense of their indeciveness and
absence of their action he will make great strides in taking over
territory and governments. The Antichrist will continually use
shocking and unprecedented moves like these to advance his domination
throughout the entire WWWIII.

The eradication of cultural treasures also fits in with the
Antichrist's ulterior motive of wiping out the established culture to
supplant it with his own, like the Moors attempted when they invaded
Spain, except in his case on the level of an entire continent.

I. p226 (cII-84)

Drought and weather changes will take place during the time of
troubles. The Antichrist will take over Italy and Greece by
destroying the cultural centers to devastate morale of the subjugated

e. Antichrist's ravage of the Catholic Church

I p214 (cV-43)

In addition to the cultural destruction of European cultural centers,
the Antichrist will ransack the Vatican library with the intent of
ultimately destroying it. He will do this to undermine the authority
of the Vatican and break up the power fragments that remain. One way
he will do this is by revealing important, controversial material
hidden in the Vatican library that the Catholic church will be seen
to have suppressed because of the threat to its authority. This will
cause major schisms in the church as priests and students turn
against each other in their theories and interpretations of the new
material. The confusion and chaos will remove the Catholic church as
an obstacle to the Antichrist's plans.

I p215 (cI-62)

The ransacking of the Vatican library by the Antichrist will bring to
light and open to the world information, facts, and knowledge that
had been suppressed for several centuries. Even though he uses
violence, the Antichrist will actually be burning off his karma
because of the positive effects of the release, starting a new cycle,
higher cycle of his karma.

I p216 (cII-12)

The people involved with the Catholic church, particularly the
priests, will cling to the old order even though it is not viable and
dead as far as working within the reality of the changed times. The
Antichrist and the last pope will be "robbing blind" the Church. The
Antichrist will desecrate and raid the Vatican library and cart away
the treasures of the church to help fund his armies. The Catholic
church will become totally superfluous, and contribute to its own

f. Antichrist's invasion of Turkey

I p 209 (cV-25)

When the Catholic Church in Rome is finally destroyed in a devastating
but mysterious "Act of Nature", people will be distracted from
noticing the more important event of the time, the Antichrist
invading Turkey.

I p 222 (cII-29,V-54)

After the destruction in Italy wrought by the Antichrist, he will go
over the mountains through France via airplane. He will attack Europe
from the south because he will have the solid backing of the Islamic
world and will already have bloodily subjugated North Africa and the
Middle east. He will set up regional headquarters in Turkey, and
other outposts, to rule and advance further conquests.

g. Switzerland alarmed by Antichrist's Nazism in Germany

I p 220 (cI-61)

While the Antichrist is in the process of taking over Europe, he will
back the Nazi party in Germany. The current popularity of Nazism
among the youth of Germany will lay the groundwork for this.
Eventually Switzerland will become alarmed and break its
centuries-old tradition of neutrality, taking the side against the
Antichrist and actively fighting.

I. p 229 (cII-39)

Infiltrators, spies, and traitors in Germany, France, Spain, and Italy
will be secretly working for the Antichrist's cause of taking over
Europe. The education establishment will be abandoned because it is
unsupportable during wartime.

h. International (non)reaction to the Antichrist

I p 220 (cII-96)

Diplomatic foul-ups in other countries will permit the Antichrist to
attain greater power. In the beginning, when he does not have a broad
base of power but is building on it, those in power elsewhere who can
do something about it will hesitate until it is too late. Even though
people realize he wields great power "from the dark side", his
demonic hatred and magnetism will enhance the fatal attraction. He
will advance his campaign by invading and conquering neighboring
countries, particularly because of the political turmoil and
instability of the realm. Eventually he will subdue the entire Asian
continent under his rule. The Antichrist will be in this period of
increasing his power during the visit of the comet visible from the
Northern hemisphere in about 1997.

I p 225 (cI-37)

The U.S. will vacillate in dissension during the conquests of the
Antichrist. Its power, influence, and "can do" capabilities will
have diminished in the international arena at the time. The populace
will argue over involvement vs. noninvolvement. Shipping will be very
dangerous because of submarine warfare practiced by the Antichrist.
Enemy soldiers in foreign ports will foul up sea-based commerce. Many
decisive battles in his wars will involve seaports. Many people will
die far away from home in the war.

I p 224 (cIII-7)

The various weaker countries threatened by the Antichrist's
imperialism will call on stronger ones for help, like the U.S. which
will initially be neutral and uncommitted. The Antichrist will be
attempting to take over part of the world using aerial warfare. In
one battle in the night a squadron of unmarked planes will rebuff his
advance, sent secretly by the U.S.

I p213 (cV-86)

Responsive, proactive countermeasures could have prevented the
destruction caused by the Antichrist but the political and diplomatic
strife among the Western powers will have failed to have "nipped the
situation in the bud". England and the U.S. will have enough military
power to confront the Antichrist but because of lack of consensus
neither will act quickly. A newly established alliance between the
two is only in its infancy at the time, and the powers have not
established the authority of overall decision-making in time. Also, a
breakdown in communications and transportation will cause important
political analysts to be cut off from advising the leaders. Meanwhile
the Antichrist will be making conquests in leaps and bounds.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 05:30 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Archive-name: nostradamus/part4
Version: 1.0
Last-modifed: 94/08/13

NO RIGHTS RESERVED. Any part of this FAQ may be copied in whole or
in part under no restrictions.

(This FAQ on Nostradamus interpretations and related material is
available at ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/nanomius/home.html)

The Time of Troubles (part 4)

Prelude to the Antichrist and WWWIII

a. Volcanoes, earthquakes, floods, droughts, famines, rioting
b. Death of world leader and revolt coincides with comet
c. Fiasco from communication breakdown between two superpowers
d. Soviet/American submarine/naval confrontation
e. Crazed leader launches atom bombs on Mediterranean and Europe
f. Third world country leader creates strife
g. Antichrist profits from radar research in Europe

International political and social incidents

h. Wargame simulation by Britain in Europe leads to disaster
i. American electoral college voting stalemate
j. Earth abuse causes agricultural devastation in U.S. and Britain
k. underwater Soviet submarine base defanged by diplomacy
l. Aliens shot by paranoid nation, bacteriological agents released
m. Alien probe of the Watchers discovered by scientists

a. Volcanoes, earthquakes, floods, droughts, famines, rioting

I p 170 (cIV-67)

A very bright, previously unknown comet will appear and coincide with
the time of great geological troubles, with earthquakes and volcanoes
erupting and disrupting weather systems. This will cause widespread
famines and droughts, and social upheavals in unexpected places.
Nations that are considered prosperous and powerful, particularly
western nations, will be weakened. They will be torn with civil
strife and rioting as people migrate to areas that have water and
can support crop-growing. The social upheaval and weakening of
political structures will help the Antichrist come to power.

I p 167 (cVIII-29)

A great and rich power will be subject to serious natural disasters,
particularly earthquakes and flooding, and rend the nation from end
to end, causing enormous conflict, despair, and misery. The wealthy
power will be bankrupted attempting to deal with its disasters.
Three other great nations will send aid to help the citizens survive.

I p172

Earth changes will take place that will help the Antichrist's drive
for world conquest. In central Europe, southern Europe, and in the
Near East, particularly around the eastern end of the Mediterranean,
there'll be severe floods. As a result of the disruption to local
governments by the natural disasters, the Antichrist will move his
troops in under the disguise of helping the people restore civil
order, but really use this as a device to take over countries, and to
use the populations like slaves.

Serious economic problems will persist along with great social unrest,
contributing to the ease with which the Antichrist can seize power.
The frightened and hopeful populace will be vulnerable to his
demagoguery. The Antichrist will use the disasters as opportunities
to overthrow governments and sneak spies into a country. Martial law
will be declared in many areas to stop rioting and looting. The
Middle East, the source of his power, will not be as devastated as
the rest of the world. He offers assistance to other countries trying
to recover but he will eventually stab them in the back.

b. Death of world leader and revolt coincides with comet

I. p 121 (cII-62)

The death of a world leader will coincide with the appearance of a
comet. The comet will be clearly visible where the leader dies. The
country is in the Middle East. The death of the leader and widespread
crop failures and hunger in that year will provoke a revolt. It will
start when the comet is visible but will continue for five hundred
days. Also, a hundred people will contribute to the revolt in such a
way that it will break forth and become open enough and wide-spread
enough to capture the world's attention.

c. Fiasco from communication breakdown between two superpowers

I p144 (II-48)

Through a mistake by a leader an international incident will occur.
The main problem will be a breakdown in communications between the
two powers involved. The situation is a lot more complex than will
apear ont he surface. The chief, the leader involved, will feel great
regret about what happened and will want to continue his career and
help correct the situation, to help make up for the adverse affects
of it.

But he will be hung, symbolically, by others wishing to take his
position in the organization. He will be hung so far as politics and
his career are concerned. It will almost be like committing suicide
because in the end he will be a broken man and not be able to do
anything about the situation. The entire event will be viewed as a
fiasco from both sides. It will have very harmful and even
cataclysmic consequences.

The situation develops when an enemy or one who is against the U.S.
will take advantage of the incident in an unethical way, by sending a
horde of agents working for their side into this area. The world will
be outraged by the action.

I p 158 (cII-35)

A breakdown in communications between the US and Russia will result in
a misunderstanding and deep resentments between the Kremlin and the
White House. Some will risk their careers to try to tame the
situation but will be silenced, and "burned" such as by demotions to
obscure positions.

d. Soviet/American submarine/naval confrontation

I p144 (II-48)

In the southwest quadrant of the Atlantic ocean, missiles will splash
into the ocean near a partially submerged ship and a submarine. The
submarine commander is antsy to engage fire. An American surface ship
will be in danger. The Soviet commander of the sub will have secret
orders the rest of the crew is not aware of, which are to antagonize
and provoke. He gets carried away.

The American commander has been ordered to defend the coast of the US
but to avoid starting a war. In the process of defending his ship
from the submarine, he strikes the submarine and feels he may have
sunk it, and agonizes that the action would be interpreted as
starting a war and not an act of defense. The event will lead to the
time of troubles and will have large historical significance when
seen in retrospect.

e. Crazed leader launches atom bombs on Mediterranean and Europe

I p 181 (cII-3)

During continuing unrest in the middle east, one of the leaders will
be able to get ahold of an atom bomb. He will be crazy and go to the
greatest lengths over the smallest thing and will not hesitate to
use the weapon because his obsessions with deadly warfare. The people
he is warring against retaliate with a nuclear weapon. The country
has a coast on the Mediterranean.

One of the bombs will land in the Mediterranean instead of the land,
poisoning all the fish. The passages of trade in the region will be
disrupted so that the people on the other coast of the Mediterranean
will be desperate for food and will eat the fish anyway. It will
happen near the east coast of the Mediterranean in a region of
dark-colored cliffs.

I p 183 (cII-4)

The atomic weapon being dropped by one of the Middle Eastern countries
will spark off yet another war on top of that war. Eurpoean and
Western nations will try to interfere to diminish the threat to oil
supplies. When the Eurpoean countries try to interfere, the crazed
leader who earlier dropped the atomic bomb will use the rest of his
arsenal on Europe, most striking the closer southern part.

The Eurpoean Mediterranean coast, particularly that of Italy and
France, will be almost uninhabitable, and Italy will get the brunt.
This leader is not the Antichrist but helps to set the stage for the
Antichrist to rise to power with little or no opposition. The
Antichrist will wield great power and authority; no one can argue
with him.

f. Third world country leader creates strife

I p 185 (cIII-60)

A "young dark man" will arise as a leader in a Third World country;
his main goal is to unite the other Third World countries to do
battle with the superpowers. The area of conflict will be in eastern
Europe and the Middle East, particularly around the Adriatic and the
Caspian seas and the eastern Mediterranean. No definite winner will
emerge but the strife will help set the stage for the Antichrist.
Some prophecies in the Bible refer to events in this region (Israel
will be involved).

g. Antichrist profits from radar research in Europe

I p240 (cI-6)

Research on a more sophisticated type of radar and sensing devices
will give greater information to the operator, i.e. an airplane
pilot. But the first experiments with the technology will fail in a
disastrous accident, when the "sympathetic vibrations" emitted by the
device cause the chassis of the plane to become weakened and
dangerous due to dissolved bonds of the molecules in the metal. The
scientists involved with the research will have to temporarily
abandon the research because of diplomatic breakdowns, the threat of
war, etc.

This will take place before the Antichrist comes to full power. It
will happen in Europe at the time the Antichrist is strengthing his
base of power in the Middle East. The devices are currently under
development but have not been tested yet. But this is another
historical event that will permit the Antichrist to take over Europe.

h. Wargame simulation by Britain in Europe leads to disaster

I p 164 (cII-2)

In a wargame maneuver involving Great Britain and European troops a
malfunctioning circuit in a computer will cause the "real-world"
situation to play out instead of the simulation. The teams are
labelled "white" and "blue". As a result of the error actual
defenses will be activated and real bombs will be dropped on the
areas of the game and cause a tragic international incident.

i. American electoral college voting stalemate

I p 148 (cVII-41)

The presidents of the U.S., a supposedly free country, have been
abusing their power to an increasingly greater extent. During a time
of social unrest even more so than the period of Viet Nam and
Watergate, the electoral college will be evenly split over the
election of the new president. The process will stalemate, with many
people clamoring for whichever candidate they voted for, causing
enormous tension in the country. Internationally it will be a
sensitive situation.

Because of the split, and the extremely volatile and explosive social
unrest, putting either candidate in office instead of the other could
start a civil war or a revolution. After a long time of impassioned
speeches invoking patriotism and the founding fathers, a compromise
solution of holding another election will be taken, and a candidate
will be installed without disaster.

j. Earth abuse causes agricultural devastation in U.S. and Britain

I p 309 (cII-95)

Man will upset the balance of the earth and cause great changes in the
climate and seasons, causing much hardship and famine. Major
agricultural lands producing a lot of grain and food for the world
today will become frozen and will be unusable. The people who live on
this land and grow the food will flee like rats leaving a sinking

There will be dissension and fighting over the land. As a result of
the panic, incompetent decisions are made by the people in power
under enormous stress. Poor decisions will escalate into major
disasters. The U.S. and the United Kingdom in particular will
experience the dissension and destruction.

k. Underwater Soviet submarine base defanged by diplomacy

I p162(cIII-21)

The Soviets have built an experimental underwater submarine base and
dome in the Adriatic sea. They use it for subversive submarine
operations. When it is discovered, due to pressure from statesmen,
diplomats, and politicians, it will be brought to the surface and the
submarines will be taken away through political maneuverings.

l. Aliens shot by paranoid nation, bacteriological agents released

I. p124 (cII-91)

Aliens tried to contact us in the Siberia Tunguska explosion in the
1900s. Similarly they will again visit the earth. The Soviets are
doing secret weapons research and have energy fields guarding
northern approach corridors. Another spaceship will arrive,
paralleling this incident. When the aliens' spaceship enters the
atmosphere the fields will cause it to malfunction and many of the
crew are killed.

When they crash, soldiers will be on hand to capture or kill them. The
ship will harbor microrganisms that will react in bizarre ways to the
earth climate and cause plagues of unknown origin, that cannot be
understood because of the alien causative organism. The country will
be at war or fixing to go to war and will have a paranoid mindset.
Thinking the crash is a result of enemy weapons, the soldiers will
shoot anything that moves.

m. Alien probe of the Watchers discovered by scientists

I p262 (cIV-28)

During the time of troubles, when the sun is between the earth and
Venus, i.e. from the point of view of Earth Venus is hidden by the
sun, the Watchers (aliens) will be exposed through the powers of
observation and communication. Scientists involved with
radiotelescopy and related disciplines will observe an anomaly, and
as they focus on it they come to the realization that it is a strong
indication of a real UFO. The readings are caused by an instrument
sent by the Watchers to observe mankind.

The scientists and the populace will learn more about the probe and
the Watchers. But internal dissension will be created by
fundamentalists because the existence of aliens is not consistent
with their worldview. This will take place in approximately 1997 or
1998. The Watchers are returning to mankind at this time because they
are trying to help him through gentle prodding and increasing
spiritual love. They have always kept an eye on us and have observed
our growth and development. They're looking forward to the day we can
join the universal community and help with their project in a way
that's unique to us.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 05:33 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Archive-name: nostradamus/part5
Version: 1.0
Last-modifed: 94/08/13

NO RIGHTS RESERVED. Any part of this FAQ may be copied in whole or
in part under no restrictions.

(This FAQ on Nostradamus interpretations and related material is
available at ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/nanomius/home.html)

Scientific Achievements in the Time of Troubles (part 5)

Technology accidents

a. Nostradamus on the dangers of weaponry mixed with natural disaster
b. Weather modulation devices go awry, cause ice and hail
c. Nuclear reactor meltdown near city with underground chambers
d. Space shuttle accident releases microorganisms into atmosphere
e. Devastating accidental weaponry explosions from earth tumult
f. Ruptured earth energy fields cause meteorite storm
g. Research into warping time leads to disaster

The weapons of WWWIII

h. New, horrific, secret, radical weapons monstrosities in WWWIII
i. Atomic device creates greenhouse effect, devastates agriculture
j. Death by the "milky rain" weapon
k. "Explosion of light" causes horrible birth defects
l. The top-secret earthquake-triggering weapon ("ETW")
m. Diplomacy dies with international ETW terrorism
n. ETW unleashed on San Andreas and New Madrid faults
o. Antichrist obtains ETW through espionage, bribery, treachery
p. Death by radio waves


q. Human eugenics research advanced by the King of Terror
r. Eugenics scientists meet grisly deaths from public backlash

a. Nostradamus on the dangers of weaponry mixed with natural disaster

To avoid the worst effects of the pole shift, "Stop the explosions
that the military feels are so important." (I. p53) Understand that
what happens with your weaponry will have a large effect on how much
or how soon this devastation [of the shift] would occur. Make people
aware of the damage that can occur to their present weaponry system.
IF people become more aware of the damage that can be caused by the
military destruction, whether voluntary or involuntary-- if this can
be prevented, the reaction set off beneath the earth's surface would
be less damaging. (I. p57) It is the earth changes that will be
causing the danger of the weaponry, not the use of it. Accidents will
occur in the New World, because of natural earthquakes. The results
that would happen from an earthquake near one of your military
housing of the weaponry would cause your leaders to definitely
realize the dangers. (I. p69)

b. Weather modulation devices go awry, cause ice and hail

I p 163(cI-22)

Devices developed by man to manipulate the weather will go awry
because of faulty programming. They will cause a great deal of damage
through unseasonal ice and hail. The scientists don't understand the
forces they are dealing with and that the natural weather pattern
will overcome interference in attempting to attain proper balance.
The computers will fight the increasing intensity and break, damaged
beyond use.

c. Nuclear reactor meltdown near city with underground chambers

I p161 (cX-49)

In the US, in the Rocky Mountains, a complete city will be built near
to underground chambers blasted into a mountain for the storage of
secret records. The water pumped into a nuclear reactor will not be
totally purified, and an element in the reactor will cause a
meltdown, unleashing radioactive poison.

d. Space shuttle accident releases microorganisms into atmosphere

I p122 (cII-65)

Incompetent leaders who got their position by family prestige, in a
joint space venture between America and France, will be behind an
accident involving a space shuttle. The ship will have scientists on
board doing biological experiments to see the effect out of the reach
of gravity. An accident and malfunction will cause the ship to lose
orbit, break up and burn on reentry. Some of the microorganisms on
board survive the fall. They will have the potential of causing

e. Devastating accidental weaponry explosions from earth tumult

I. p55

With the earthquakes and volcanoes will be accidental explosion of the
weaponry that is buried in the ground. This is going to cause great
emotional turmoil within the U.S. and [Britain and France].

The countries in Europe will want a disarmament. It is important they
realize that if this disarmament of the weapons comes about, that
will take place in the Moslem countries also.

f. Ruptured earth energy fields cause meteorite storm

I p 243 (cI-46)

Research scientists will be investigating the powers associated with
the various energy fields of the earth. They'll try to harness the
powers for different purposes, including warfare. When they begin
experiments, in an area near the North Sea they will accidentally
rupture one of the earth's fields so that a beam of energy will shoot
out into space and draw a steady stream of meteorites to earth. They
will continue to rain down until the scientists can repair the
damage. Doing so will cause an earthquake from built up stress. The
research will be a secret government project. To the world at large
this will appear to be a natural phenomenon and will be recorded as
such in future history books, because the government will keep the
project concealed even after the accident.

g. Research into warping time leads to disaster

I. p.119 (cIII-92)

Scientists are researching how to warp and alter time to help change
the outcome of a war. Near the end of a war, after the second
failure, the research complex is destroyed in a large catastrophe.
Because they are dealing with powers they don't know how to control
it rips them apart. People not there assume they were hit by a
missle of some sort because of the destruction.

But what really happened was that the vortexes of energy they were
trying to deal with were not fine tuned enough to work with and they
got out of control. It appears to involve England and Northern
Europe. It's in our future but the groundwork has been laid already
by scientists working on secret projects in this direction. Something
may come of it in our lifetimes but the government will keep it under

The catastrophe will be very localized and will have some strange
side-effects in the dimension of time in the general area there. The
government was counting on it to give it an edge in the war and loses
it and will end up affecting the outcome of the war.

h. New, horrific, secret, radical weapons monstrosities in WWWIII

I p 223 (cIV-33)

Advanced technology that is currently being developed in secret,
referred to in other quatrains, will play a part in the time of
troubles. This will coincide with great famine, plagues, and
destruction with the onset of WWWIII.

I p 237

Nations will be desperate and will try anything to stop the
Antichrist. Scientists will search for new, even more radical weapons
for warfare that almost defy belief.

I p241 (cII-32)

Instruments of death built and refined during the time of the
Antichrist will wreak great destruction. Variations on atomic
weaponry and other devices will be developed. The ultimate
monstrosity in weapons will be created near Ravenna, culminating
research that is currently in progress during the time of troubles.
The weapons will particularly disrupt the natural earth ecology. All
sides in WWWIII will "have their fair share" of horrible weapons.

I p142 (cIV-30)

The space program will fall into disfavor through policy changes in
the government with the emphasis shifted in a different direction
than space exploration. The change is due to some nefarious policy
making behind the scenes the voting public is not aware of but would
not approve of if they knew about it. The policy changes of
redirecting the money toward military applications will contribute to
the horrors of the changes that are to come. The machinations behind
the scenes will not be exposed until a later date.

i. Atomic device creates greenhouse effect, devastates agriculture

I p193 (cX-70)

A type of atomic device, not exactly a bomb, will be created that when
set off can disrupt the planetary climate. It will displace an
airmass that will upset the balance of hot and cold, so that a
greenhouse effect will get out of balance and run to the extreme,
causing drastic changes in the climate, and wreak havoc on
agricultural production.

I p 195 (cX-71)

The earth and the air will freeze as another effect of the atomic
device described above. Many countermeasures to the devastating
climactic affects will be pursued but they will not succeed, in spite
of government announcements urging the population to be calm and not
to panic.

I. p55

A famine is caused by weaponry explosions. Accidents that will affect
the crops.

j. Death by the "milky rain" weapon

I p 253 (cII-18)

A "rain of milk" alludes to nuclear weapons with bizarre effects on
the weather, including a so-called "radiation rain". The weapons will
represent a combination of the worse aspects of nuclear and laser
weaponry. The laser weaponry, when it is shot down upon people, will
resemble a white substance coming down.

k. "Explosion of light" causes horrible birth defects

I p 255 (cI-64)

In WWWIII some of the weapons will scream through the skies before
they hit, terrifying and deadly to the population. An atomic or laser
weapon detonated at night will cause victims to think they have seen
the sun at night. The weapon produces a huge explosion of light. In
addition to vast climactic damage the weapon will produce monstrous
birth defects in babies, so that children will look almost "swinish"
(i.e. like pigs). Scientists will frantically search for ways to
alter the effects of the weapon's effect on newborns. A breakthrough
will eventually be made, based on an unexpected source in the animal

l. The top-secret earthquake-triggering weapon (ETW)

I p 237 (cIX-83)

A weapon will developed in secret underground laboratories that can
trigger earthquakes at existing fault zones. It will work from a
scientific principle recently discovered but not yet developed. The
weapon will involve an airplane or airborne origination that may
drop something or project a laser ray onto a region. An extension of
the device is carried in a plane that flies over the area and focuses
energy waves where the earthquake is to be triggered. The more
technologically complex power source will be based and channelled
from the secret laboratory via the plane.

The country that develops this will be able to hold it as a major
threat against major nations, because most nations have geological
faults that are susceptible to earthquakes and therefore the weapon.
The situation will parallel the development of the atomic bomb by the
U.S. in that the country will be the sole owner and the capability
for destruction will be so awe-inspiring and frightening that
everyone, including the infidels, will call upon the saints for

m. Diplomacy dies with international earthquake terrorism

The revelation of the weapon will cause a disintegration of diplomatic
nations and the United Nations will eventually dissolve, because the
paranoid nation that developed the weapon will not share its
technology but instead use it as a method of international

n. ETW unleashed on San Andreas and New Madrid faults

The weapon will not be revealed immediately to the world. Only after
the country actually uses it and there is an earthquake generated by
it, followed by many others that occur without the characteristic
buildup of geological pressure, will people become suspicious. The
initial earthquake triggered by the weapon will be sufficient to
cause other earthquakes in a chain reaction. The San Andreas and New
Madrid faults in the U.S. will be affected. The San Andreas will
continually rumble and vibrate as a result of the earthquakes
triggered by the weapon, in time driving the New Madrid fault to
eventually erupt explosively and violently. Initially geologists will
think the earthquakes are due to natural causes but later information
will point elsewhere and they'll begin to be suspicious. After more
earthquakes and further evidence they will finally confront the
scientific world with the mounting evidence that they are not

o. Antichrist obtains ETW through espionage and treachery

During the time of radical earth changes this weapon will be applied
to create many earthquakes, generally before the Antichrist comes to
power. The nation that develops the machine builds it independent of
the Antichrist's forces, but later when he gains greater power he
will be able to acquire the weapon. He'll seize the machine for his
own agenda of worldwide conquest. The Antichrist will acquire the
machine through deceit, trickery, spies, bribery, and all other
nefarious means known to man.

p. Death by radio waves

I p 165 (cII-2)

A new type of weapon involving radio waves played at a certain
frequency will be developed. At certain frequencies and intensities
the energy can cause intense pain in the nerve endings and damage
areas of the brain, or even be lethal.

q. Human eugenics research advanced by the King of Terror

I p 244 (cX-72)

In 1999 and WWWIII many horrible areas of research will be pursued,
including a eugenics project, i.e. breeding humans for selected
characteristics. This particular research will have been ongoing for
decades. The scientists attempt to bring back some of the less
civilized, fiercer humans, still smart but cunning and strong, for
the purpose of infantry soldiers. The governments engage the breeded
humans in battles and the scientists will try to tabulate their
performance relative to normal human soldiers.

This will happen during the period of WWWIII and enormous social
unrest. U.S., Japan, Russia, and some European countries will be
involved. They have the gold to fund the research. A "King of
Terror", the "power behind the throne", is in charge of the project.
He has enormous secret influence and greatly feared, unchallenged
power over policy decisions in various countries.

r. Eugenics scientists meet grisly deaths from public backlash

I p 246 (cI-81)

A secret, isolated panel of scientists will develop super-weapons
during the time of troubles. They will somewhat unaware of the
worldwide wars because of their seclusion. After the "tide has
turned" they are no longer on the winning side and their identities
are exposed to the winning side. Their fate will be determined
according to their role in participation, with some meeting grisly

Three scientists in particular with the initials K, Th, and L will
meet with particularly dramatic demises. These scientists will be
chiefly involved with the eugenics project, one reason the populace's
reaction to their endeavors will be so violent. Many scientists are
involved but nine head the project. The project was started in the
1930s and has been carried on in different countries over the decades
since then. It will reach a culmination in the time of troubles.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 05:36 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Archive-name: nostradamus/part6
Version: 1.0
Last-modifed: 94/08/13

NO RIGHTS RESERVED. Any part of this FAQ may be copied in whole or
in part under no restrictions.

(This FAQ on Nostradamus interpretations and related material is
available at ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/nanomius/home.html)

World War III (part 6)

a. Overview: horrible battles, weapons, devastation, death
b. Nuclear confrontation in the Middle East
c. Mediterranean campaign and the battles of Gibraltar

d. Bomb sent at New York by the Antichrist, France retaliates
e. Bacteriological warfare strikes New York and London
f. Antichrist conquers Europe

g. The Antichrist invades Britain
h. The crucial meeting on the naval carrier
i. Seas, rivers, lakes boil; famines lead to insane cannibalism

j. Antichrist's commander succumbs to key strategic failure
k. Russia breaks free of the Antichrist
l. North Pole Alliance of North America, Europe, Russia forms
m. Ogmios confronts the Antichrist, fate of world in balance
n. Antichrist eventually dethroned

a. Overview: horrible battles, weapons, devastation, death

I. p.55

Because of the new awareness the western civilization has come upon,
and because of the accelerated rate of the shifting of the earth's
crust, and because of the conjunction of the planets, the war *might*
be avoided. Depending on the speed at which the natural events occur.
For as in any civilization, when natural disasters occur this is more
prominent than military conquest.

I p252 (cII-40)

During the time of troubles and WWWIII there will be massive naval,
air, and land battles. The ultra-secret weapons that are brought
forth will shock and stun the world.

I p 272 (cVIII-17)

The Antichrist will not hesitate to use bacteriological warfare as
well as conventional warfare, causing hunger, fire and plagues. The
causative organisms will be more virulent than ever and hence
increasingly lethal.

I p 253 (cII-18)

When the Antichrist is taking over Europe, nuclear weapons will wreak
havoc like lighting strikes, and from them a "milky rain" will occur.
Weapons currently beyond our imagination will wreak unparalleled
devastation. Corpses will litter the landscape. The very earth will
"cry out in pain". The Antichrist will be so terrible, horrible, and
powerful that the rightful rulers of countries will be utterly
terrified and will not do anything to stop his ravages. Entire
dynasties will be wiped out.

I p 254 (cIII-19)

Before the Antichrist takes over a place, he will rain down death and
destruction so that he can seize without opposition. He will travel
far from his resting place in doing this. Some of this devastation
will make past heinous events of the prior world wars "look like
child's play". Unlike Hitler's "rain of blood" he will use a "rain of
blood and milk."

b. Nuclear confrontation in the Middle East

I p252 (cII-60)

A major nuclear confrontation will occur in the Middle East. The
aggressor will have broken a promise not to use nuclear weapons in
warfare. Naval fleets kept in the area by other powers will be
scattered in ruins from the violence of the blast.

Radioactive fallout and its effect on people, animals, and weather,
and erupting volcanoes will turn the water of that part of the ocean
a muddy red color. Because of this bodies will appear to float in
blood. Because of the blasts and earth changes, rivers will change
their course, and political boundary lines based on them will be

The U.S. will have a Democratic president at the time. He will get
involved with the conflict as a way of trying to stimulate the
economy from a depression.

c. Mediterranean campaign and the battles of Gibraltar

I p 225 (cIII-10)

The Antichrist, during the Mediterranean campaign, will take over
Monaco as a crucial strategic position to advancing to Italy and
southern Europe. The successor to Prince Ranier, apparently one of
his sons, will be imprisoned after the takeover as an obstacle.

I p 230 (cI-77)

In the Antichrist's Mediterranean battle Gibraltar will play a key
role. The key general, a naval officer, will succeed in saving
Gibraltar from the Antichrist's forces but will later die in an
automobile accident.

I p 235 (cI-71)

The Rock of Gibraltar will be a strategic position, captured and
retaken three times by various forces.

I p 232 (cI-98)

Marines on naval battlecarriers will confront the Antichrist when he
attempts to invade Eurpoe in the area of Crete and Thessaly, but they
will be outgunned and have to retreat probably to Gibraltar. In the
very fierce and bloody battle the Antichrist will have to transfer
many of his troops to a supply ship after a fighting ship is sunk.

d. Bomb sent at New York by the Antichrist, France retaliates

I p 250 (cVI-97)

In WWWIII many existing diplomatic ties between nations will be broken
and realigned. One that will continue to hold however is the alliance
between France and the U.S. A force aligned with the Antichrist will
send a bomb aimed at New York City. It will be spotted and tracked as
it approaches. The U.S. defense system will feverishly concentrate on
diverting or disabling the bomb, and the U.S. will not be able to
retaliate. As proof of their loyalty the French are asked to
retaliate, which they do with several bombs and weapons.

The response will be immediate. The American leader uses a hotline to
communicate to the French Marshal, who launches self-propelled bombs
with "tongues of fire" against the aggressor. In this war some of
the bombs will hit New York and some will be diverted. The bomb
referred to here will be prematurely detonated along the flightpath,
saving the city. Many human lives will be spent when planes flying
around the bomb, trying to divert or destroy it, are blown up.

e. Bacteriological warfare strikes New York and London

I p242 (cII-6)

New York and in London will be hit with scourges from bacteriological
warfare, a deadly "bug", either bacteria or virus or some type of
disease-causing organism. It will be released into the atmosphere to
affect the populations of New York and London. Because of separation
and different gene pools, spontaneous mutations in the organisms
will affect the two populations in different ways. It will appear to
be two different diseases even though it was caused by the same

As a result of this plague the metropolitan infrastructures will break
down. The people near but outside the cities will panic and shun the
cities and refuse to deliver available food, effectively putting them
into quarantine. The city dwellers will starve to death in droves.
People will loot and raid stores, and soldiers will stab them off at
bayonet point. The government will try to evenly distribute the
remaining food but the people will panic and they call on God to
relieve them from their misery.

f. Antichrist conquers Europe

I p 278 (cIX-73)

The Antichrist will take over Europe and begin to toy with the idea of
establishing some kind of dynasty. Because of his background he is
obsessed with power and attracted to the way that a ruling family
line can have a major effect on the flow of history, manipulating
society over a long span of time through familial line, far beyond
the influence of a single individual. But his plans will not
materialize because he is overthrown by Ogmios and his monstrosities
will be counterbalanced with positive forces to heal the earth,
directed by the Great Genius.

g. The Antichrist invades Britain

I p 230 (cII-68)

In his European campaign the Antichrist will attempt to overtake
Britain, particularly to seize its naval forces for further advances.
England will resist and initially fend off the advance, with support
from the U.S. However, it is likely that the Antichrist will
eventually overcome England and the more passionate members of the
underground will flee to Ireland and Scotland. The Antichrist will
not succeed in overtaking the entire island. North England, Scotland,
and Ireland will not succumb, possibly aiding the reunification of
Ireland to fight the Antichrist. Patriotic and stubborn Irish and
Scottish spirit will play a favorable role in turning the tide.

I. p 228 (cIII-16)

The British prince, a member of the English royal house, will be eager
to lead his troops into battle to defend his own and neighboring
countries that have treaties with Britain. He will confront the
Antichrist's forces in two major engagements and will be defeated in
one. He will be outflanked and will have to retreat in disgrace.

Nevertheless the opposing forces will curse him because he was a
valiant fighter, and his brashly engaging in battle disrupted some of
the Antichrist's carefully laid plans for the conquest of Europe. The
man will return to England and the population will give him a hero's
welcome for his bravery despite the defeat.

h. The crucial meeting on the naval carrier

I p 257 (cII-75)

During WWWIII and the great turmoil, an airplane will come for a
landing on the deck of an aircraft carrier. It will be from a nation
foreign to the country that owns the carrier. The balance of
political powers of the two sides involved will be very complex and

The plane is from a power "slightly more aligned to the other side"
although still basically neutral. But to have any kind of contact
with the country that owns the carrier would have severe political
repercussions relative to the war, so the generals of the carrier are
reluctant to give permission to the plane to land. The plane will
carry an important political or military leader and an important
emissary who needs to deliver important documents and messages. The
situation will be very fragile and volatile.

i. Seas, rivers, lakes boil; famines lead to insane cannibalism

I p 257 (cII-75)

During WWWIII shipping and normal trade will be seriously disrupted.
Some countries will have excesses of food, such as bushels of wheat,
but the price will be so out of proportion that no one will be able
to buy it. In countries where there is famine, people will resort to
cannibalism to stay alive. The wheat in other countries will be
stored in silos and rot because they cannot get rid of it, cannot
sell it. The price of the wheat is enormous in cost partly because it
is very dangerous to deliver or ship it anywhere during wartime.

I p 251 (cV-98)

A very great drought will occur in the European continent during the
time of the Antichrist. Fish will die as seas, rivers, and lakes
boil. The Antichrist will be behind it. This event is not the same
but is related to the boiling fish at the Dark Point (I p 181,
cII-3). Two sites will be in distress from "fire in the sky".

I p 268 (cII-18)

The extremes in weather during the time of the Antichrist will affect
a battle. Extreme rain and hail will take by surprise two armies
lined up to do battle. As an alternative plan to confrontation they
try to fly planes above the clouds to drop bombs on the opposing
forces, "fire and stones falling from the sky".

I p168 (cIX-31)

The earth, after a relative period of peace, will suffer a great
natural disaster, involving severe earthquakes that rip the crust
open, spewing lava. The major earthquake will trigger other
earthquakes that will destroy large land areas. Famine and fighting
will set in. Countries will fight with each other over surplus food:
India and China will march to seize the corn and wheat fields of
Russia and eastern Europe. Communications will break down. Religious
leaders will lose credibility because of the inability to explain the
earth changes. Christianity will falter.

I p 259 (cI-67)

The climactic changes caused by the detonation of the terrible weapons
will cause famines in scattered areas, and conditions will get worse.
The uninhabitable regions will continue to grow until the areas
connect large surfaces of the earth's land masses, and the majority
of humanity will be suffering. People will become virtually insane
with the persistent lack of food, and will eat things like tree
roots, and even seize newborn infants.

j. Antichrist's commander succumbs to key strategic failure

I p 272 (cVI-33)

The Anti-Christ's surpreme commander will make a major failure
of judgement on the field in an extremely strategic battle
and the bulk of his forces
are captured or killed. The supreme commander misuses some
technology that has not yet been developed, causing his downfall.

k. Russia breaks free of the Antichrist

I p 272 (cVI-21)

The Antichrist will seem all powerful and all conquering and the
situation will appear hopeless. But "his star will be falling" and
his power will crack in crucial places. The U.S., Canada, Russia, and
later, northern Europe, unite together. In particular, even though
the Antichrist has taken over all of Asia, after a period he is no
longer able to control Russia. Russia breaks free and unites with the
unconquered countries.

The alliance strikes terror into the Antichrist who glimpses the
beginning of the end and his potential failure. He chooses another
field commander to continue his campaign, but the effort fails.
Rhodes and Byzantium, the site of his regional headquarters, will be
engaged in the most intense fighting. The "northern pole alliance"
will diminish his power by breaking down his chain of command,
communication capabilities, etc. and attempt to break his
stranglehold on his conquered territories. This is the beginning of a
turning point in WWWIII.

l. North Pole Alliance of North America, Europe, Russia forms

I p 272 (cVIII-17)

At a point the Antichrist's forces become complacent from so many
frequent and rapid conquests. They will begin to lose some battles
and see their power is not forever.

The Antichrist will have taken over a large part of the world and will
become complacent. "Three brothers", the "alliance of the pole", i.e.
North America, Europe, and Russia, will trouble the Antichrist and
his world will tremble. France will be united with the alliance in
spirit, if not actually physically, because the country will weakened
seriously from the Antichrist's degradations.

m. Ogmios confronts the Antichrist, fate of world in balance

I p 273 (cV-80)

A leader figuratively referred to as "Ogmios" will confront the
Antichrist in battle. The crux of the pivotal struggle of WWWIII will
be in the "gray area" between Europe and Asia. The outcome will be
questionable for some time. During the time the Antichrist is in
power there will be constant skirmishes and battles between his
barbarian forces and those still free of his tyrannical rule.

I p 277 (cII-85)

Ogmios will eventually emerge triumphantly victorious over the
Antichrist, but it will be a long, gradual, arduous struggle.

n. Antichrist eventually dethroned

I p 278 (cIX-73)

The Antichrist will rule for "less than the revolution of Saturn"
(29.5 years), far less than the grand span of time he envisions. His
reign will be temporary, because his power is like building a fire
with grass; it burns very hotly but quickly. His effect on history
and his "time in the limelight" will be limited. The time from WWII
to the end of WWWIII and the time of troubles will almost encompass
a century in itself.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 05:39 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Archive-name: nostradamus/part7
Version: 1.0
Last-modifed: 94/08/13

NO RIGHTS RESERVED. Any part of this FAQ may be copied in whole or
in part under no restrictions.

(This FAQ on Nostradamus interpretations and related material is
available at ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/nanomius/home.html)

The geological and spiritual earth shift (part 7)

a. Timing
b. The end of civilization
c. Geography
d. Preparations/Survival
e. Old vs. Young Souls
f. The New Age of spiritual rebirth
g. Reawakening of freedoms an rights
h. Peace after WWWIII
i. Spirituality transcends technology
j. Feminine aspects of God revered again
k. More open, frequent contact with aliens
l. "Green" revolution, return to the land
m. Scientific discoveries reaffirm Eastern religion
n. Great Genius unifies religion and science
o. Great Genius discovers the science of miracles
p. Astonishing feats of medicine
q. New philosophy of the Age of Aquarius

a. Timing

Earthquakes and volcanic eruptions are due to the activity caused by
the conjunction of the planets, which also affects the shift of this
planet. (I. p54) A shift will occur at the close of the century (I.
p52, I. p56). It will be abrupt as to be within a "six to ten-hour

b. The end of civilization

Civilization as you know it will cease to exist. (I. p53) Cities will
no longer exist as we know them. (I. p56)

c. Geography

Continents as you know them now will cease to exist or change
dramatically. (I. p52) All the central part of your continent as you
know it will be [spared]. Continents all over the earth will be
affected. The water mass as we know it now will cover a greater
percentage of the earth. Continents that are connected will be split,
divided by water that were not divided by water before. There will
not be any country that is not affected. A large portion of Asia will
be covered with water. Africa will have a channel cutting through it,
a new strait. (I. p56)

d. Preparations/Survival

Make humanity aware. Let people prepare themselves spiritually.
Intellectually become more aware of survival through climactic
changes. (I. p53) Problems of survival will be hardest in countries
turned into islands. (I. p69)

e. Old vs. Young Souls

I. p200

There is now a higher proportion of old souls in the world than there
has ever been before, because the old souls will be needed to help
the world survive. They can be found everywhere, permeated in the
oddest places. The old souls will be in communication with each other
and they are the ones that will help things hold together and

I. p261

Nostradamus states that his communication is intended to help us avoid
the worst-case scenarios of his visions that could be averted with
great determination and resolve. The time of troubles will be a very
trying time. The spirits on the earth at this time are there by
choice to work through major amounts of karma. Living in this
stressful period will be like concentrated karma, or the equivalent
of ten average human lifetimes.

The older and more advanced spirits volunteered. Some younger spirits
were simply feeling adventurous. Others are here not because they
wanted to in their hearts, but they had to or it would be the "end of
the line for them" as far as spiritual advancement. They're not fully
volunteers but just enforced volunteers, so to speak, because they
knew they had no other choice. Most of the people are understandably
unhappy, but some make the best of the situation and some don't.

f. The New Age of spiritual rebirth

The shift will usher the beginning of a new age. (I p53, I. p56) Even
though there will be physical deaths, there is no death of people's
consciousness, but a different awareness. Do not feel that people
would not know life. There will be those that will be left here to
make a new beginning for the earth. (I. p56)

I. p224

Whether the worst of the events prophecied come to pass, there will be
a great spiritual rebirth throughout the world. Individuals will have
the opportunities to "get in touch with themselves" and come to a
realization about the falsehoods of materialism. After communication
is restored after the time of troubles, people will come to this
realization together, and a great rebirth of philosophy that blends
the Eastern and Western religions will ensue.

It will be a worldwide movement upholding the Truth as everyone
perceives it, bringing about the best aspects of the Age of Aquarius.
Focusing on this "ray of hope" during the time of troubles could
alleviate the worst aspects of the suffering, the the materialism of
the majority of the population will regrettably make this unlikely.

g. Reawakening of freedoms an rights

I p 281 (cII-44)

The U.S. will suffer defeats fighting the Antichrist as well as an
internal political deterioration during the time of troubles. When
the time of troubles are over people will celebrate their victory and
freedom, and reawaken in the U.S. the spirit of liberty and rights
embodied by the Statue of Liberty, which were dead during the time of
the Antichrist's tyranny. The people will regain their rights and
the way of life improve from the dark times.

h. Peace after WWWIII

I p 281 (cVI-24)

An American president with a strong Cancer influence will push for
war and cause events to fall in place for it. But after WWWIII the
populace will be repulsed by war and elect a new president. He will
want peace and work for it, and peace will reign for some time

i. Spirituality transcends technology

I p 283 (cIV-29)

This quatrain refers to the grand design that is emanating from the
"center of the wheel" during the time of troubles and the healing
period afterwards. The sun and Mercury/Hermes are symbols of "the
higher aspects". The sun in this quatrain represents the overall
power of the universe from which everything originates. Mercury
represents the materialistic aspects of technology. Hermes, in
relation with Mercury, symbolizes modern communications technology.
Vulcan, i.e. one who works with fire, represents warfare.

The "hidden sun" represents the fact that the societies of the world
have gotten out of touch with their spiritual source. They are
ignorant of their origin and the "meaning of life" and they search
for fulfillment and happiness in other areas, and do not succeed.
They think it's found in modern technology, hence the "sun being
eclipsed by Mercury". It's held only second because what people
really hold first is personal pleasure and happiness. And in trying
to find happiness in technology they separate themselves from the
central source of the universe.

By the end of WWWIII and the time of troubles, and the healing process
begins, people will be reunited with the source. The horrors of war
and bloodshed--the powers of Vulcan--will cause them to realize that
technology does not contain the answers to happiness. They will gain
a new insight into "from whence they sprang and where they are
going". The time of healing will usher a more spiritually mature age,
and people will be able to heal themselves and the world, and go far
in preparing to join the community fo the Watchers.

The central hub of the "wheel" represents the source of everything and
radiating spokes symbolize channels of power. The space between the
spokes contains different scenes in the background, representing the
various influence the "aspects" have on historical developments as a
result of the intensity of the associated energies.

j. Feminine aspects of God revered again

I p284 (cII-87)

The feminine aspects of God have been ignored, neglected and reviled.
After the demise of the Antichrist the pendulum will swing back into
balance. In early ages and in ancient societies the female aspect of
God was worshipped and revered. The masculine aspect was also
respected but was subordinate. During the patriarchal era, which
extends into the present, the female aspect was suppressed and
repressed. Society will come to terms with the divinity of both
masculine and feminine aspects. This realization will help foster a
more balanced worldview.

k. More open, frequent contact with aliens

I p286 (cI-29)

After the time of troubles there will be much closer and open contact
with aliens and UFOs. One alien race will be heading for an undersea,
seafloor base they have established but the craft will malfunction
and be cast up on the shore. The people will perceive them as the
enemy out of terror. Some of the "Others" are enemies, and some are
not. There is more than one group of "Watchers". Some mean well for
mankind and some have more selfish motives in mind.

l. "Green" revolution, return to the land

I p 286 (cII-19)

People will turn to peace after the horrors of the Antichrist. A
"green" revolution with roots in the social revolution of the early
1970s will ensue. People will live in extended families beyond the
nuclear families of the modern era. Larger families and groups of
people are needed to build and support new communities. The new
communities will be very earth- and ecology-conscious. They will help
heal the earth of the horrible degradations of weaponry from WWWIII.

They will reclaim and cultivate wasted, misused, or unusable land for
farmland. Since the will for peace is all-encompassing, building
defenses will not be necessary. In direct reversal of the 20th
century trend, cities will be torn down to expose soil to sunlight
and make room for farming. So many will have died during WWWIII that
plenty of land will be available to the low-density population.
People will be inherently pacific and reclaim land beneath concrete
instead of fighting over land.

m. New political alliances

I p302 (cII-22)

After the calamitous events of the late 20th century, the present
alliances among the countries, particularly western nations, will
dissolve and new alignments will form. During the interim period the
people involved with the peace-keeping system beneath the existing
alliance will be "at loose ends". A secret naval or intelligence
base, will be constructed on the American continental shelf
underneath the ocean for secrecy. Heads of staff will meet there to
decide what action to take in regard to the new alliance. NATO will
not be known by this name but will live on in a similar organization
that stemmed from it. This will be dissolved due to the stress
countries underwent duing the time of troubles.

n. Scientific discoveries reaffirm Eastern religion

I p302 (cII-22)

Military scientists--not those researching weapons, but doing
research-- will discover a new force other than the basic ones of
electricity, magnetism, gravity, etc. shortly after the time of
troubles. This new force will give supporting evidence for Eastern
religious views. The countries in this part of the world,
particularly India, will "turn inward" to contemplate the discovery
and rise in greater glory than through outward communication with
other nations. It is not so much a discovery but a realization.

The evidence for the force has been in front of us bu the facts have
been misinterpreted and misassociated with other phenomena, such as
"statistical aberration". The force will relate to mystical phenomena
such as teleportation.

o. Great Genius unifies religion and science

I p 295 (cVII-14)

The Great Genius will help unify science and religion and bring about
the enlightenment and peace of the Age of Aquarius foretold by
prophets. People will be able to free their inner selves and open
themselves up to the higher powers and the higher levels of the
universe. In effect it will make everyone a philosopher. Sects and
religions that embrace the newly discoverd principles will be
widespread as adherents meet and share experiences in exploring the
"upper regions".

p. Great Genius discovers the science of miracles

I p 296 (cIII-2)

The great genius will realize the magic of alchemy through his
discoveries and inventions. The new philosophy engendered by his
discoveries will encourage the development of mental powers and
anything will seem possible in the climate of a greater unity of
mind, soul, body, and emotions. People will be able to manipulate the
basic forces of the universe in a wa that will seem utterly fantastic
to those not involved with the occult. People presently involved in
occult and psychic realms currently deal with these forces without
understanding, but in the future understanding will be present,
sharpening the efficacy of the art.

q. Astonishing feats of medicine

I p 301 (cII-13)

Future medicine will reach astonishing sophistication by today's
standards and will eventually be able to renew a body or "breath back
the spirit" into, i.e. reanimate, the body. A breakthrough in
science will have a profound effect and man will finally "touch God",
so to speak. The spiritual core of the universe that animates
everything through lifeforce will be discovered, the central source
of this the divine spirit. It will seem like a profound rebirth of

r. New philosophy of the Age of Aquarius

I p 302 (cI-69)

A new philosophy will emerge in the New Age, more compatible with the
reality of the higher planes and life on earth. The philosophy will
have seven basic tenets that appear simple on the surface but are
actually very deep. After a period of peace the people of earth will
become lax and uncaring of the higher aspects of spirituality because
they "have it easy". A war and famine and other hardships will turn
minds toward higher realizations as people think there must be
something more to their existence. It will absolve existing
contradictions in philosophies that perplex people, and will overturn
older, established religions. It will have sociological effects and
will affect the laws of countries. The philosophy has its roots in
the Age of Aquarius.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 05:43 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Archive-name: nostradamus/part8
Version: 1.0
Last-modifed: 94/08/13

NO RIGHTS RESERVED. Any part of this FAQ may be copied in whole or
in part under no restrictions.

(This FAQ on Nostradamus interpretations and related material is
available at ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/nanomius/home.html)

"Grab Bag" (part 8)

a. Past events
b. Coverups
c. Atlantis
d. Great Genius
e. Far Future

This is a collection of quatrains in the trilogy that don't fit
elsewhere in the FAQ. They are included here as examples and hints of
the material that Nostradamus covered and the extent of his visions.
Consult D.Cannon's books for the information.

a. Past events

These are quatrains that refer to past events. I am including them
here to give the reader a way to judge Nostradamus' credibility in
prophesying. D. Cannon has hundreds of other unpublished
interpretations on the past history that would enhance his reputation
even more, but these are just the ones in her trilogy. Note that
Nostradamus dealt especially with calamitous world events like WWI
and WII, and areas of personal interest, e.g. the French Revolution
or advances in science and medicine.

Discovery of microorganisms by Pasteur. I p130 (cI-25)
WWI and WII, atomic bombing I p132 (cIII-75)
radiation from atomic bombing I p132 (cV-8)
Hitler's fall and suicide, backlash against Nazism I p 133 (cIII-36)
Japanese and German imperialism in WWII, atomic bomb I p 134 (cIV-95)
Nixon's diplomacy with China I p 135 (cII-89)
Cold war and the Cuban Missile Crisis I p 137 (cV-78)
Microchips, electronics/communication revolution I p 140 (cIII-13)
Challenger shuttle disaster, NASA politics I p 141 (cVI-34)
Misuse of Presidential office in Watergate I p 184 (cVII-41)
Abuse of power by unsavory fundamentalist leaders I p 150 (cII-27)
Rise of AIDS I p 157 (cII-53)

b. Coverups

These are some quatrains that refer to current or past situations but
are not part of recorded history due to the coverups. If evidence of
these came to light it would certainly be outstanding evidence of
Nostradamus' capabilities for seeing the truth or at least the
significance of the D.Cannon books.

-- Secret Russian voyage to Venus I p138 (cIV-28)

The Russians sent a manned mission to Venus as a way of competing with
the American mission to the Moon. The astronauts died.

-- Secret Viet Nam involvement and POW's I p137 (cII-89)

The U.S. is covertly involved in manipulating Viet Nam political
structure and actual American prisoners are being held, not
necessarily from the war, but from the secret involvement.

c. Incidents

These are miscellaneous events predicted for our times.

-- Discovery of alien meteorite/ore I p.160 (cI-21)

Somewhere in western North America a meteorite will be found by miners
looking for ore. They think it might be radioactive but it is a
useful new element on the periodical table.

-- Tomb of ancient influential Roman philosopher discovered I p 197

The tomb of an ancient Roman figure will be discovered. The man is
famous for his philosophy and theories about everything, and his
discourses and writings on the nature of things, which are still in
existence, and have had a profound effect on Western thought.

d. Atlantis

I p304: Atlantean civilization existed and the people could work
stone with energies the way modern man uses concrete or metal.
Physical evidence of Atlantis is spread around the world, one site of
the civilization was in the Atlantic on a now-submerged island. The
civilization was destroyed when the earth plunged through an asteriod
field, either through accident or the deliberate intent of aliens who
felt "threatened" by advancing civilization.

e. "Great Genius"

- The Genius will come the second generation after the Antichrist
when people of child-bearing age today have grandchildren, in the
mid-21st century. (I p 300)

- Great Genius builds space stations and successful artificial
intelligence machine, transferring his consciousness to it.
Intelligent machines used to manage space stations. Occurs in 21st or
22nd centuries. I p289 (cIV-32)

- During the time of the Great Genius L-5 space stations will be
developed for manufacturing materials in space. Scientific base
possibly established on Mars, scientific and communications facility
established on the moon. The station will be built negligently. New
ways of collecting and distributing solar energy will be devised. I p
300 (cIX-65)

- The Great Genius will unify religion and science and explain
ancient documents, making clear the metaphysical connections between
the universe and spirituality. I p 293 (cVII-14)

- Discovery several centuries after the Great Genius intermeshes
grandly with his knowledge and allows people to burst free
from all physical bounds and limitations. I p 297 (cIII-94)

f. Far Future

I p 307 (cIV-25)

Mankind will begin to focus on developing himself spiritually. The
knowledge for the task has been in front of him but has not been
noticed or understood. When he begins to realize what is possible it
will astound him.

In the far future interstellar space travel will take place by mind
emanations and psi power, rather than mechanical means. I p 307

I p 308 (cI-17)

Long after the time of the Antichrist and the time of troubles a
"forty-cycle" drought will come about. People will survive only by
extracting water by melting ice at the poles and distilling it from
sea water. Later, the climate will become very wet and copious
flooding will occur. This is a natural cycle of the earth, and it
causes civilizations to perish during ice ages. "forty cycles" is
something like four thousand years. Man will cause the problems
because some aspect of his technology will be endangering the
delicate balance of the ecosystem enough to eventually trigger an ice

I p 311 (cX-74)

The "end of the world" will arrive after the seventh cycle which we
are currently living in. After this cycle is complete, man's
accomplishments on Earth will generally be complete, and even though
the Earth will exist for some time forward, the wheel of karma will
no longer send man to earth but to other locations.

Human civilization will have fallen down and been rebuilt several
times. Some of the old traditions of e.g. bloody, violent gladatorial
games will be passed down through the times into the far future.

I p 312 (cI-48)

If man can avert the wars, a extensive and peaceful space expansion
and exploration can take place, with times of growth and prosperity
for humanity. A base will be established on the moon, a major center
of communications and scientific research. The base's major purpose
is to develop freestanding or self-sufficient space stations in
various shapes. All have solar sails that provide energy. This will
last for up to 7000 years.

The sun in our solar system will eventually explode in one last burst
of energy and then die down to nothing. This will totally incinerate
the planet, although the earth will have long since been dead.

Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 06:01 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

Century I

Quatrain 1,1

Estant assis de nuict secret estude
Seul repos&#130; sur la selle d'aerain;
Flambe exigu&#137; sortant de solitude
Fait prosperer qui n'est &#133; croire vain.

Sitting alone at night in secret study;
it is placed on the brass tripod.
A slight flame comes out of the emptiness and
makes successful that which should not be beleived in vain.

Quatrain 1,2

La verge en main mise au milieu de BRANCHES
De l'onde il moulle & le limbe & le pied:
Un peur & voix fremissant par les manches:
Splendeur divine. Le divin pres s'assied.

The wand in the hand is placed in the middle of the tripod's legs.
With water he sprinkles both the hem of his garment and his foot.
A voice, fear: he trembles in his robes.
Divine splendour; the god sits nearby.

Quatrain 1,3

Quand la licture du tourbillon versee,
Et seront faces de leurs manteaux convers:
La republique par gens nouveaux vex&#130;e,
Lors blancs & rouges jugeront &#133; l'envers

When the litters are overturned by the whirlwind
and faces are covered by cloaks,
the new republic will be troubled by its people.
At this time the reds and the whites will rule wrongly.

Quatrain 1,4

Par l'univers sera faict un monarque,
Qu'en paix & vie ne sera longuement,
Lors se perdra la piscature barque,
Sera regie en plus grand detriment.

In the world there will be made a king
who will have little peace and a short life.
At this time the ship of the Papacy will be lost,
governed to its greatest detriment.

Quatrain 1,5

Chass&#130;s seront pour faire long combat,
Par le pays seront plus fort grev&#130;s:
Bourg & Cit&#130; auront plus grand debat,
Carcas Narbonne auront coeur esprouv&#130;z.

They will be driven away for a long drawn out fight.
The countryside will be most grievously troubled.
Town and country will have greater struggle.
Carcassonne and Narbonne will have their hearts tried.

Quatrain 1,6

L'oeil de Ravenne sera destitu&#130;,
Quand &#133; ses pieds les ailles failliront:
Les deux de Bress auront constitu&#130;,
Turin Derseil que Gaulois fouleront.

The eye of Ravenna will be forsaken,
when his wings will fail at his feet.
The two of Bresse will have made a constition
for Turin and Vercelli, which the French will trample underfoot

Quatrain 1,7

Tard arriv&#130; l'execution faicte,
Le vent contraire lettres aux chemin prinses:
Les conjurez xiiii d'une secte:
Par le Rousseau semez les entreprinses.

Arrived too late, the act has been done.
The wind was against them, letters intercepted on their way.
The conspirators were fourteen of a party.
By Rousseau shall these enterprises be undertaken.

Quatrain 1,8

Combien de fois prinse cit&#130; solaire.
Seras changeant les loix barbares & vaines:
Ton mal s'approche. Plus sera tributaire,
La grand Hadrie recourira des veines.

How often will you be captured, O city of the sun ?
Changing laws that are barbaric and vain.
Bad times approach you. No longer will you be enslaved.
Great Hadrie will revive your veins.

Quatrain 1,9

De l'Orient viendra la coeur Punique
Facher Hadrie & les hoirs Romulides
Accompagn&#130; de la classe Libyque
Temples Mellites & proches isles vuides.

>From the Orient will come the African heart
to trouble Hadrie and the heirs of Romulus.
Accompanied by the Libyan fleet
the temples of Malta and nearby islands shall be deserted.

Quatrain 1,10

Serpens transmis dans la caige de fer,
Ou les enfans septaines du Roy sont pris:
Les vieux & peres sortiront bas de l'enfer,
Ains mourir voir de fruict mort & cris.

A coffin is put into the vault of iron,
where seven children of the king are held.
The ancestors and forebears will come forth from the depths of hell,
lamenting to see thus dead the fruit of their line.

Quatrain 1,11

Le mouvement de sens, coeur, pieds & mains,
Seront d'accord Naples, Lyon, Sicille:
Glaves, feux, eaux puis aux nobles Romains
Plongez tuez mors par cerveau debile.

The motion of senses, heart, feet and hands
will be in agreement between Naples, Lyon and Sicily.
Swords fire, floods, then the noble Romans drowned,
killed or dead because of a weak brain.

Quatrain 1,12

Dans peu dira faulce brute fragile,
De bas en haut eslue promptement:
Puis un instant desloyale & labile,
Qui de Veronne aura gouvernement.

There will soon be talk of a treacherous man, who rules a short time,
quickly raised from low to high estate.
He will suddenly turn disloyal and volatile.
This man will govern Verona.

Quatrain 1,13

Les exilez pare ire, haine intestine,
Feront au Roy grand conjuration:
Secret mettront ennemis par la mine,
Et ses vieux siens contre aux sedition.

Through anger and internal hatreds, the exiles
will hatch a great plot against the king.
Secretly they will place enemies as a threat,
and his own old (adherents) will find sedition against them.

Quatrain 1,14

De gent esclave chansons, chant & requestes,
Captifs par Princes & Seigneur aux prisons:
A l'avenir par idiots sans testes,
Seront re&#135;us par divines oraisons.

>From the enslaved populace, songs, chants and demands,
while Princes and Lords are held captive in prisons.
These will in the future by headless idiots
be received as divine prayers

Quatrain 1,15

Mars nous menace par la force bellique,
Septante fois fera le sang espandre:
Auge & ruine de l'Ecclesiastique,
Et plus ceux qui d'eux rien voudront entendre.

Mars threatens us with the force of war
and will cause blood to be spilt seventy times.
The clergy will be both exalted and reviled moreover,
by those who wish to learn nothing of them.

Quatrain 1,16

Faulx &#133; l'estang joint vers le Sagitaire,
En son hault AUGE de l'exaltation,
Peste, famine, mort de main militaire,
La siecle approche renouvation.

A scythe joined with a pond in Sagittarius
at its highest ascendant.
Plague, famine, death from military hands;
the century approaches its renewal.

Quatrain 1,17

Par quarante ans l'Iris n'apparoistra,
Par quarante ans tous les jours sera veu:
La terre aride en siccit&#130; croistra,
Et grans deluges quand sera aperceu.

For forty years the rainbow will not be seen.
For forty years it will be seen every day.
The dry earth will grow more parched,
and there will be great floods when it is seen.

Quatrain 1,18

Par la discorde negligence Gauloise,
Sera passaige &#133; Mahommet ouvertL
De sang tremp&#130; la terre & mer Senoise,
Le port phocen de voiles & nefs couvert.

Because of French discord and negligence
an opening shall be given to the Mohammedans.
The land and sea of Siena will be soaked in blood,
and the port of Marseilles covered with ships and sails.

Quatrain 1,19

Lors que serpens viendront circuir l'are,
Le sang Troyen vex&#130; par les Espaignes:
Par eux grand nombre en sera faicte tare.
Chef fruict, cach&#130; aux mares dans les saignes.

When the snakes surround the altar,
and the Trojan blood is troublerd by the Spanish.
Because of them, a great number will be lessened.
The leader flees, hidden in the swampy marshes.

Quatrain 1,20

Tours, Orleans, Blois, Angiers, Reims, & Nantes,
Cit&#130;s vex&#130;es par subit changement:
Par langues estranges seront tendues tentes,
Fleuves, dards Rones, terre & mer tremblement.

The cities of Tours, Orleans, Blois, Angers, Reims and Nantes
are troubled by sudden change.
Tents will be pitched by (people) of foreign tongues;
rivers, darts at Rennes, shaking of land and sea.

Quatrain 1,21

Profonde argille blanche nourrit rochier,
Qui d'un abisme istra lactineuse:
En vain troublez ne l'oseront toucher,
Ignorans estre au fond terre argilleuse.

The rock holds in its depths white clay
which will come out milk-white from a cleft
Needlessly troubled people will not dare touch it,
unaware that the foundation of the earth is of clay.

Quatrain 1,22

Ce que vivra & n'ayant ancien sens,
Viendra leser &#133; mort son artifice:
Austun, Chalan, Langres & les deux Sens,
La gresle & glace fera grand malefice.

A thing existing without any senses
will cause its own end to happen through artifice.
At Autun, Chalan, Langres and the two Sens
there will be great damage from hail and ice.

Quatrain 1,23

Au mois troisiesme se levant le soleil
Sanglier, Liepard au champ Mars pour combattre:
Liepard laiss&#130;, au ciel extend son oeil,
Un aigle autour de Soleil voit s'esbattre.

In the third month, at sunrise,
the Boar and the Leopard meet on the battlefield.
The fatigued Leopard looks up to heaven
and sees an eagle playing around the sun.

Quatrain 1,24

A cit&#130; neufue pensif pour condemner,
L'oisel de proye au ciel se vient offrir:
Apres victoire &#133; captifs pardonner,
Cremone & Mantoue grands maux aura souffert

At the New City he is thoughtfil to condemn;
the bird of prey offers himself to the gods.
After victory he pardons his captives.
At Cremona and Mantua great hardships will be suffered.

Quatrain 1,25

Perdu trouv&#130;, cach&#130; de si long siecle,
Sera Pasteur demi Dieu honor&#130;:
Ains que la lune acheve son grand siecle,
Par autres vents sera deshonor&#130;.

The lost thing is discovered, hidden for many centuries.
Pasteur will be celebrated almost as a god-like figure.
This is when the moon completes her great cycle,
but by other rumours he shall be dishonoured.

Quatrain 1,26

Le grand du fouldre tumbe d'heure diurne,
Mal & predict par porteur postulaire:
Suivant presage tumbe d'heure nocturne,
Conflict Reims, Londres, Etrusque pestifere.

The great man will be struck down in the day by a thunderbolt.
An evil deed, foretold by the beare of a petition.
According to the prediction another falls at night time.
Conflict at Reims, London, and pestilence in Tuscany.

Quatrain 1,27

Dessouz de chaine Guien du ciel frapp&#130;,
Non loing de l&#133; est cach&#130; le tresor:
Qui par longs siecles avoit est&#130; grapp&#130;,
Trouve mourra, l'oeil crev&#130; de ressort:

Beneath the oak tree of Gienne, struck by lightning,
the treasure is hidden not far from there.
That which for many centuries had been gathered,
when found, a man will die, his eye pierced by a spring.

Quatrain 1,28

La tour de Boucq craindra fuste barbare
Un temps, long temps apres barque hesperique:
Bestail, gens, meubles tous deux feront grand tare
Taurus & Libra quelle mortelle picque?

Tobruk will fear the barbarian fleet for a time,
then much later the Western fleet.
Cattle, people, possessions, all will be quite lost.
What a deadly combat in Taurus and Libra.

Quatrain 1,29

Quand la poisson terrestre & aquatique,
Par forte vague au gravier sera mis:
Sa forme estrange sauve & horrifique,
Par mer aux mure bien tost les ennemis.

When the fish that travels over both land and sea
is cast up on to the shore by a great wave,
its shape foreign, smooth and frightful.
>From the sea the enemies soon reach the walls.

Quatrain 1,30

La nef estrange par le tourment marin,
Abourdera pres de port incogneu:
Nonobstant signes de rameau palmerin,
Apres mort pille bon avis tard venu.

Because of the storm at sea the foreign ship
will approach an unknown port.
Notwithstanding the signs of the palm branches,
afterwards there is death and pillage. Good advice comes too late.

Quatrain 1,31

Tant d'ans les guerres en Gaule dureront
Outre la course du Castalon monoarque:
Victoire incerte trois grands couronneront,
Aigle, coq, lune, lion, soleil en marque.

The wars in France will last for so many years
beyond the reign of the Castulon kings.
An uncertain victory will crown three great ones,
the Eagle, the Cock, the Moon, the Lion, the Sun in its house.

Quatrain 1,32

Le grand empire sera tost translat&#130;,
En lieu petit, qui bien tost viendra croistre:
Lieu bien infine d'exigue cont&#130;,
Ou au milieu viendra poser son sceptre.

The great Empire will soon be exchanged
for a small place, which soon will begin to grow.
A small place of tiny area
in the middle of which he will come to lay down his sceptre.

Quatrain 1,33

Pres d'un grand pont de plaine spatieuse,
Le grand lion par forces Cesarees:
Fera abbattre hors cit&#130; rigoreuse,
Par effrai portes lui seront reser&#130;es.

Near a great bridge near a spacious plain
the great lion with the Imperial forces
will cause a falling outside the austere city.
Through fear the gates will be unlocked for him.

Quatrain 1,34

L'oiseau de proie volant &#133; la semestre,
Avant conflict faict aux Fran&#135;ois pareure:
L'un bon prendra l'un ambigue sinistre,
La partie foible tiendra par bon augure.

The bird of prey flying to the left,
before battle is joined with the French, he makes preparations.
Some will regard him as good, others bad or uncertain.
The weaker party will regard him as a good omen.

Quatrain 1,35

Le lion jeune le vieux surmontera,
En champ bellique par singulier duelle:
Dans caige d'or les yeux lui crevera,
Deux classes une, puis mourir, mort cruelle.

The young lion will overcome the older one,
in a field of combat in single fight:
He will pierce his eyes in their golden cage;
two wounds in one, then he dies a cruel death.

Quatrain 1,36

Tard la monarque se viendra repentir
De n'avoir mis &#133; mort son adversaire:
Mais viendra bien &#133; plus hault consentir,
Que tout son song par mort fera deffaire.

Too late the king will repent
that he did not put his adversary to death.
But he will soon come to agree to far greater things
which will cause all his line to die.

Quatrain 1,37

Un peu devant que le soleil s'excuse,
Conflict donn&#130; grand peuple dubiteux:
Profliges, port marin ne faict response,
Pont & sepulchre en deux estranges lieux.

Shortly before sun set, battle is engaged.
A great nation is uncertain.
Overcome, the sea port makes no answer,
the bridge and the grave both in foreign places.

Quatrain 1,38

Le sol & l'aigle an victuer paroistront
Response vaine au vaincu l'on asseure:
Par cor ne cris harnois n'arresteront,
Vindicte paix par mors si acheve &#133; l'heure.

The Sun and the Eagle will appear to the victor.
An empty answer assured to the defeated.
Neither bugle nor shouts will stop the soldiers.
Liberty and peace, if achieved in time through death.

Quatrain 1,39

De nuict dans lict le suspresme estrangle,
Par trop avoir sejourn&#130;, blond esleu:
Par trois l'empire subrog&#130; exanche,
A mort mettra carte, et pacquet ne leu.

At night the last one will be strangled in his bed
because he became too involved with the blond heir elect.
The Empire is enslaved and three men substituted.
He is put to death with neither letter nor packet read.

Quatrain 1,40

La trombe fausse dissimulant folie,
Fera Bisance un changement de loix:
Istra d'Egypte qui veut que l'on deslie,
Edict changeant monnaies & alois.

The false trumpet concealing maddness
will cause Byzantium to change its laws.
>From Egypt there will go forth a man who wants
the edict withdrawn, changing money and standards.

Quatrain 1,41

Seige en cit&#130; est de nuict assaillie,
Peu eschap&#130;s non loin de mer conflict:
Femme de joie, retours fils defaillie,
Poison & lettres cachees dans le plic.

The city is beseiged and assaulted by night;
few have escaped; a battle not far from the sea.
A woman faints with joy at the return of her son,
poison in the folds of the hidden letters.

Quatrain 1,42

Le dix Kalende d'Avril de faict Gothique,
Resuscit&#130; encor par gens malins:
Le feu estainct assembl&#130; diabolique,
Cherchant les os du d'Amant & Pselin.

The tenth day of the April Calends, calculated in Gothic fashion
is revived again by wicked people.
The fire is put out and the diabolic gathering
seek the bones of the demon of Psellus.

Quatrain 1,43

Avant qu'advienne le changement d'Empire
Il adviendra un cas bien merveilleux:
Un champ mu&#130;, le pillier de paphire
Mis translat&#130; sur le rocher noilleux.

Before the Empire changes
a very wonderful event will take place.
The field moved, the pillar of porphyry
put in place, changed on the gnarled rock.

Quatrain 1,44

En bref seront de retour sacrifices,
Contrevenans seront mis &#133; martyre:
Plus ne seront maines, abbez, ne novices,
Le miel sera beaucoup plus cher que cire.

In a short time sacrifices will be resumed,
those opposed will be put (to death) like martyrs.
The will no longer be monks, abbots or novices.
Honey shall be far more expensive than wax.

Quatrain 1,45

Secteur de sectes grand peine au delateur,
Beste en theatre, dresse le jeu scenique,
De faict antique ennobly l'inventeur,
Par sectes monde confus & schismatique.

A founder of sects, much trouble for the accuser:
A beast in the theatre prepares the scene and plot.
The author ennobled by acts of older times;
the world is confused by schismatic sects.

Quatrain 1,46

Tout aupres d'Aux, de Lestoure & Mirande,
Grand feu du ciel en trois nuicts tumbera:
Cause adviendra bien stupende & mirande,
Bien peu aupres la terre tremblera.

Very near Auch, Lectoure and Mirande
a great fire will fall from the sky for three nights.
The cause will appear both stupefying and marvellous;
shortly afterwards there will be an earthquake.

Quatrain 1,47

Du lac Leman les sermons fascheront,
Les Jours seront reduicts par les sepmaines:
Puis mois, puis ans, puis tous defailliront,
Les magistrats damneront leurs loix vaines.

The speeches of Lake Leman will become angered,
the days will drag out into weeks,
then months, then years, then all will fail.
The authorities will condemn their useless powers.

Quatrain 1,48

Vingt ans du regne de la lune passez,
Sept mil and autre tiendra sa monarchie:
Quand le soleil prendra ses jours lassez,
Lors accomplit & mine ma prophetie.

When twenty years of the Moon's reign have passed
another will take up his reign for seven thousend years.
When the exhausted Sun takes up his cycle
then my prophecy and threats will be accomplished.

Quatrain 1,49

Beaucoup avant telles menees,
Ceux d'orient par la vertu lunaire:
L'an mil sept cens feront grands emmenees,
Subjugant presque le coing Aquilonaire.

Long before these happenings
the people of the East, influenced by the Moon,
in the year 1700 will cause many to be carried away,
and will almost subdue the Northern area.

Quatrain 1,50

De l'aquatique triplicit&#130; naistra.
D'un qui fera le jeudi pour sa feste:
Son bruit, loz, regne, sa puissance croistra,
Par terre & mer aux Oriens tempeste.

>From the three water signs will be born a man
who will celbrate Thursday as his holiday.
His renown, praise, rule and power will grow
on land and sea, bringing trouble to the East.

Quatrain 1,51

Chef d'Aries, Jupiter & Saturne,
Dieu eternel quelles mutations?
Puis par long siecle son maling temps retourne
Gaule, & Italie quelles emotions?

The head of Aries, Jupiter and Saturn.
Eternal God, what changes !
Then the bad times will return again after a long century;
what turmoil in France and Italy.

Quatrain 1,52

Les deux malins de Scorpion conjoinct,
Le grand seigneur meutri dedans sa salle:
Pesta &#133; l'Eglise par le nouveau roy joinct
L'Europe basse & Septentrionale.

Two evil influences in conjunction in Scopio.
The great lord is murdered in his room.
A newly appointed king persecutes the Church,
the lower (parts of) Europe and in the North.

Quatrain 1,53

Las qu'on verra grand peuple tourment&#130;,
Et la loi saincte en totale ruine:
Par autres loix toute la Cristient&#130;,
Quand d'or, d'argent trouve nouvelle mine.

Alas, how we will see a great nation sorely troubled
and the holy law in utter ruin.
Christianity (governed) throughout by other laws,
when a new source of gold and silver is discovered.

Quatrain 1,54

Deux revolts faicte de maling falcigere,
De regne & siecles faict permutation:
Le mobil signe &#133; son endroit si ingere,
Aux deux egaux & d'inclination.

Two revolutions will be caused by the evil scythe bearer
making a change of reign and centuries.
The mobile sign thus moves into its house:
Equal in favour to both sides.

Quatrain 1,55

Soubs l'opposite climat Babylonique,
Grand sera de sang effusion:
Que terre & mer, air, ciel sera inique,
Sectes, faim, regnes, pestes, confusion.

I the land with a climate opposite to Babylon
there will be great shedding of blood.
Heaven will seem unjust both on land and sea and in the air.
Sects, famine, kingdoms, plagues, confusion.

Quatrain 1,56

Vous verres tost & tard taire grand change,
Horreurs extremes, & vindications:
Que si la lune conduicte par son ange,
Le ciel s'approche des inclinations.

Sooner and later you will see great changes made,
dreadful horrors and vengeances.
For as the moon is thus led by its angel
the heaves draw near to the Balance.

Quatrain 1,57

Par grand discord la trombe tremblera
Accord rompu dressant la teste au ciel:
Bouche sanglante dans le sang nagere,
Au sol la face ointe de laict & miel.

The trumpet shakes with great discord.
An agreement broken: lifting the face to heaven:
the bloody mouth will swim with blood;
the face anointed with milk and honey lies on the ground.

Quatrain 1,58

Tranche le ventre, naistra avec deux testes,
Et quatre bras: quelques ans entiers vivra:
Jour qui Alquiloie celebrera ses festes,
Fossen, Turin, chef Ferrare suivra.

Through a slit in the belly a creature will be born with two heads
and four arms: it will survive for some few years.
The day that Alquiloie celebrates his festivals
Fossana, Turin and the ruler of Ferrara will follow.

Quatrain 1,59

Les exilez deportez dans les isles,
Au changement d'un plus cruel monarque
Seront meurtris: & mis deux les scintiles,
Qui de parler ne seront estez parques.

The exiles deported to the islands
at the advent of an even more cruel king
will be murdered. Two will be burnt
who were not sparing in their speech.

Quatrain 1,60

Un Empereur naistra pres d'Italie
Qui a l'Empire sera vendu bien cher:
Diront avec quels gens il se ralie,
Qu'on trouvera moins prince que boucher.

An Emperor will be born near Italy,
who will cost the Empire very dearly.
They will say, when they see his allies,
that he is less a prince than a butcher.

Quatrain 1,61

La republique miserable infelice
Sera vastee de nouveau magistrat:
Leur grand amus de l'exile malefice,
Fera Sueve ravir leur grand contracts.

The wretched, unfortunate republic
will again be ruined by a new authority.
The great amount of ill will accumulated in exile
will make the Swiss break their important agreement.

Quatrain 1,62

Le grande parte las que feront les lettres,
Avant le cycle de Latona parfaict:
Feu grand deluge plus par ignares sceptres,
Que de long siecle ne se verra refaict.

Alas! what a great loss there will be to learning
before the cycle of the Moon is completed.
Fire, great floods, by more ignorant rulers;
how long the centuries until it is seen to be restored.

Quatrain 1,63

Les fleurs pass&#130;s diminue le monde,
Long temps la paix terres inhabit&#130;es:
Seur marchera par ciel, serre, mer & onde:
Puis de nouveau les guerres suscit&#130;es.

Pestilences extinguished, the world becomes smaller,
for a long time the lands will be inhabited peacefully.
People will travel safely through the sky (over) land and seas:
then wars will start up again.

Quatrain 1,64

De nuict soleil penseront avoir veu,
Quand le pourceau demi-homme on verra:
Bruict, chant, bataille, au ciel battre aperceu:
Es bestes brutes &#133; parler lon orra.

At night they will whink they have seen the sun,
when the see the half pig man:
Noise, screams, battles seen fought in the skies.
The brute beasts will be heard to speak.

Quatrain 1,65

Enfant sans mains jamais veu si grand faudre,
L'enfant royal au feu d'oesteuf bless&#130;:
Au pui brises fulgures allant mouldre,
Trois souz les chaines par le milieu trouss&#130;s

A child without hands, never so great a thunderbolt seen,
the royal child wounded at a game of tennis.
At the well lightning strikes, joining together
three trussed up in the middle under the oaks.

Quatrain 1,66

Celui qui lors portera les nouvelles,
Apres un peu il viendra respirer
Viviers, Tournon, Montferrand & Pradelles,
Gresle & tempestes les fera soupirer.

He who then carries the news,
after a short while will (stop) to breath:
Viviers, Tournon, Montferrand and Praddelles;
hail and storms will make them grieve.

Quatrain 1,67

La grande famine que je sens approcher,
Souvent tourner, puis estre universelle:
Si grand & long qu'un viendra arracher,
Du bois racine & l'enfant de mamelle

The great famine which I sense approaching
will often turn (in various areas) then become world wide.
It will be so vast and long lasting that (they) will grab
roots from the trees and children from the breast.

Quatrain 1,68

O quel horrible & malheureux tourment,
Trois innocens qu'on viendra &#133; livrer:
Poison suspecte, mal garde tradiment,
Mis en horreur par bourreaux envirez.

O to what a dreadful and wretched torment
are three innocent people going to be delivered.
Poison sugested, badly guarded, betrayal.
Delivered up to horror by drunken executioners.

Quatrain 1,69

La grand montaigne ronde de sept stades,
Apres paix, guerre, faim, innondation:
Roulera loin abismant grands contrades,
Mesmes antiques, & grand fondation.

The great mountain, seven stadia round,
after peace, war, famine, flooding.
It will spread far, drowning great countries,
even antiquities and their might foundations.

Quatrain 1,70

Plui, faim, guerre en Perse non cess&#130;e,
La foi trop grand trahira le monarque:
Par la finie Gaule commencee,
Secret augure pour &#133; un estre parque.

Rain, famine and war will not cease in Persia;
too great a faith will betray the monarch.
Those (actions) started in France will end there,
a secret sign for on to be sparing.

Quatrain 1,71

La tour marine trois fois prise & reprise,
Par Hespagnols, Barbares, Ligurins:
Marseilles & Aix, Arles par ceux de Pise,
Vast, feu, fer, pill&#130; Avignon des Thurins.

The marine tower will be captured and retaken three times
by Spaniards, barbarians and Ligurians.
Marseilles and Aix, Ales by men of Pisa,
devastation, fire, sword, pillage at Avignon by the Turinese.

Quatrain 1,72

De tout Marseille des habitants changee,
Course & poursuitte jusqu'au pres de Lyon,
Nalbon Tholoze par Bordeaux outragee,
Tuez captifs presque d'un million.

The inhabitants of Marseilles completely changed,
fleeing and pursued as far as Lyons.
Narbonne, Toulouse angered by Bordeaux;
the killed and captive are almost one million.

Quatrain 1,73

France &#133; cinq pars par neglect assaillie,
Tunis, Argel esmuez par Persiens:
Leon, Seville, Barcelonne faillie
N'aura la classe par les Venetiens.

France shall be accused of neglect by her five partners.
Tunis, Algiers stirred up by the Persians.
Leon, Seville and Barcelona having failed,
they will not have the fleet because of the Venetians.

Quatrain 1,74

Apres sejourn&#130; vogueront en Epire
Le grand secours viendra vers Antoche:
Le noir poil crespe tendra fort &#133; l'Empire
Barbe d'aerain se roustira en broche

After a rest they will travel to Epirus,
great help coming from around Antioch.
The curly haired king will strive greatly for the Empire,
the brazen beard will be roasted on a spit.

Quatrain 1,75

Le tyran Sienne accupera Savone,
Le fort gaign&#130; tiendra classe marine:
Les deux armees par la marque d'Ancomme,
Par effrayeur le chef s'en examine.

The tyrant of Siena will occupy Savona,
having won the fort he will restrain the marine fleet.
Two armies under the standard of Ancona:
the leader will examine them in fear.

Quatrain 1,76

D'un nom farouche tel profer&#130; sera,
Que les trois soeurs auront fato le nom:
Puis grand peuple par langue & faict dira
Plus que nul autre bruit & renom.

The man will be called by a barbaric name
that three sisters will receive from destiny.
He will speak then to a great people in words and deeds,
more than any other man will have fame and renown.

Quatrain 1,77

Entre deux mers dressera promontaire,
Que plus mourra par le mords du cheval:
Le sien Neptune pliera voille noire,
Par Calpre & classe aupres de Rocheval.

A promontory stands between two seas:
A man who will die later by the bit of a horse;
Neptune unfurls a black sail for his man;
the fleet near Gibraltar and Rocheval.

Quatrain 1,78

D'un chef naistra sens hebet&#130;
Degenerant par savoir & par armes:
Le chef de France par sa soeur redout&#130;,
Champs divisez, concedez aux gendarmes.

To an old leader will be born an idiot heir,
weak both in knowledge and in war.
The leader of France is feared by his sister,
battlefields divided, conceded to the soldiers.

Quatrain 1,79

Bazaz, Lestore, Condon, Ausch, Agine,
Esmens par loix querelle & menopole:
Car Bourd, Toulouze Bay mettra en ruine.
Renouveller voulant leur tauropole.

Bazas, Lectoure, Condom, Auch and Agen
are troubled by laws, disputes and monopolies.
Carcassone, Bordeaux, Toulouse and Bayonne will be ruined
when they wish to renew the massacre.

Quatrain 1,80

De la sixieme clair splendeur celeste,
Viendra tonner si fort en la Bourgogne:
Puis naistra monstre de treshideuse beste,
Mars, Avril, Mai, Juin grand charpin & rongne.

>From the sixth bright celestial light
it will come to thunder very strongly in Burgundy.
Then a monster will be born of a very hideuos beast:
In March, April, May and June great wounding and worrying.

Quatrain 1,81

D'humain troupeau neuf seront mis &#133; part,
De jugement & conseil separez:
Leur sort sera divis&#130; en depart,
Kappa, Thita, Lamda, mors bannis esgarez.

Nine will be set apart from the human flock,
separated from judgment and advise.
Their fate is to be divided as they depart.
K. Th. L. dead, banished and scattered.

Quatrain 1,82

Quand les colomnes de bois grande tremblee,
D'Auster conduicte couverte de rubriche:
Tant videra dehors grand assemblee:
Trembler Vienne & le Pays d'Austriche.

When the great wooden columns tremble
in the south wind, covered with blood.
Such a great assembly then pours forth
that Vienna and the land of Austria will tremble.

Quatrain 1,83

La gent estrange divisera butins,
Saturne en Mars son regard furieux:
Horrible estrange aux Tosquans & Latins,
Grecs qui seront &#133; frapper curieux

The alien nation will divide the spoils.
Saturn in dreadful aspect in Mars.
Dreadful and foreign to the Tuscans and Latins,
Greeks who will wish to strike.

Quatrain 1,84

Lune obscurie aux profondes tenebres
Son frere passe de couleur ferrugine:
Le grand cach&#130; long temps soubs le tenebres,
Tiedera fer dans la plaie sanguine.

The moon is obscured in deep gloom,
his brother becomes bright red in colour.
The great one hidden for a long time in the shadows
will hold the blade in the bloody wound.

Quatrain 1,85

Par la response de dame Roi troubl&#130;,
Ambassadeurs mespriseront leur vie:
Le grand ses freres contrefera doubl&#130;,
Par deux mourront ire, haine, ennui.

The king is troubled by the queen's reply.
Ambassadors will fear for their lives.
The greater of his brothers will doubly disguise his action,
two of them will die through anger, hatred and envy.

Quatrain 1,86

La grande rine quand se verra vaincue,
Fera exc&#130;s de masculin courage:
Sus cheval, fleuve passera toute nue,
Suite par fer: &#133; foi fera outrage.

When the great queen sees herself conquered,
she will show an excess of masculine courage.
Naked, on horseback, she will pass over the river
pursued by the sword: she will have outraged her faith

Quatrain 1,87

Ennosigee feu du centre de terre.
Fera trembler au tour de cit&#130; neufue:
Deux grands rochiers long temps feront la guerre,
Puis Arethuse rougira nouveau fleuve

Earthshaking fire from the centre of the earth
will cause tremors around the New City.
Two great rocks will war for a long time,
then Arethusa will redden a new river.

Quatrain 1,88

Le divin mal surprendra le grand prince,
Un peu devant aura femme espousee.
Son appuy & credit &#133; un coup viendra mince.
Conseil mourra pour la teste rassee.

The divine wrath overtakes the great Prince,
a short while before he will marry.
Both supporters and credit will suddenly diminish.
Counsel, he will die because of the shaven heads.

Quatrain 1,89

Tous ceux de Ilerde seront dans la Moselle,
Mettant &#133; mort tous ceux de Loire & Seine:
Le cours marin viendra pres d'haute velle,
Quand Espagnols ouvrira toute veine.

Those of Lerida will be in the Moselle,
kill all those from the Loire and Seine.
The seaside track will come near the high valley,
when the Spanish open every route.

Quatrain 1,90

Bourdeaux, Poitiers au son de la campane,
A grand classe ira jusques &#133; l'Angon:
Contre Gaulois sera lear tramontane,
Quand monstre hideux naistra pres de Orgon.

Bordeaux and Poitiers at the sound of the bell
will go with a great fleet as fas as Langon.
A great rage will surge up against the French,
when an hideous monster is born near Orgon.

Quatrain 1,91

Les dieux feront aux humains apparence,
Ce qu'il seront auteurs de grand conflict:
Avant ciel veu serein espee & lance
Que vers main guache sera plus grand affiict.

The gods will make it appear to mankind
that they are the authors of a great war.
Before the sky was seen to bee free of weapons and rockets:
the greatest damage will be inflicted on the left.

Quatrain 1,92

Sous un la paix par tout sera clamee
Mais non long temps pill&#130; & rebellion:
Par refus ville, terre, & mer entamee,
Mors & captifs le tiers d un million.

Under one man peace will be proclaimed everywhere,
but not long after will be looting and rebellion.
Because of a refusal, town, land and see will be broached.
About a third of a million dead or captured.

Quatrain 1,93

Terre Italique pres des monts tremblera,
Lyon & coq non trop confederez:
En lieu de peur l'un l'autre s'aidera.
Seul Catulon & Celtes moderez.

The Italian lands near the mountains will tremble.
The Cock and the Lion not strongly united.
In place of fear they will help each other.
Freedom alone moderates the French.

Quatrain 1,94

Au port Selin le tyran mis &#133; mort,
La Libert&#130; non pourtant recouvree:
Le nouveau Marc par vindicte & remort
Dame par force de frayeur honnoree

The tyrant Selim will be put to death at the harbour
but Liberty will not be regained, however.
A new war arises from vengeance and remorse.
A lady is honoured through force of terror.

Quatrain 1,95

Devant moustier trouv&#130; enfant besson,
De heroic sang de moine & vestutisque:
Son bruit par secte langue & puissance son,
Qu'on dira fort esleue le vopisque.

In front of a monastery will be found a twin infant
>from the illustrious and ancient line of a monk.
His fame, renown and power through sects and speech
is such that they will say the living twin is deservedly chosen.

Quatrain 1,96

Celui qu'aura la charge de destruire
Templus, & sectes, changez par fantasie:
Plus aux rochiers qu'aux vivans viendra nuire,
Par langue ornee d'oreilles ressasie

A man will be charged with the destruction
of temples and sectes, altered by fantasy.
He will harm the rocks rather than the living,
ears filled with ornate speeches.

Quatrain 1,97

Ce que fer, flamme n'a sceu paracheuer,
La douce langue an conseil viendra fair:
Par repos, songe, le Roy fera resver,
Plus l'ennemy en feu, sang militaire.

That which neither weapon nor flame could accomplish
will be achieved by a sweet speaking tongue in council.
Sleeping, in a dream, the king will see
the enemy not in war or of military blood.

Quatrain 1,98

Le chef qu'aura conduit peuple infiny
Loing de son ciel, de meurs & langue estrange:
Cinq mil en Crete & Thessalie fini
Le chef fuyant, sauv&#130; en marine grange.

The leader who will conduct great numbers of people
far from their skies, to foreign customs and language.
Five thousand will die in Crete and Thessaly,
the leader fleeing in a sea going supply ship.

Quatrain 1,99

Le grand monarque que fera compagnie,
Avec deux rois unis par amit&#130;:
O quel soupir fera la grand mesgnie,
Enfans Narbon &#133; l'entour quel piti&#130;

The great king will join
with two kings, united in friendship.
How the great household will sigh:
around Narbon what pity for the children.

Quatrain 1,100

Longtemps au ciel sera veu gris oiseau,
Aupres de Dole & de Touscane terre:
Tenant au bec un verdoyant rameau,
Mourra tost grand & finera la guerre.

For a long time a grey bird will be seen in the sky
near D&#147;le and the lands of Tuscany.
He holds a flowering branch in his beak,
but he dies too soon and the war ends.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 06:08 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Quatrain 2,1

VERS Aquitaine par insuls Britanniques
De par eux-mesmes grandes incursions
Pluyes, gelees feront terroirs iniques,
Port Selyn fortes fera inuasions.

Towards Aquitaine by the British isles
By these themselves great incursions.
Rains, frosts will make the soil uneven,
"Port Selyn" will make mighty invasions


Quatrain 2,2

La teste bleue fera la teste blanche
Autant de mal, que France a faict leur bien:
Mort &#133; l'anthene, grand pendu sus la branche,
Quand prins des siens le Roy dira combien.

The blue head will inflict upon the white head
As much evil as France has done them good:
Dead at the sail-yard the great one hung on the branch.
When seized by his own the King will say how much.


Quatrain 2,3

Pour la chaleur solitaire sus la mer,
De Negrepont les poissons demy cuits:
Les habitans viendront entamer,
Quand Rhod & Gennes leur faudra le biscuit.

Because of the solar heat on the sea
Of Euboea the fishes half cooked:
The inhabitants will come to cut them,
When the biscuit will fail Rhodes and Genoa.

Quatrain 2,4

Depuis Monach iusqu'aupres de Sicille,
Toute la plage demourra desolee:
Il n'y aura fauxbourgs, cit&#130;, ne ville,
Que par Barbares pillee soit & vollee.

>From Monaco to near Sicily
The entire coast will remain desolated:
There will remain there no suburb, city or town
Not pillaged and robbed by the Barbarians.

Quatrain 2,5

Qu'en dans poisson, fer & lettre enfermee,
Hors sortira, qui puis fera la guerre,
Aura par mer sa classe bien ramee,
Apparoissant pres de Latine terre.

That which is enclosed in iron and letter in a fish,
Out will go one who will then make war,
He will have his fleet well rowed by sea,
Appearing near Latin land.

Quatrain 2,6

Aupres des portes & dedans deux citez
Seront deux fleaux, & onc n'apperceut vn tel,
Faim, dedans peste, de fer hors gens boutez,
Crier secours au grand Dieu immortel.

Near the gates and within two cities
There will be two scourges the like of which was never seen,
Famine within plague, people put out by steel,
Crying to the great immortal God for relief.

Quatrain 2,7

Entre plusieurs aux isles deportez,
L'vn estre nay &#133; deux dents en la gorge
Mourront de faim les arbres esbrotez,
Pour eux neuf Roy, nouuel edict leur forge.

Amongst several transported to the isles,
One to be born with two teeth in his mouth
They will die of famine the trees stripped,
For them a new King issues a new edict.

Quatrain 2,8

Temples sacrez prime fa&#135;on Romaine,
Reietteront les gofres fondements,
Prenant leurs loix premieres & humaines,
Chassant non tout des saincts les cultements.

Temples consecrated in the original Roman manner,
They will reject the excess foundations,
Taking their first and humane laws,
Chasing, though not entirely, the cult of saints.

Quatrain 2,9

Neuf ans le regne le maigre en paix tiendra,
Puis il cherra en soif si sanguinaire,
Pour luy peuple sans foy & loy mourra
Tu&#130; vn beaucoup plus debonnaire.

Nine years the lean one will hold the realm in peace,
Then he will fall into a very bloody thirst:
Because of him a great people will die without faith and law
Killed by one far more good-natured.

Quatrain 2,10

Auant long temps le tout sera rang&#130;,
Nous esperons vn siecle bien senestre,
L'estat des masques & des seuls bien chang&#130;.
Peu trouueront qu'&#133; son rang veuille estre.

Before long all will be set in order,
We will expect a very sinister century,
The state of the masked and solitary ones much changed,
Few will be found who want to be in their place.

Quatrain 2,11

Le prochain fils de l'aisnier paruiendra
Tant esleu&#130; iusqu'au regne des fors:
Son aspre gloire vn chacun craindra,
Mais ses enfans du regne gettez hors.

The nearest son of the elder will attain
Very great height as far as the realm of the privileged:
Everyone will fear his fierce glory,
But his children will be thrown out of the realm.

Quatrain 2,12

Yeux clos ouuerts d'antique fantasie,
L'habit des seuls seront mis &#133; neant:
Le grand monarque chastiera leur frenaisie,
Ravir des temples le thresor par deuant.

Eyes closed, opened by antique fantasy,
The garb of the monks they will be put to naught:
The great monarch will chastise their frenzy,
Ravishing the treasure in front of the temples.

Quatrain 2,13

Le corps sans ame plus n'estre en sacrifice,
Iour de la mort mis en natiuit&#130;:
L'esprit diuin fera l'ame felice,
Voiant le verbe en son eternit&#130;.

The body without soul no longer to be sacrificed:
Day of death put for birthday:
The divine spirit will make the soul happy,
Seeing the word in its eternity.

Quatrain 2,14

A Tours, Gien, gard&#130; seront yeux penetrans,
Descouuriront de loing la grand sereine:
Elle & sa suitte au port seront entrans,
Combat, poussez, puissance souueraine.

At Tours, Gien, guarded, eyes will be searching,
Discovering from afar her serene Highness:
She and her suite will enter the port,
Combat, thrust, sovereign power.

Quatrain 2,15

Vn peu deuant monarque trucid&#130;?
Castor Pollux en nef, astre crinite:
L'erain public par terre & mer vuid&#130;,
Pise, Ast, Ferrare, Turin terre interdicte.

Shortly before the monarch is assassinated,
Castor and Pollux in the ship, bearded star:
The public treasure emptied by land and sea,
Pisa, Asti, Ferrara, Turin land under interdict.

Quatrain 2,16

Naples, Palerme, Sicile, Syracuses,
Nouueaux tyrans, fulgures feux celestes:
Force de Londres, Gand, Bruxelles & Suses,
Grand hecatombe, triomphe faire festes.

Naples, Palermo, Sicily, Syracuse,
New tyrants, celestial lightning fires:
Force from London, Ghent, Brussels and Susa,
Great slaughter, triumph leads to festivities.

Quatrain 2,17

Le champ du temple de la vierge vestale,
Non esloign&#130; d'Ethne & monts Pyrenees:
Le grand conduit est cach&#130; dans la male,
North gettez fleuues & vignes mastinees.

The field of the temple of the vestal virgin,
Not far from Elne and the Pyrenees mountains:
The great tube is hidden in the trunk.
To the north rivers overflown and vines battered.

Quatrain 2,18

Nouelle & pluye subite, impetueuse,
Empeschera subit deux exercites.
Pierre ciel, feux faire la mer pierreuse,
La mert de sept terre & marin subites.

New, impetuous and sudden rain
Will suddenly halt two armies.
Celestial stone, fires make the sea stony,
The death of seven by land and sea sudden.

Quatrain 2,19

Nouueaux venus lieu basty sans defence,
Occuper la place par lors inhabitable:
Prez, maisons, champs, villes, pr&#136;dre &#133; plaisance,
Faim peste, guerre, arpen long labourage.

Newcomers, place built without defense,
Place occupied then uninhabitable:
Meadows, houses, fields, towns to take at pleasure,
Famine, plague, war, extensive land arable.

Quatrain 2,20

Freres & soeurs en diuers lieux captifs,
Se trouueront passer pres du monarque:
Les comtempler ses rameaux ententifs.
Desplaisant voir menton fr&#147;t, nez, les marques.

Brothers and sisters captive in diverse places
Will find themselves passing near the monarch:
Contemplating them his branches attentive,
Displeasing to see the marks on chin, forehead and nose.

Quatrain 2,21

L'ambassadeur enuoy&#130; par biremes,
A my chemin d'incogneuz repoussez:
De sel renfort viendront quatre triremes,
Cordes & chaines en Negre pont troussez.

The ambassador sent by biremes,
Halfway repelled by unknown ones:
Reinforced with salt four triremes will come,
In Euboea bound with ropes and chains.

Quatrain 2,22

Le camp Ascop d'Europe partira,
S'adioignant proche de l'Isle submergee:
D'Araon classe phalange pliera,
Nombril du monde plus grand voix subrogee:

The imprudent army of Europe will depart,
Collecting itself near the submerged isle:
The weak fleet will bend the phalanx,
At the navel of the world a greater voice substituted.

Quatrain 2,23

Palais, oyseaux, par oyseau dechass&#130;,
Bien tost apres le prince paruenu:
Combien qu'hors fleuue ennemy repouss&#130;,
Dehors saisir trait d'oyseau soustenu.

Palace birds, chased out by a bird,
Very soon after the prince has arrived:
Although the enemy is repelled beyond the river,
Outside seized the trick upheld by the bird.

Quatrain 2,24

Bestes farouches de faim fleuues tranner;
Plus part du champ encontre Hister sera,
En cage de fer le grand fera treisner,
Quand rien enfant de Germain obseruera.

Beasts ferocious from hunger will swim across rivers:
The greater part of the region will be against the Hister, +
The great one will cause it to be dragged in an iron cage,
When the German child will observe nothing.

Quatrain 2,25

La garde estrange trahira forteresse,
Espoir & vmbre de plus hault mariage:
Garde de&#135;eu, fort prinse dans la presse,
Loyre, Saone, Rosne, Gar, &#133; mort oultrage.

The foreign guard will betray the fortress,
Hope and shadow of a higher marriage:
Guard deceived, fort seized in the press,
Loire, Saone, Rhone, Garonne, mortal outrage.

Quatrain 2,26

Pour sa faueur que la cit&#130; fera,
Au grand qui tost perdra camp de bataille,
Puis le rang Pau Thesin versera,
De sang, feux morts yeux de coup de taille.

Because of the favor that the city will show
To the great one who will soon lose the field of battle,
Fleeing the Po position, the Ticino will overflow
With blood, fires, deaths, drowned by the long-edged blow.

Quatrain 2,27

Le diuin verbe sera du ciel frapp&#130;,
Qui ne pourra proceder plus auant:
Du reseruant le secret estoup&#130;,
Qu'on marchera par dessus & deuant.

The divine word will be struck from the sky,
One who cannot proceed any further:
The secret closed up with the revelation, +
Such that they will march over and ahead.

Quatrain 2,28

Le penultiesme du surnom du Prophete,
Prendra Diane pour son iour & repos:
Loing vaguera par frenetique teste,
En deliurant vn grand peuple d'impos.

The penultimate of the surname of the Prophet
Will take Diana for his day and rest:
He will wander far because of a frantic head,
And delivering a great people from subjection.

Quatrain 2,29

L'Oriental sorrira de son siege,
Passer les monts Apennons voir la Gaule:
Transpercera le ciel, les eaux & neige,
Et vn chacun frappera de sa gaule.

The Easterner will leave his seat,
To pass the Apennine mountains to see Gaul:
He will transpire the sky, the waters and the snow,
And everyone will be struck with his rod.

Quatrain 2,30

Vn qui les dieux d'Annibal infernaux,
Fera renaistre, effrayeur des humains.
Oncq' plus d'horreur ne plus pire iournaux,
Qu'auint viendra par Babel aux Romains.

One who the infernal gods of Hannibal
Will cause to be reborn, terror of mankind
Never more horror nor worse of days
In the past than will come to the Romans through Babel.

Quatrain 2,31

En Campanie le Cassilin fera tant,
Qu'on ne verra d'aux les champs couuers:
Deuant apres la pluye de long temps,
Hors mis les arbres rien l'on verra de vert.

In Campania the Capuan [river] will do so much
That one will see only fields covered by waters:
Before and after the long rain
One will see nothing green except the trees.

Quatrain 2,32

Laict, sang grenoilles escoudre en Dalmatie.
Conflict donn&#130; preste pres de Balennes:
Cry sera grand par toute Esclauonie,
Lors naistra monstre pres & dedans Rauenne.

Milk, frog's blood prepared in Dalmatia.
Conflict given, plague near Treglia:
A great cry will sound through all Slavonia,
Then a monster will be born near and within Ravenna.

Quatrain 2,33

Par le torrent qui descent de Veronne,
Par lors qu'au Pau guindera son entree.
Vn grand naufrage, & non moins en Garonne,
Quand ceux de G&#136;nes marcher&#147;t leur contree

Through the torrent which descends from Verona
Its entry will then be guided to the Po,
A great wreck, and no less in the Garonne,
When those of Genoa march against their country.

Quatrain 2,34

L'ire insensee du combat furieux,
Fera &#133; table par freres le fer luire:
Les desparrit bless&#130;, & curieux,
Le fier duelle viendra en France nuire.

The senseless ire of the furious combat
Will cause steel to be flashed at the table by brothers:
To part them death, wound, and curiously,
The proud duel will come to harm France.

Quatrain 2,35

Dans deux logis de nuict la feu prendra,
Plusieurs dedans estoffez & rostis.
Pres de deux fleuues pour seul il aduiendra:
Sol, l'Arq, & Caper tous seront amortis.

The fire by night will take hold in two lodgings,
Several within suffocated and roasted.
It will happen near two rivers as one:
Sun, Sagittarius and Capricorn all will be reduced.

Quatrain 2,36

Du grand Prophete les lettres seront prinses,
Entre les mains du tyran deuiendront:
Frauder son Roy seront ses entreprinses,
Mais ses rapines bien tost le troubleront.

The letters of the great Prophet will be seized,
They will come to fall into the hands of the tyrant:
His enterprise will be to deceive his King,
But his extortions will very soon trouble him.

Quatrain 2,37

De ce grand nombre que l'on enuoyera,
Pour secourir dans le fort assiegez,
Peste & famine tous les deuorera,
Hors mis septante qui seront profligez.

Of that great number that one will send
To relieve those besieged in the fort,
Plague and famine will devour them all,
Except seventy who will be destroyed.

Quatrain 2,38

Des condamnez sera fait vn grand nombre,
Quand les monarques seront conciliez:
Mais l'vn d'eux viendra si malencombre,
Que guerre ensemble: ne seront raliez.

A great number will be condemned
When the monarchs will be reconciled:
But for one of them such a bad impediment will arise
That they will be joined together but loosely.

Quatrain 2,39

Vn deuant le conflict Italique,
Germains, Gaulois, Espaignols pour le fort:
Cherra l'escolle maison de republique,
O&#151;, hors mis peu, seront suffoqu&#130; morts.

One year before the Italian conflict,
Germans, Gauls, Spaniards for the fort:
The republican schoolhouse will fall,
There, except for a few, they will be choked dead.

Quatrain 2,40

Vn peu apres non point longue interualle,
Par mer & terre sera faict grand tumulte:
Beaucoup plus grande sera pugne nauale,
Feux, animaux, qui plus feront d'insulte.

Shortly afterwards, without a very long interval,
By sea and land a great uproar will be raised:
Naval battle will be very much greater,
Fires, animals, those who will cause greater insult.

Quatrain 2,41

La grand' estoille par sept iours bruslera,
Nuee fera deux soleils apparoir:
Le gros mastin toute nuit hurlera,
Quand grand pontife changera de terroir.

The great star will burn for seven days,
The cloud will cause two suns to appear:
The big mastiff will howl all night
When the great pontiff will change country.

Quatrain 2,42

Coq, chiens & chats de sang seront repeus,
Et de la playe du tyran trouu&#130; mort,
Au lict d'vn autre iambes & bras rompus,
Qui n'avoit peu mourir de cruelle mort.

Cock, dogs and cats will be satiated with blood
And from the wound of the tyrant found dead,
At the bed of another legs and arms broken,
He who was not afraid to die a cruel death.

Quatrain 2,43

Durant l'estoille cheuelue apparente,
Les trois grands princes seront faits ennemis:
Frappez du ciel paix terre tremulente,
Pau, Timbre vndans, serpent sur le bort mis.

During the appearance of the bearded star.
The three great princes will be made enemies:
Struck from the sky, peace earth quaking,
Po, Tiber overflowing, serpent placed upon the shore.

Quatrain 2,44

L'Aigle poussee en tout de pauillons,
Par autres oyseaux d'entour sera chassee:
Quand bruit des cymbres tube & sonnaillons
Rendont le sens de la dame insensee.

The Eagle driven back around the tents
Will be chased from there by other birds:
When the noise of cymbals, trumpets and bells
Will restore the senses of the senseless lady.

Quatrain 2,45

Trop du ciel pleure l'Androgin procree,
Pres du ciel sang humain respandu:
Par mort trop tard grand peuple recree,
Tard & tost vient le secours attendu.

Too much the heavens weep for the Hermaphrodite begotten,
Near the heavens human blood shed:
Because of death too late a great people re-created,
Late and soon the awaited relief comes.

Quatrain 2,46

Apres gr&#131;d troche humain plus gr&#131;d s'appreste
Le grand moteur les siecles renouuelle:
Pluye sang, laict, famine, fer & peste,
Au ciel veu feu, courant longue estincelle.

After great trouble for humanity, a greater one is prepared
The Great Mover renews the ages:
Rain, blood, milk, famine, steel and plague,
Is the heavens fire seen, a long spark running.

Quatrain 2,47

L'ennemy grand vieil dueil meurt de poison,
Les souuerains par infinis subiuguez:
Pierres plouvoir, cachez soubs la toison,
Par mort articles en vain sont alleguez.

The great old enemy mourning dies of poison,
The sovereigns subjugated in infinite numbers:
Stones raining, hidden under the fleece,
Through death articles are cited in vain.

Quatrain 2,48

La grand copie qui passera les monts.
Saturne en l'Arq tournant du poisson Mars:
Venins cachez soubs testes de saumons,
Leurs chief pendu &#133; fil de polemars.

The great force which will pass the mountains.
Saturn in Sagittarius Mars turning from the fish:
Poison hidden under the heads of salmon,
Their war-chief hung with cord.

Quatrain 2,49

Les conseilliers du premier monopole.
Les conquerants seduits pour la Melite,
Rode, Bisance pour leurs exposant pole.
Terre faudra les poursuiuans de fuite.

The advisers of the first monopoly,
The conquerers seduced for Malta:
Rhodes, Byzantium for them exposing their pole:
Land will fail the pursuers in flight.

Quatrain 2,50

Qu&#131;d ceux d'Hainault, de G&#131;d & de Bruxelles,
Verront &#133; Langres le siege deuant mis:
Derrier leurs flancs seront guerres cruelles
La playe antique fera pis qu'ennemis.

When those of Hainaut, of Ghent and of Brussels
Will see the siege laid before Langres:
Behind their flanks there will be cruel wars,
The ancient wound will do worse than enemies.

Quatrain 2,51

Le sang du iuste &#133; Londres fera faute,
Bruslez par foudres de vingt trois les six:
La dame antique cherra de place haute,
De mesme secte plusieurs seront occis.

The blood of the just will commit a fault at London,
Burnt through lightning of twenty threes the six:
The ancient lady will fall from her high place,
Several of the same sect will be killed.

Quatrain 2,52

Dans plusieurs nuits la terre tremblera:
Sur le printemps deux effors suite:
Corinthe, Ephese aux deux mers nagera,
Guerre s'esmeut par deux vaillans de luite.

For several nights the earth will tremble:
In the spring two efforts in succession:
Corinth, Ephesus will swim in the two seas:
War stirred up by two valiant in combat.

Quatrain 2,53

La grande peste de cit&#130; maritime,
Ne cessera que mort ne soit vengee
Du iuste sang par pris damn&#130; sans crime,
De la grand dame par feincte n'outragee.

The great plague of the maritime city
Will not cease until there be avenged the death
Of the just blood, condemned for a price without crime,
Of the great lady unwronged by pretense.

Quatrain 2,54

Pour gent estrange, & Romains loingtaine,
Leur grand cit&#130; apres eaue fort troublee:
Fille sans trop different domaine,
Prins chef, ferreure n'auoir est&#130; riblee.

Because of people strange, and distant from the Romans
Their great city much troubled after water:
Daughter handless, domain too different,
Chief taken, lock not having been picked.

Quatrain 2,55

Dans le conflict le grand qui peut valloit.
A son dernier fera cas merueilleux.
Pendant qu'Hadrie verra ce qu'il falloit,
Dans le banquet pongnale l'orgueilleux.

In the conflict the great one who was worth little
At his end will perform a marvelous deed:
While "Adria" will see what he was lacking,
During the banquet the proud one stabbed.

Quatrain 2,56

Que peste & glaiue n'a sceu definer,
Mort dans le puys sommet du ciel frapp&#130;:
L'abb&#130; mourra quand verra ruiner,
Ceux du naufraige l'escueil voulant grapper.

One whom neither plague nor steel knew how to finish,
Death on the summit of the hills struck from the sky:
The abbot will die when he will see ruined
Those of the wreck wishing to seize the rock.

Quatrain 2,57

Auant conflict le grand tumbera,
Le grand &#133; mort, mort, trop subite & plainte,
Nay miparfaict la plus part nagera,
Aupres du fleuue de sang la terre teinte.

Before the conflict the great wall will fall,
The great one to death, death too sudden and lamented,
Born imperfect: the greater part will swim:
Near the river the land stained with blood.

Quatrain 2,58

Sans pied ne main dend aygu&#137; & forte,
Par glob au fort de port & layn&#130; nay:
Pres du portail desloyal transport,
Silene luit, petit, grand emmen&#130;.

With neither foot nor hand because of sharp and strong tooth
Through the crowd to the fort of the pork and the elder born:
Near the portal treacherous proceeds,
Moon shining, little great one led off.

Quatrain 2,59

Classe Gauloyse par apuy de grand garde,
Du grand Neptune, & ses tridens souldars.
Rongee Prouence pour soustenir grand bande:
Plus Mars Narbon, par iauelotz & dards.

Gallic fleet through support of the great guard
Of the great Neptune, and his trident soldiers,
Provence reddened to sustain a great band:
More at Narbonne, because of javelins and darts.

Quatrain 2,60

La foy Punicque en Orient rompue.
Grand Iud, & Rosne Loyre & Tag changeront:
Quand du mulet la faim sera repue,
Classe espargie, sang & corps nageront.

The Punic faith broken in the East,
Ganges, Jordan, and Rhone, Loire, and Tagus will change:
When the hunger of the mule will be satiated,
Fleet sprinkles, blood and bodies will swim.

Quatrain 2,61

Enge, Tamins, Gironde & la Rochele,
O sang Troyen mort au port de la fleche
Derrier le fleuue au fort mise l'&#130;chelle
Pointes feu grand meurtre sus la bresche.

Bravo, ye of "Tamins," Gironde and La Rochelle:
O Trojan blood! Mars at the port of the arrow
Behind the river the ladder put to the fort,
Points to fire great murder on the breach.

Quatrain 2,62

Mabus plustost alors mourra, viendra,
De gens & bestes vn horrible defaite:
Puis tout &#133; coup la vengeance on verra,
Cent, main, faim quand courra la comete.

"Mabus" then will soon die, there will come
Of people and beasts a horrible rout:
Then suddenly one will see vengeance,
Hundred, hand, thirst, hunger when the comet will run.

Quatrain 2,63

Gaulois, Ausone bien peu subiugera,
Pau, Marne & Seine fera Perme l'vrie:
Qui le grand mur contre eux dressera,
Du moindre au mur le grand perdra la vie.

The Gauls Ausonia will subjugate very little,
Po, Marne and Seine Parma will make drunk:
He who will prepare the great wall against them,
He will lose his life from the least at the wall.

Quatrain 2,64

Secher de faim, de soif, gent Geneuoise,
Espoir prochain viendra au defaillir:
Snr point tremblant sera loy Gebenoise,
Classe au grand port ne se peut accueillir.

The people of Geneva drying up with hunger, with thirst,
Hope at hand will come to fail:
On the point of trembling will be the law of him of the Cevennes,
Fleet at the great port cannot be received.

Quatrain 2,65

Le pare enclin grande calamit&#130;,
Par l'Hesperie & Insubre fera:
Le feu en nef peste & captiuit&#130;,
Mercure en l'Arc Saturne fenera.

The sloping park great calamity
To be done through Hesperia and Insubria:
The fire in the ship, plague and captivity, +
Mercury in Sagittarius Saturn will fade.

Quatrain 2,66

Par grand dangiers le captif eschap&#130;,
Peu de temps grand a fortune changee:
Dans le palais le peuple est attrap&#130;,
Par bon augure la cit&#130; assiegee.

Through great dangers the captive escaped:
In a short time great his fortune changed.
In the palace the people are trapped,
Through good omen the city besieged.

Quatrain 2,67

Le blonde au nez force viendra commettre,
Par la duelle & chassera dehors:
Les exilez dedans fera remettre,
Aux lieux marins commettant les plus fors.

The blond one will come to compromise the fork-nosed one
Through the duel and will chase him out:
The exiles within he will have restored,
Committing the strongest to the marine places.

Quatrain 2,68

De l'Aquilon les efforts seront grands:
Sus l'Ocean sera la porte ouuerte:
Le regne en l'Isle sera reintegrand,
Tremblera Londres par voille descouuerte.

The efforts of "Aquilon" will be great:
The gate on the Ocean will be opened,
The kingdom on the Isle will be restored:
London will tremble discovered by sail.

Quatrain 2,69

Le Roy Gaulois par la Celtique dextre,
Voyant discorde de la grand Monarchie:
Sur les trois parts fera florir son sceptre,
Contre la chappe de la grand Hierarchie.

The Gallic King through his Celtic right arm
Seeing the discord of the great Monarchy:
He will cause his sceptre to flourish over the three parts,
Against the cope of the great Hierarchy.

Quatrain 2,70

Le dard du ciel fera son estandue,
Morts en parlant grande execution:
La pierre en l'arbre la fiere gent rendue,
Bruit humain monstre purge expiation.

The dart from the sky will make its extension,
Deaths speaking: great execution.
The stone in the tree, the proud nation restored,
Noise, human monster, purge expiation.

Quatrain 2,71

Les exilez en Sicile viendront,
Pour deliure de faim la gent estrange:
Au point du iour les Celtes luy faudront
La vie demeure &#133; raison: Roy se range.

The exiles will come into Sicily
To deliver form hunger the strange nation:
At daybreak the Celts will fail them:
Life remains by reason: the King joins.

Quatrain 2,72

Armee Celtique en Italie vexee,
De toutes pars conflict & grande perte:
Romains fuis, &#147; Gaule repouss&#130;e,
Pres du Thesin Rubicon pugne incerte.

Celtic army vexed in Italy
On all sides conflict and great loss:
Romans fled, O Gaul repelled!
Near the Ticino, Rubicon uncertain battle.

Quatrain 2,73

Au lac Fucin de Benac le riuage,
Prins de Leman au port de l'Orgion:
Nay de trois bras predict bellique image,
Par trois couronnes au grand Endymion.

The shore of Lake Garda to Lake Fucino,
Taken from the Lake of Geneva to the port of "L'Orguion":
Born with three arms the predicted warlike image,
Through three crowns to the great Endymion.

Quatrain 2,74

De Sens, d'Autun viendront iusques au Rosne,
Pour passer outre vers les monts Pyrenees:
La gent sortit de la marque d'Anconne,
Par terre & mer suyura &#133; grands trainees.

>From Sens, from Autun they will come as far as the Rhone
To pass beyond towards the Pyrenees mountains:
The nation to leave the March of Ancona:
By land and sea it will be followed by great suites.

Quatrain 2,75

La voix ouye de l'insolit oyseau,
Sur le canon du respiral estage:
Si haut viendra du froment le boisteau
Que l'homme d'homme sera Antropophage.

The voice of the rare bird heard,
On the pipe of the air-vent floor:
So high will the bushel of wheat rise,
That man will be eating his fellow man.

Quatrain 2,76

Foudre en Bourgongne fera cas portenteux.
Que par engin oncques ne pourroit faire,
De leur senar sacrist fait boiteux,
Fera s&#135;avoir aux ennemis l'affaire.

Lightning in Burgundy will perform a portentous deed,
One which could never have been done by skill,
Sexton made lame by their senate
Will make the affair known to the enemies.

Quatrain 2,77

Par arcs, feux, poix & par feux repoussez,
Cris hurlements sur la minuit ouys:
Dedans sont mis par les rampars cassez,
Par cunicules les traditeurs fuys.

Hurled back through bows, fires, pitch and by fires:
Cries, howls heard at midnight:
Within they are place on the broken ramparts,
The traitors fled by the underground passages.

Quatrain 2,78

Le grand Neptune du profond de la mer,
De gent punique & sang Gaulois mesl&#130;:
Les Isles &#133; sang pour le tardif ramer,
Puis luy nuira que l'occult mal cel&#130;.

The great Neptune of the deep of the sea
With Punic race and Gallic blood mixed.
The Isles bled, because of the tardy rowing:
More harm will it do him than the ill-concealed secret.

Quatrain 2,79

La barbe crespe & noire par engin,
Subiuguera la gent cruelle & fiere:
Le grand Chiren ostera du longin.
Tous les captifs par Seline banniere.

The beard frizzled and black through skill
Will subjugate the cruel and proud people:
The great "Chyren" will remove from far away
All those captured by the banner of "Selin". +

Quatrain 2,80

Apres conflict du les&#130; l'eloquence,
Par peu de temps se trame faint repos.
Point l'on n'admet les grands &#133; deliurance,
Des ennemis sont remis &#133; propos.

After the conflict by the eloquence of the wounded one
For a short time a soft rest is contrived:
The great ones are not to be allowed deliverance at all:
They are restored by the enemies at the proper time.

Quatrain 2,81

Par feu du ciel la cit&#130; presque aduste,
L'vne menace encor Deucalion,
Vexee Sardaigne par la Punique fuste,
Apres que Libra lairra son Pha&#137;ton.

Through fire from the sky the city almost burned:
The Urn threatens Deucalion again:
Sardinia vexed by the Punic foist,
After Libra will leave her Phaethon.

Quatrain 2,82

Par faim la proye fera loup prisonner,
L'assaillant lors en extreme detresse.
Le nay ayant au deuant le dernier,
Le grand n'eschappe au milieu de la presse.

Through hunger the prey will make the wolf prisoner,
The aggressor then in extreme distress.
The heir having the last one before him,
The great one does not escape in the middle of the crowd.

Quatrain 2,83

Le gros traffic d'vn grand Lyon chang&#130;,
La plus part tourne en pristine ruine,
Proye aux soldats par pille vendang&#130;:
Par Iura mont & Sueue bruine.

The large trade of a great Lyons changed,
The greater part turns to pristine ruin
Prey to the soldiers swept away by pillage:
Through the Jura mountain and "Suevia" drizzle.

Quatrain 2,84

Entre Campaigne, Sienne, Flora, Tustie,
Six mois neuf iours ne pleuura vne goutte:
L'estrange langue en terre Dalmatie,
Couurira sus, vastant la terre toute.

Between Campania, Siena, Florence, Tuscany,
Six months nine days without a drop of rain:
The strange tongue in the Dalmatian land,
It will overrun, devastating the entire land.

Quatrain 2,85

Le vieux plein barbe soubs le statut seuere,
A Lion faict dessus l'Aigle Celtique,
Le petit grand trop outre perseuere,
Bruist d'arme au ciel: mer rouge Ligustique.

The old full beard under the severe statute
Made at Lyon over the Celtic Eagle:
The little great one perseveres too far:
Noise of arms in the sky: Ligurian sea red.

Quatrain 2,86

Naufrage &#133; classe pres d'onde Hadriatique,
La terre tremble esmeu&#137; sus l'air en terre mis:
Egypte tremble augment Mahometique,
L'Herault sov rendre &#133; crier est commis.

Wreck for the fleet near the Adriatic Sea:
The land trembles stirred up upon the air placed on land:
Egypt trembles Mahometan increase, +
The Herald surrendering himself is appointed to cry out.

Quatrain 2,87

Apres viendra des extremes contrees,
Prince Germain, dessus le throsne dor&#130;:
La seruitude & eaux rencontrees,
La dame serue, son temps plus n'ador&#130;.

After there will come from the outermost countries
A German Prince, upon the golden throne:
The servitude and waters met,
The lady serves, her time no longer adored.

Quatrain 2,88

Le circuit du grand faict ruineux,
Le nom septiesme du cinquiesme sera:
D'vn tiers plus grand l'estrange belliqueur:
Mouton, Lutece, Aix ne garantira.

The circuit of the great ruinous deed,
The seventh name of the fifth will be:
Of a third greater the stranger warlike:
Sheep, Paris, Aix will not guarantee.

Quatrain 2,89

Vn iour seront demis les deux grands maistres,
Leur grand pouuoir se verra augment&#130;:
La terre neuue sera en ses hauts estres,
Au sanguinaire le nombre racompt&#130;.

One day the two great masters will be friends,
Their great power will be seen increased:
The new land will be at its high peak,
To the bloody one the number recounted.

Quatrain 2,90

Par vie & mort chang&#130; regne d'Ongrie,
La loy sera plus aspre que seruice:
Leur grand cit&#130; d'hurlemens plaincts & crie,
Castor & Pollux ennemis dans la lice.

Though life and death the realm of Hungary changed:
The law will be more harsh than service:
Their great city cries out with howls and laments,
Castor and Pollux enemies in the arena.

Quatrain 2,91

Soleil leuant vn grand feu l'on verra,
Bruit & clart&#130; vers Aquilon tendants:
Dedans le rond mort & cris l'on orra,
Par glaiue, feu faim, mort les attendants.

At sunrise one will see a great fire,
Noise and light extending towards "Aquilon:"
Within the circle death and one will hear cries,
Through steel, fire, famine, death awaiting them.

Quatrain 2,92

Feu couleur d'or du ciel en terre veu,
Frapp&#130; du haut nay, faict cas merueilleux.
Grand meurtre humain: prinse du grand le neueu,
Morts d'espactacles eschapp&#130; l'orgueilleux.

Fire colour of gold from the sky seen on earth:
Heir struck from on high, marvelous deed done:
Great human murder: the nephew of the great one taken,
Deaths spectacular the proud one escaped.

Quatrain 2,93

Biens pres du Tymbre presse la Lybitine,
Vn peu deuant grand inondation:
Le chef du nef prins, mis &#133; la sentine,
Chasteau, palais en conflagration.

Very near the Tiber presses Death:
Shortly before great inundation:
The chief of the ship taken, thrown into the bilge:
Castle, palace in conflagration.

Quatrain 2,94

Grand Paud, grand mal pour Gaulois receura,
Vaine terreur au maritin Lyon:
Peuple infiny par la mer passera,
Sans eschapper vn quart d'vn million:

Great Po, great evil will be received through Gauls,
Vain terror to the maritime Lion:
People will pass by the sea in infinite numbers,
Without a quarter of a million escaping.

Quatrain 2,95

Les lieux peuplez seront inhabitables:
Pour champs auoir grande diuision:
Regnes liurez &#133; prudens incapables,
Lors les grands freres mort & dissention.

The populous places will be uninhabitable:
Great discord to obtain fields:
Realms delivered to prudent incapable ones:
Then for the great brothers dissension and death.

Quatrain 2,96

Flambeau ardant au ciel soir sera veu,
Pres de la fin & principe du Rosne,
Famine, glaiue: tardue secours pourueu,
La Perse tourne enuahir Macedoine.

Burning torch will be seen in the sky at night
Near the end and beginning of the Rhone:
Famine, steel: the relief provided late,
Persia turns to invade Macedonia.

Quatrain 2,97

Romain Pontife garde de t'approcher,
De la cit&#130; qui deux fleuues arrouse,
Ton sang viendra aupres de la cracher
Toy & les tiens quand fleurira la rose.

Roman Pontiff beware of approaching
The city that two rivers flow through,
Near there your blood will come to spurt, +
You and yours when the rose will flourish.

Quatrain 2,98

Celuy de sang reperse le visage,
De la victime proche sacrifiee,
Tonant en Leo, augure par presage,
Mis estre &#133; mort lors pour la fiancee.

The one whose face is splattered with the blood
Of the victim nearly sacrificed:
Jupiter in Leon, omen through presage:
To be put to death then for the bride.

Quatrain 2,99

Terroir Romain qu'interpretoit augure,
Par gent Gauloise par trop sera vexee:
Mais nation Celtique craindra l'heure,
Boreas, classe trop loing l'auoit poussee.

Roman land as the omen interpreted
Will be vexed too much by the Gallic people:
But the Celtic nation will fear the hour,
The fleet has been pushed too far by the north wind.

Quatrain 2,100

Dedans les isles si horrible tumulte,
Bien on n'orra qu'vne bellique brigue,
Tant grand sera de predateurs l'insulte,
Qu'on te viendra ranger &#133; la grand ligue.

Within the isles a very horrible uproar,
One will hear only a party of war,
So great will be the insult of the plunderers
That they will come to be joined in the great league.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 06:11 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

Quatrain 3,1

APRES combat & bataille nauale,
Le grand Neptune &#133; son plus haut befroy:
Rouge aduersaire de peur vi&#136;dra pasle,
Mettant le grand Occean en effroy.

After combat and naval battle,
The great Neptune in his highest belfry:
Red adversary will become pale with fear,
Putting the great Ocean in dread.

Quatrain 3,2

Le diuin Verbe donra &#133; la substance,
C&#147;pris ciel, terre, or occult au laict mystique:
Corps, ame esprit ayant toute puissance,
Tant soubs ses pieds comme au siege Celique.

The divine word will give to the substenance,
Including heavenm earth, gold hidden in the mystic milk:
Body, soul, spirit having all power,
As much under its feet as the Heavenly see.

Quatrain 3,3

Mars & Mercure, & l'argent ioint ensemble,
Vers le midy extreme siccit&#130;:
Au fond d'Asie on dira terre tremble,
Corinthe, Ephese lors en perplexit&#130;.

Mars and Mercury, and the silver joined together,
Towards the south extreme drought:
In the depths of Asia one will say the earth trembles,
Corinth, Ephesus then in perplexity.

Quatrain 3,4

Quand seront proches le defaut des lunaires,
De l'vn &#133; l'autre ne distant grandement,
Froid, siccit&#130;, danger vers les frontieres,
Mesme o&#151; l'oracle a prins commencement.

When they will be close the lunar ones will fail,
>From one another not greatly distant,
Cold, dryness, danger towards the frontiers,
Even where the oracle has had its beginning.

Quatrain 3,5

Pres loing defaut de deux grands luminaires.
Qui suruiendra entre l'Auril & Mars:
O quel cherr&#130;! mais deux grands debonnaires
Par terre & mer secourront toutes pars.

Near, far the failure of the two great luminaries
Which will occur between April and March.
Oh, what a loss! but two great good-natured ones
By land and sea will relieve all parts.

Quatrain 3,6

Dans temple clos le foudre y entrera,
Les citadins dedans leur fort greuez.
Cheuaux, boeufs, h&#147;mes, l'onde mur touchera,
Par faim, soif, soubs les plus foibles armez.

Within the closed temple the lightning will enter,
The citizens within their fort injured:
Horses, cattle, men, the wave will touch the wall,
Through famine, drought, under the weakest armed.

Quatrain 3,7

Les fugitifs, feu du ciel sus les picques,
Conflict prochain des corbeaux, s'esbatans
De terre on crie, ayde, secours celiques,
Quand pres des murs seront les combatans.

The fugitives, fire from the sky on the pikes:
Conflict near the ravens frolicking,
>From land they cry for aid and heavenly relief,
When the combatants will be near the walls.

Quatrain 3,8

Les Cimbres ioints auecques leurs voisins
De populer viendront presque l'Espagne:
Gens amassez Guienne & Limosins
Seront en ligue, & leur feront compagne.

The Cimbri joined with their neighbors
Will come to ravage almost Spain:
Peoples gathered in Guienne and Limousin
Will be in league, and will bear them company.

Quatrain 3,9

Bourdeaux Roan, & la Rochelle ioints,
Tiendront autour la grand mer Occeane,
Anglois, Bretons, & les Flamans conioints
Les chasseront iusqu'aupres de Roane.

Bordeaux, Rouen and La Rochelle joined
Will hold around the great Ocean sea,
English, Bretons and the Flemings allied
Will chase them as far as Roanne.

Quatrain 3,10

De sang & faim plus grand calamit&#130;,
Sept fois s'appreste &#133; la marine plage:
Monech de faim, lieu pris, captiuit&#130;,
Le grand, men&#130; croc en ferree cage.

Greater calamity of blood and famine,
Seven times it approaches the marine shore:
Monaco from hunger, place captured, captivity,
The great one led crunching in a metaled cage.

Quatrain 3,11

Les armes batre au ciel longue saison
L'arbre au milieu de la cit&#130; tomb&#130;:
Verbine rogne, glaiue, en face tison,
Lors le monarque d'Hadrie succomb&#130;.

The arms to fight in the sky a long time,
The tree in the middle of the city fallen:
Sacred bough clipped, steel, in the face of the firebrand,
Thenm the monarch of "Adria" fallen.

Quatrain 3,12

Par la tumeur de Heb, Po, Timbre, & Rome
Et par l'estang Leman & Aretin.
Les deux grands chefs & citez de Garonne,
Prins, mortz noyez: Partir humain butin.

Because of the swelling of the Ebro, Po, Tagus, Tiber and Rh&#147;ne
And because of the pond of Geneva and Arezzo,
The two great chiefs and cities of the Garonne,
Taken, dead, drowned: human booty divided.

Quatrain 3,13

Par foudre en l'arche or & argent fondu,
De deux captifs l'vn l'autre mangera
De la cit&#130; le plus grand estendu,
Quand submergee la classe nagera.

Through lightning in the arch gold and silver melted,
Of two captives one will eat the other:
The greatest one of the city stretched out,
When submerged the fleet will swim.

Quatrain 3,14

Par le rameau du vaillant personnage,
De France infime, par le pere infelice:
Honneurs, richesses: trauail en son viel aage,
Pour auoir creu le conseil d'homme nice.

Through the branch of the valiant personage
Of lowest France: because of the unhappy father
Honors, riches, travail in his old age,
For having believed the advice of a simple man.

Quatrain 3,15

Coeur, vigueur, gloire le regne changera.
De tous points contre ayant son aduersaire:
Lors France enfance par mort subiugera,
Vn grand Regent sera lors plus contraire.

The realm, will change in heart, vigor and glory,
In all points having its adversary opposed:
Then through death France an infancy will subjugate,
A great Regent will then be more contrary.

Quatrain 3,16

Vn prince Anglois Mars &#133; son coeur de ciel,
Voudra poursuyure la fortune prospere
Des deux duelles l'vn percera le fiel,
Hay de luy bien aymee de sa mere.

An English prince Marc in his heavenly heart
Will want to pursue his prosperous fortune,
Of the two duels one will pierce his gall:
Hated by him well loved by his mother.

Quatrain 3,17

Mont Auentine brusler nuict sera veu,
Le ciel obscur tout &#133; vn coup en Flandres
Quand le monarque chassera son neueu,
Leurs gens d'Eglise commettr&#147; les esclandres.

Mount Aventine will be seen to burn at night:
The sky very suddenly dark in Flanders:
When the monarch will chase his nephew,
Then Chirch people will commit scandals.

Quatrain 3,18

Apres la pluye laict asses longuette,
En plusieurs lieux de Reims le ciel touch&#130;:
O quel conflict de sang pres d'eux s'apprester,
Peres & fils Roys n'oseront approcher.

After the rather long rain milk,
In several places in Reims the sky touched:
Alas, what a bloody murder is prepared near them,
Fathers and sons Kings will not dare approach.

Quatrain 3,19

En Luques sang & laict viendra plouuoir,
Vn peu deuant changement de preteur:
Grand peste & guerre, faim & soif fera voir
Loin o&#151; mourra leur prince & recteur.

In Lucca it will come to rain blood and milk,
Shortly before a change of praetor:
Great plague and war, famine and drought will be m,ade visible
Far away where their prince and rector will die.

Quatrain 3,20

Par les contrees du grand fleuue Bethique,
Loin d'Ibere au Royaume de Grenade
Croix repoussees par gens Mahometiques
Vn Cordubete ahira le contrade.

Through the regions of the great river Guadalquivir
Deep in Iberia to the Kingdom of Grenada
Crosses beaten back by the Mahometan peoples
One of Cordova will betray his country

Quatrain 3,21

Au Crustamin par mer Hadriatique,
Apparoistra vn horrible poisson,
De face humaine, & la fin aquatique,
Qui se prendra dehors de l'ame&#135;on.

In the Conca by the Adriatic Sea
There will appear a horrible fish,
With face human and its end aquatic,
Which will be taken without the hook.

Quatrain 3,22

Six iours l'assaut deuant cit&#130; donn&#130;:
Liuree sera forte & aspre bataille:
Trois la rendront, & &#133; eux pardonn&#130;,
Le reste &#133; feu & &#133; sang tranche taille.

Six days the attack made before the city:
Battle will be given strong and harsh:
Three will surrender it, and to them pardon:
The rest to fire and to bloody slicing and cutting.

Quatrain 3,23

Si France passe outre mert lygustique,
Tu te verras en isles & mers enclos.
Mahommet contraire, plus mer Hadriatique
Cheuaux & d'Asnes ty rongeras les os.

If, France, you pass beyond the Ligurian Sea,
You will see yourself shut up in islands and seas:
Mahomet contrary, more so the Adriatic Sea:
You will gnaw the bones of horses and asses.

Quatrain 3,24

De l'entreprinse grande confusion,
Perte de gens thresor innumerable:
Tu n'y dois faire encore tension.
France &#133; mon dire fais que sois recordable.

Great confusion in the enterprise,
Loss of people, countless treasure:
You ought not to extend further there.
France, let what I say be remembered.

Quatrain 3,25

Qui au royaume Nauarrois paruiendra,
Quand le Sicile & Naples seront ioints:
Bigore & Lances par Foyx loron tiendra
D'vn qui d'Espagne sera par trop conioint.

He who will attain to the kingdom of Navarre
When Sicily and Naples will be joined:
He will hold Bigorre and Landes through Foix and Oloron
>From one who will be too closely allied with Spain.

Quatrain 3,26

Des Roys & Princes dresseront simulacres,
Augures, creuz esleuez aruspices:
Corne, victume d'oree, & d'azur, d'acre,
Inrerpretez seront les extipices.

They will prepare idols of Kings and Princes,
Soothsayers and empty prophets elevated:
Horn, victime of gold, and azure, dazzling,
The soothsayers will be interpreted.

Quatrain 3,27

Prince libinique puissant en Occident.
Fran&#135;ois d'Arabe viendra tant enflammer.
S&#135;auant aux lettres fera condescendent
La langue Arabe en Fran&#135;ois translater.

Libyan Prince powerful in the West
Will come to inflame very much French with Arabian.
Learned in letters condescending he will
Translate the Arabian language into French.

Quatrain 3,28

De terre foible & pauure parentelle,
Par bout & paix paruiendra dans l'empire.
Long temps regner vne ieune femelle,
Qu'oncques en regne n'en suruint vn si pire.

Of land weak and parentage poor,
Through piece and peace he will attain to the empire.
For a long time a young female to reign,
Never has one so bad come upon the kingdom.

Quatrain 3,29

Les deux neueux en diuers lieux nourris.
Nauale pugne, terre peres tombez
Viendront si haut esleuez enguerris
Venger l'iniure, ennemis succombez.

The two nephews brought up in diverse places:
Naval battle, land, fathers fallen:
They will come to be elevated very high in making war
To avenge the injury, enemies succumbed.

Quatrain 3,30

Celuy qu'en luitte & fer au faict bellique
Aura port&#130; plus grand que luy le pris:
De nuict au lict six luy feront la pique
Nud sans harnois subit sera surprins.

He who during the struggle with steel in the deed of war
Will have carried off the prize from on greater than he:
By night six will carry the grudge to his bed,
Without armor he will surprised suddenly.

Quatrain 3,31

Aux champs de Mede, d'Arabe, & d'Armenie
Deux grands copies trois fois s'assembleront:
Pres du riuage d'Araxes la mesgnie,
Du grand Soliman en terre tomberont.

On the field of Media, of Arabia and of Armenia
Two great armies will assemble thrice:
The host near the bank of the Araxes,
They will fall in the land of the great Suleiman.

Quatrain 3,32

Le grand sepulchre du peuple Aquitanique
S'approchera aupres de la Toscane.
Quand Mars sera pres du coing Germanique
Et au terroir de la gent Mantuane.

The great tomb of the people of Aquitaine
Will approach near to Tuscany,
When Mars will be in the corner of Germany
And in the land of the Mantuan people.

Quatrain 3,33

En la cit&#130; o&#151; le loup entrera,
Bien pres de l&#133; les ennemis seront:
Copie estrange grand pays gastera
Aux murs & Alpes les amis passeront.

In the city where the wolf will enter,
Very near there will the enemies be:
Foreign army will spoil a great country.
The friends will pass at the wall and Alps.

Quatrain 3,34

Quand le deffaut du Soleil lors sera
Sur le plein iour le monstre sera veu:
Tout autrement on l'interpretera,
Chert&#130; n'a garde nul n'y aura pourueu.

When the eclipse of the Sun will then be,
The monster will be seen in full day:
Quite otherwise will one interpret it,
High price unguarded: none will have foreseen it.

Quatrain 3,35

Du plus profond de l'Occident d'Europe,
De pauures gens vn ieune enfant naistra,
Qui par sa langue seduira grande troupe,
Sont bruit au regne d'Orient plus croistra.

>From the very depths of the West of Europe,
A young child will be born of poor people,
He who by his tongue will seduce a great troop:
His fame will increase towards the realm of the East.

Quatrain 3,36

Enseuely non mort apopletique,
Sera trouu&#130; auoir les mains mangees:
Quand la cit&#130; damnera l'heretique,
Qu'auoit leurs loix, ce leur sembloit changees,

Buried apoplectic not dead,
He will be found to have his hands eaten:
When the city will condemn the heretic,
He who it seemed to them had changed their laws.

Quatrain 3,37

Auant l'assaut l'oraison prononcee,
Milan prins d'Aigle par embusches deceus
Muraille antique par canons enfoncee,
Par feu & sang &#133; mercy peu receus.

The speech delivered before the attack,
Milan taken by the Eagle through deceptive ambushes:
Ancient wall driven in by cannons,
Through fire and blood few given quarter.

Quatrain 3,38

La gens Gauloise & nation estrange,
Outre les motns, morts, prins & profugez:
Au moins contraire & proche de vendange,
Paules Seigneurs en accord redigez.

The Gallic people and a foreign nation
Beyond the mountains, dead, captured and killed:
In the contrary month and near vintage time,
Through the Lords drawn up in accord.

Quatrain 3,39

Les sept en trois moins en concorde,
Pour subiuguer des Alpes Apennines:
Mais la tempeste & Ligure coarde,
Les profligent en subites ruines.

The seven in three months in agreement
To subjugate the Apennine Alps:
But the tempest and cowardly Ligurian,
Destroys them in sudden ruins.

Quatrain 3,40

Le grand theatre se viendra redresser,
Les dez iettez & les rets ja tendus:
Trop le premier en glaz viendra lasser,
Pars arcs prostrais de long temps ja fendus.

The great theater will come to be set up again:
The dice cast and the snares already laid.
Too much the first one will come to tire in the death knell,
Prostrated by arches already a long time split.

Quatrain 3,41

Bossu sera esleu par le conseil.
Plus hideux monstre en terre n'apperceu,
Le coup voulant creuera l'oeil,
Le traistre au Roy pour fidelle receu.

Hunchback will be elected by the council,
A more hideous monster not seen on earth,
The willing blow will put out his eye:
The traitor to the King received as faithful.

Quatrain 3,42

L'enfant naistra &#133; deux dents en la gorge,
Pierres en Tuscie par pluye tomberont:
Peu d'ans apres ne sera bled ny orge,
Pour saouler ceux qui de faim failliront.

The child will be born with two teeth in his mouth,
Stones will fall during the rain in Tuscany:
A few years after there will be neither wheat nor barley,
To satiate those who will faint from hunger.

Quatrain 3,43

Gens d'alentour de Tain Loth, & Garonne
Grandez les monts Apenines passer:
Vostre tombeau pres de Rome & d'Anconne,
Le noir poil crespe fera trophe dresser:

People from around the Tarn, Lot and Garonne
Beware of passing the Apennine mountains:
Your tomb near Rome and Ancona,
The black frizzled beard will have a trophy set up.

Quatrain 3,44

Quand l'animal &#133; l'homme domestique,
Apres grands peines & sauts viendra parler,
Le foudre &#133; vierge sera si malefique,
De terre prinse & suspendue en l'air.

When the animal domesticated by man
After great pains and leaps will come to speak:
The lightning to the virgin will be very harmful,
Taken from earth and suspended in the air.

Quatrain 3,45

Les cinq estranges entrez dedans le temple.
Leur sang viendra la terre prophaner.
Aux Tholosains sera bien dur exemple,
D'vn qui viendra ses lois exterminer.

The five strangers entered in the temple,
Their blood will come to pollute the land:
To the Toulousans it will be a very hard example
Of one who will come to exterminate their laws.

Quatrain 3,46

Le ciel (de Plencus la cit&#130;) nous presage,
Par clers insignes & par estoilles fixes,
Que de son change subit s'approche l'aage,
Ne pour son bien, ne pour ses malefices.

The sky ( of Plancus' city ) forebodes to us
Through clear signs and fixed stars,
That the time of its sudden change is approaching,
Neither for its good, nor for its evils.

Quatrain 3,47

Le vieux monarque dechass&#130; de son regne
Aux Oriens son secours ira querre:
Pour peut des croix ployera son enseigne,
En Mytilene ira par port & par terre.

The old monarch chased out of his realm
Will go to the East asking for its help:
For fear of the crosses he will fold his banner:
To Mitylene he will go through port and by land.

Quatrain 3,48

Sept cens captifs attachez rudement,
Pour la moiti&#130; meurtrir, donn&#130; le sort:
Le proche espoir vindra si promptement
Mais non si tost qu'vne quinziesme mort.

Seven hundred captives bound roughly.
Lots drawn for the half to be murdered:
The hope at hand will come very promptly
But not as soon as the fifteenth death.

Quatrain 3,49

Regne Gaulois tu seras bien chang&#130;,
En lieu estrange est translat&#130; l'empire:
En autres moeurs & loix seras rang&#130;,
Rouan, & Chartres te feront bien du pire.

Gallic realm, you will be much changed:
To a foreign place is the empire transferred:
You will be set up amidst other customs and laws:
Rouen and Chartres will do much of the worst to you.

Quatrain 3,50

La republique de la grande cit&#130;,
A grand rigueur ne voudra consentir:
Roy sortir hors par trompette cit&#130;,
L'eschelle au mur la cit&#130; repentir.

The republic of the great city
Will not want to consent to the great severity:
King summoned by trumpet to go out,
The ladder at the wall, the city will repent.

Quatrain 3,51

Paris coniure vn grand meurtre commetre
Blois le fera sortir en plain effect:
Ceux d'Orleans voudront leur chef remettre
Angers, Troye, Langres leur feront vn meffait.

Paris conspires to commit a great murder
Blois will cause it to be fully carried out:
Those of Orl&#130;ans will want to replace their chief,
Angers, Troyes, Langres will commit a misdeed against them.

Quatrain 3,52

En la champagne sera si longue pluye,
Et en la Poille si grande siccit&#130;
Coq verra l'Aigle, l'aisse mal accomplie,
Par Lyon mise sera en extremit&#130;.

In Campania there will be a very long rain,
In Apulia very great drought.
The Cock will see the Eagle, its wing poorly finished,
By the Lion will it be put into extremity.

Quatrain 3,53

Quand le plus grand emportera le pris
De Nuremberg d'Augbourg, & ceuz de Basle,
Par Agippine chef Frankfort repris
Trauerseront par Flamant iusques en Gale.

When the greatest one will carry off the prize
Of Nuremberg, of Augsburg, and those of B&#131;le
Through Cologne the chief Frankfort retaken
They will cross through Flanders right into Gaul.

Quatrain 3,54

L'vn des grands fuira aux Espagnes
Qu'en longue playe apres viendra saigner:
Passant copies par les hautes montaines,
Deuastant tout, & puis en paix regner.

One of the greatest ones will flee to Spain
Which will thereafter come to bleed in a long wound:
Armies passing over the high mountains,
Devastating all, and then to reign in peace.

Quatrain 3,55

En l'an qu'vn oeil en France regnera,
La court sera en vn bien fascheux trouble:
Le grand de Blois sont amy tuera
Le regne mis en mal & doute double.

In the year that one eye will reign in France,
The court will be in very unpleasant trouble:
The great one of Blois will kill his friend:
The realm placed in harm and double doubt.

Quatrain 3,56

Montaubant, Nismes, Auignon & Besier,
Peste, tonnerre, & gresle &#133; fin de Mars:
De Paris Pont, Lyon mur, Montpellier,
Depuis six cens & sept vingts trois pars.

Montauban, N&#140;mes, Avignon and B&#130;ziers,
Plague, thunder and hail in the wake of Mars:
Of Paris bridge, Lyons wall, Montpellier,
After six hundreds and seven score three pairs.

Quatrain 3,57

Sept fois changer verrez gent Britanique,
Taints en sang en deux cens nonante an
Franche non point par appuy Germanique
Aries doubte son pole Bastarnan.

Seven times will you see the British nation change,
Steeped in blood in 290 years:
Free not at all its support Germanic.
Aries doubt his "Bastarnian" pole.

Quatrain 3,58

Aupres du Rhin des montaignes Noriques
Naistra vn grand de gens trop trard venu,
Qui defendra Saurome & Pannoniques,
Qu'on ne s&#135;aura qu'il sera deuenu.

Near the Rhine from the Noric mountains
Will be born a great one of people come too late,
One who will defend Sarmatia and the Pannonians,
One will not know what will have become of him.

Quatrain 3,59

Barbare empire par le tiers vsurp&#130;,
La plus grand part de son sang mettra &#133; mort:
Par mort senile par luy le quart frapp&#130;,
Pour peur que sang par le sang ne soit mort.

Barbarian empire usurped by the third,
The greater part of his blood he will put to death:
Through senile death the fourth struck by him,
For fear that the blood through the blood be not dead.

Quatrain 3,60

Par toute Asie grande proscription,
Mesme en Mysie, Lysie, & Pamphilie.
Sang versera par absolution,
D'vn ieune noir remply de felonnie.

Throughout all Asia (Minor) great proscription,
Even in Mysia, Lycia and Pamphilia.
Blood will be shed because of the absolution
Of a young black one filled with felony.

Quatrain 3,61

La grande bande & secte crucigere,
Se dressera en Mesopotamie:
Du proche fleuue compagnie legere,
Que telle loy tiendra pour ennemie.

The great band and sect of crusaders
Will be arrayed in Mesopotamia:
Light company of the nearby river,
That such law will hold for an enemy.

Quatrain 3,62

Proche del duero par mer Cyrrene close,
Viendra perser les grands monts Pyrenees
La main plus courte & sa perce glose,
A Carcassonne conduira les menees.

Near the Douro by the closed Tyrian sea,
He will come to pierce the great Pyrenees mountains.
One hand shorter his opening glosses,
He will lead his traces to Carcassone.

Quatrain 3,63

Romain pouuoir sera du tout &#133; bas:
Son grand voisin imiter les vestiges:
Occultes haines ciuiles & debats,
Retarderont au bouffons leurs folies.

The Roman power will be thoroughly abased,
Following in the footsteps of its great neighbour:
Hidden civil hatreds and debates
Will delay their follies for the buffoons.

Quatrain 3,64

Le chef de Perse remplira grande Olchade,
Classe Triteme contre gens Mahometiques:
De Parthe, & Mede, & piller les Cyclades.
Repos long temps au grand port Ionique.

The chief of Persia will occupy great "Olchades,"
The trireme fleet against the Mahometan people
>From Parthia, and Media: and the Cyclades pillaged:
Long rest at the great Ionian port.

Quatrain 3,65

Quand le sepulchre du grand Romain trouu&#130;
Le iour apres sera esleu Pontife:
Du Senat gueres il ne sera prouu&#130;
Empoisonne, son sang au sacr&#130; scyphe.

When the sepulchre of the great Roman is found,
The day after a Pontiff will be elected:
Scarcely will he be approved by the Senate
Poisoned, his blood in the sacred chalice.

Quatrain 3,66

Le grand Balif d'Orleans mis &#133; mort
Sera par vn de sang vindicatif:
De mort merite ne montra ne par sort
Des pieds & mains mal le faisoit captif.

The great Bailiff of Orl&#130;ans put to death
Will be by one of blood revengeful:
Of death deserved he will not die, nor by chance:
He made captive poorly by his feet and hands.

Quatrain 3,67

Vne nouuelle secte de Philosophes,
Mesprisant mort, or, honneurs & richesses:
Des monts Germanins ne seront limitrophes,
A les ensuyure auront appuy & presses.

A new sect of Philosophers
Despising death, gold, honors and riches
Will not be bordering upon the German mountains:
To follow them they will have power and crowds.

Quatrain 3,68

Peuple sans chef d'Espaigne d'Italie,
Mors, profliges dedans le Cherronesse
Leur dict trahy par legere folie,
Le sang nager par tout &#133; la traverse.

Leaderless people of Spain and Italy
Dead, overcome within the Peninsula:
Their dictator betrayed by irresponsible folly,
Swimming in blood everywhere in the latitude.

Quatrain 3,69

Grand exercise conduit par iouuenceau,
Se viendra rendre aux mains des ennemis
Mais le vieillard nay au demy pourceau,
Fera Chalon & Mascon estre amis.

The great army led by a young man,
It will come to surrender itself into the hands of the enemies:
But the old one born to the half-pig,
He will cause Ch&#131;lon and M&#131;con to be friends.

Quatrain 3,70

La grand Bretaigne comprinse d'Angletterre,
Viendra par eaux si haut &#133; inonder
La Ligue neuue d'ausonne fera guerre,
Que contre eux ils se viendront bander.

The great Britain including England
Will come to be flooded very high by waters
The new League of Ausonia will make war,
So that they will come to strive against them.

Quatrain 3,71

Ceux dans les isles de long temps assiegez,
Prendront vigueur force contre ennemis:
Ceux par dehors morts de faim profligez,
En plus grand faim que iamais seront mis.

Those in the isles long besieged
Will take vigor and force against their enemies:
Those outside dead overcome by hunger,
They will be put in greater hunger than ever before.

Quatrain 3,72

Le bon vieillard tout vif enseuely,
Pres du grand fleuue par fausse soup&#135;on:
Le nouueau vieux de richesse ennobly,
Prins &#133; chemin tout l'or de la ran&#135;on.

The good old man buried quite alive,
Near the great river through false suspicion:
The new old man ennobled by riches,
Captured on the road all his gold for ransom.

Quatrain 3,73

Quand dans le regne paruiendra le boiteux,
Competiteur aura proche bastard:
Luy & le regne viendront si fort roigneux,
Qu'ains qu'il guerisse son faict sera bien tard.

When the cripple will attain to the realm,
For his competitor he will have a near bastard:
He and the realm will become so very mangy
That before he recovers, it will be too late.

Quatrain 3,74

Naples, Florence, Fauence, & Imole,
Seront en termes de telle facherie,
Que pour complaire aux malheureux de Nolle
Plainct d'auoir faict &#133; son chef moquerie.

Naples, Florence, Faenza and Imola,
They will be on terms of such disagreement
As to delight in the wretches of Nola
Complaining of having mocked its chief.

Quatrain 3,75

Pau, Verone, Vicenne Sarragousse,
De glaiues loings, terroirs de sang humides
Peste si grande viendra &#133; la grand gousse,
Proche secours, & bien loing les remedes.

Pau, Verona, Vicenza, Saragossa,
>From distant swords lands wet with blood:
Very great plague will come with the great shell,
Relief near, and the remedies very far.

Quatrain 3,76

En Germanie naistront diuerses sectes,
S'approchant fort de l'heureux paganisme,
Le coeur captif & petites receptes,
Feront retour &#133; payer le vray disme.

In Germany will be born diverse sects,
Coming very near happy paganism,
The heart captive and returns small,
They will return to paying the true tithe.

Quatrain 3,77

Le tiers climat sous Aries comprins
L'an mil sept cens vingt & sept en Octobre,
Le Roy de Perse par d'Egypte prins
Conflit mort, perte: &#133; la croix grand opprobre.

The third climate included under Aries
The year 1727 in October,
The King of Persia captured by those of Egypt:
Conflict, death, loss: to the cross great shame.

Quatrain 3,78

Le chef d'Escosse, auec six d'Allemagne
Par gens de mer Orient aux captif:
Trauerseront le Calpre & Espagne,
Present en Perse au nouueau Roy craintif.

The chief of Scotland, with six of Germany
Captive of the Eastern seamen:
They will pass Gibraltar and Spain,
Present in Persia for the fearful new King.

Quatrain 3,79

L'ordre fatal sempiternel par chaisne,
Viendra tourner par orpte consequent:
Du port Phocen sera rompue la chaisne,
La cit&#130; prinse, l'ennemy quant & quant.

The fatal everlasting order through the chain
Will come to turn through consistent order:
The chain of Marseilles will be broken:
The city taken, the enemy at the same time.

Quatrain 3,80

Du regne Anglois le digne dechass&#130;,
Le conseiller par ire mis &#133; feu
Ses adherans iront si bas tracer,
Que le bastard sera demy receu.

The worthy one chased out of the English realm,
The adviser through angur put to the fire:
His adherents will go so low to efface themselves
That the bastard will be half received.

Quatrain 3,81

Le grand criard sans honte audacieux,
Sera esleu gouuerneur de l'armee:
La hardiesse de son contenteur
Le pont rompu, cit&#130; de pur pasmee.

The great shameless, audacious bawler,
He will be elected governor of the army:
The boldness of his contention,
The bridge broken, the city faint from fear.

Quatrain 3,82

Ereins, Antibor, villes autour de Nice,
Seront gastees fort par mer & par terre:
Les sauterelles terre & mer vent propice,
Prins morts trousses, pilles sans loy de guerre:

Fr&#130;jus, Antibes, towns around Nice,
They will be thoroughly devastated by sea and by land:
The locusts by land and by sea the wind propitious,
Captured, dead, bound, pillaged without law of war.

Quatrain 3,83

Les longs cheueux de la Gaule Celtique,
Accompagnes d'estranges nations,
Mettront captif la gent aquitanique,
Pour succomber &#133; leurs intentions.

The long hairs of Celtic Gaul
Accompanied by foreign nations,
They will make captive the people of Aquitaine,
For succumbing to their designs.

Quatrain 3,84

La grande cit&#130; sera bien desolee,
Des habitans vn seul n'y demeurera
Mur, sexe, temple & vierge violee,
Par fer, feu, peste canon peuple mourra.

The great city will be thoroughly desolated,
Of the inhabitants not a single one will remain there:
Wall, sex, temple and virgin violated,
Through sword, fire, plague, cannon people will die.

Quatrain 3,85

La cit&#130; prinse par tromperie & fraude,
Par le moyen d'vn beau ieune attrap&#130;.
Assaut donn&#130; Raubine pres de LAVDE,
Luy & touts morts pour auoir bien tromp&#130;.

The city taken through deceit and guile,
Taken in by means of a handsome youth:
Assault given by the Robine near the Aude,
He and all dead for having thoroughly deceived.

Quatrain 3,86

Vn chef d'Ausonne aux Espaignes ira
Par mer fera arrest dedans Marseille:
Auant sa mort vn long temps languira
Apres sa mort on verra grand merueille.

A chief of Ausonia will go to Spain
By sea, he will make a stop in Marseilles:
Before his death he will linger a long time:
After his death one will see a great marvel.

Quatrain 3,87

Classe Gauloisse n'approche de Corsegue,
Moins de Sardaigne, tu t'en repentiras:
Trestous mourrez frustrez de l'aide grogne.
Sang nagera captif ne me croiras.

Gallic fleet, do not approach Corsica,
Less Sardinia, you will rue it:
Every one of you will die frustrated of the help of the cape:
You will swim in blood, captive you will not believe me.

Quatrain 3,88

De Barselonne par mer si grand' armee,
Toute Marseille de frayeur tremblera.
Isles saisies de mer ayde fermee,
Ton traditeur en terre nagera.

>From Barcelona a very great army by sea,
All Marseilles will tremble with terror:
Isles seized help shut off by sea,
Your traitor will swim on land.

Quatrain 3,89

En ce temps la sera frustree Cypres.
De son secours de ceux de mer Egee:
Vieux trucidez, mais par mesles & lyphres
Seduict leur Roy, Royne, plus outragee.

At that time Cyprus will be frustrated
Of its relief by those of the Aegean Sea:
Old ones slaughtered: but by speeches and supplications
Their King seduced, Queen outraged more.

Quatrain 3,90

Le grand Satyre & Tigre d'Hyrcanie.
Dont present&#130; &#133; ceux de l'Occean:
Vn chef classe istra de Carmanie,
Qui prendra texte au Tyrren Phocean.

The great Satyr and Tiger of Hyrcania,
Gift presented to those of the Ocean:
A fleet's chief will set out from Carmania,
One who will take land at the "Tyrren Phocaean."

Quatrain 3,91

L'arbre qu'estoit par long temps mort sech&#130;,
Dans vne nuict viendra &#133; reuerdir:
Coron Roy malade, Prince pied estach&#130;,
Criant d'ennemis fera voile bondir.

The tree which had long been dead and withered,
In one night it will come to grow green again:
The Cronian King sick, Prince with club foot,
Feared by his enemies he will make his sail bound.

Quatrain 3,92

Le monde proche du dernier periode
Saturne encor tard sera de retour:
Tanslat empire deuers nation Brodde,
L'oeil arrach&#130; &#133; Narbon par Autour.

The world near the last period,
Saturn will come back again late:
Empire transferred towards the Dusky nation,
The eye plucked out by the Goshawk at Narbonne.

Quatrain 3,93

Dans Auignon tout le chef de l'empire
Fera arrest pour Paris desol&#130;:
Tricast tiendra l'Annibalique ire,
Lyon par change sera mal consol&#130;.

In Avignon the chief of the whole empire
Will make a stop on the way to desolated Paris:
"Tricast" will hold the anger of Hannibal:
Lyons will be poorly consoled for the change.

Quatrain 3,94

De cinq cens ans plus compte lon tiendra,
Celuy qu'estoit l'ornement de son temps:
Puis &#133; vn coup grande clart&#130; donra,
Qui par ce siecle les rendra trescontens.

For five hundred years more one will keep count of him
Who was the ornament of his time:
Then suddenly great light will he give,
He who for this century will render them very satisfied.

Quatrain 3,95

La loy Moricque on verra deffaillir.
Apres vne autre beaucoup plus seductiue:
Boristhenes premier viendra faillir.
Par dons & langue vne plus attractiue.

The law of More will be seen to decline:
After another much more seductive:
Dnieper first will come to give way:
Through gifts and tongue another more attractive.

Quatrain 3,96

Chef de Fossan aura gorge couppee,
Par le ducteur du limier & leurier:
Le faict par ceux du mont Tarpee,
Saturne en Leo 13. de Feurier.

The Chief of Fossano will have his throat cut
By the leader of the bloodhound and greyhound:
The deed executed by those of the Tarpeian Rock,
Saturn in Leo February 13.

Quatrain 3,97

Nouuelle loy terre neuue occuper,
Vers la Syrie, Iud&#130;e & Palestine:
Le grand empire barbare corruer,
Auant que Pheb&#130;s son siecle determine.

New law to occupy the new land
Towards Syria, Judea and Palestine:
The great barbarian empire to decay,
Before the Moon completes it cycle.

Quatrain 3,98

Deux royals freres si fort guerroyeront
Qu'entre eux sera la guerre si mortelle:
Qu'vn chacun places fortes occuperons,
De regne & vie sera leur grand querelle.

Two royal brothers will wage war so fierely
That between them the war will be so mortal
That both will occupy the strong places:
Their great quarrel will fill realm and life.

Quatrain 3,99

Aux champs herbeux d'Alein & du Varneigne,
Du mont Lebron proche de la Durance,
Camps de deux parts conflict sera si aigre,
Mesopotasie defaillira en la France.

In the grassy fields of Alleins and Vern&#138;gues
Of the Lub&#130;ron range near the Durance,
The conflict will be very sharp for both armies,
Mesopotamia will fail in France.

Quatrain 3,100

Entre Gaulois le dernier honnor&#130;,
D'homme ennemy sera victorieux:
Force & terroir en nomment explor&#130;,
D'vn coup de traict quand moura l'enuieux.

The last one honored amongst the Gauls,
Over the enemy man will he be victorious:
Force and land in a moment explored,
When the envious one will die from an arrow shot.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 06:18 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

Quatrain 4,1

CELA du reste de sang non espandu,
Venise quiert secours estre donn&#130;.
Apres auoir bien loing t&#136;ps attendu,
Cit&#130; liuree au premier cornet sonn&#130;.

That of the remainder of blood unshed:
Venice demands that relief be given:
After having waited a very long time,
City delivered up at the first sound of the horn.

Quatrain 4,2

Par mort la France prendra voyage &#133; faire,
Classe par mer, marcher monts Pyrenees.
Espaigne en trouble, marcher gent militaire:
Des plus grands Dames en France emmenees.

Because of death France will take to making a journey,
Fleet by sea, marching over the Pyrenees Mountains,
Spain in trouble, military people marching:
Some of the greatest Ladies carried off to France.

Quatrain 4,3

D'Arras & Bourges, de Brodes grans enseignes,
Vn plus grand nombre de Gascons battre &#133; pied,
Ceux long du Rosne saigneront les Espaignes:
Proche du mont o&#151; Sagonte s'assied.

>From Arras and Bourges many banners of Dusky Ones,
A greater number of Gascons to fight on foot,
Those along the Rh&#147;ne will bleed the Spanish:
Near the mountain where Sagunto sits.

Quatrain 4,4

L'impotent prince fach&#130; plaincts & querelles,
De rapts & pill&#130;, par coqz & par Libiques:
Grands est par terre par mer infinies voilles,
Seule Italie sera chassant Celtiques.

The impotent Prince angry, complaints and quarrels,
Rape and pillage, by cocks and Africans:
Great it is by land, by sea infinite sails,
Italy alone will be chasing Celts.

Quatrain 4,5

Croix, paix, soubs vn accomply diuin verbe,
L'Espaigne & Gaule seront vnis ensemble:
Grand clade proche, & combat tres accerbe,
Coeur si hardy ne sera qui ne tremble.

Cross, peace, under one the divine word accomplished,
Spain and Gaul will be united together:
Great disaster near, and combat very bitter:
No heart will be so hardy as not to tremble.

Quatrain 4,6

D'habits nouueaux apres faicte la treuue,
Malice tramme & machination:
Premier mourra qui en fera la preuue,
Couleur venise insidiation.

By the new clothes after the find is made,
Malicious plot and machination:
First will die he who will prove it,
Color Venetian trap.

Quatrain 4,7

Le mineur fils du grand & hay Prince,
De lepre aura &#133; vingt ans grande tache,
De dueil sa mere mourra bien triste & mince,
Et il mourra l&#133; o&#151; tombe cher lache.

The minor son of the great and hated Prince,
He will have a great touch of leprosy at the age of twenty:
Of grief his mother will die very sad and emaciated,
And he will die where the loose flesh falls.

Quatrain 4,8

La grand cit&#130; d'assaut prompt & repentin,
Surprins de nuict, gardes interrompus:
Les excubies & veilles sainct Quintin,
Trucidez gardes & les portails rompus.

The great city by prompt and sudden assault
Surprised at night, guards interrupted:
The guards and watches of Saint-Quentin
Slaughtered, guards and the portals broken.

Quatrain 4,9

Le chef du camp au milieu de la presse:
D'vn coup de fleche sera bless&#130; aux cuisses,
Lors que Geneue en larmes & detresse,
Sera trahie par Lauzan, & Souysses.

The chief of the army in the middle of the crowd
Will be wounded by an arrow shot in the thighs,
When Geneva in tears and distress
Will be betrayed by Lausanne and the Swiss.

Quatrain 4,10

Le ieune Prince accus&#130; faussement,
Mettra en trouble le camp & en querelles:
Meurtry le chef pour le soustenement,
Sceptre appaiser: puis guerir escroelles.

The young Prince falsely accused
Will plunge the army into trouble and quarrels:
The chief murdered for his support,
Sceptre to pacify: then to cure scrofula.

Quatrain 4,11

Celuy qu'aura gouuert de la grand cappe,
Sera induict &#133; quelques cas patrer:
Les douze rouges viendront soiller la nappa,
Soubz meurtre, meurtre se viendra perpetrer.

He who will have the government of the great cope
Will be prevailed upon to perform several deeds:
The twelve red one who will come to soil the cloth,
Under murder, murder will come to be perpetrated.

Quatrain 4,12

Le champ plus grand de route mis en fuite,
Guaires plus outre ne sera pourchass&#130;:
Ost recamp&#130; & legion reduicte,
Puis hors des Gaules du tout sera chass&#130;

The greater army put to flight in disorder,
Scarcely further will it be pursued:
Army reassembled and the legion reduced,
Then it will be chased out completely from the Gauls.

Quatrain 4,13

De plus grand perte nouuelles rapportees,
Le raport le camp s'estournera.
Ban les vnies encontre reuoltees,
Double phalange quand abandonnera.

News of the greater loss reported,
The report will astonish the army:
Troops united against the revolted:
The double phalanx will abandon the great one.

Quatrain 4,14

La mort subite du premier personnage
Aura chang&#130; & mis vn autre au regne:
Tost, tard venu &#133; si haut & bas aage,
Que terre & mer faudra que on le craigne.

The sudden death of the first personage
Will have caused a change and put another in the sovereignty:
Soon, late come so high and of low age,
Such by land and sea that it will be necessary to fear him.

Quatrain 4,15

D'o&#151; pensera faire venir famine,
De l&#133; viendra se rassasiement:
L'oeil de la mer par auare canine
Pour de l'vn l'autre donra huyle, froment.

>From where they will think to make famine come,
>From there will come the surfeit:
The eye of the sea through canine greed
For the one the other will give oil and wheat.

Quatrain 4,16

La cit&#130; franche de libert&#130; fait serue.
Des profligez & resueurs faict asyle.
Le Roy chang&#130; &#133; eux non si proterue:
De cent seront deuenus plus de mille.

The city of liberty made servile:
Made the asylum of profligates and dreamers.
The King changed to them not so violent:
>From one hundred become more than a thousand.

Quatrain 4,17

Changer &#133; Banne, Nuy, Chalons, & Dijon,
Le duc voulant amander la Barree
March&#131;t pres fleuue, poisson, bec de plongeon
Verra la quee: porte sera serree.

To change at Beaune, Nuits, Ch&#131;lon and Dijon,
The duke wishing to improve the Carmelite [nun]
Marching near the river, fish, diver's beak
Will see the tail: the gate will be locked.

Quatrain 4,18

Des plus lettrez dessus les faits celestes
Seront par princes ignorans reprouuez:
Punis d'Edit, chassez, comme scelestes,
Et mis &#133; mort l&#133; o&#151; seront trouuez.

Some of those most lettered in the celestial facts
Will be condemned by illiterate princes:
Punished by Edict, hunted, like criminals,
And put to death wherever they will be found.

Quatrain 4,19

Deuant Roan d'Insubres mis le siege,
Par terre & mer enfermez les passages:
D'haynaut, & Fl&#131;dres de G&#131;d & ceux de Liege,
Par dons laenees rauiront les riuages.

Before Rouen the siege laid by the Insubrians,
By land and sea the passages shut up:
By Hainaut and Flanders, by Ghent and those of Li&#130;ge
Through cloaked gifts they will ravage the shores.

Quatrain 4,20

Paix vbert&#130; long temps lieu loera:
Par tout son regne de sert la fleur de lys:
Corps morts d'eau, terre l&#133; l'on aportera,
Sperans vain heur d'estre l&#133; enseuelis.

Peace and plenty for a long time the place will praise:
Throughout his realm the fleur-de-lys deserted:
Bodies dead by water, land one will bring there,
Vainly awaiting the good fortune to be buried there.

Quatrain 4,21

Le changement sera fort difficile,
Cit&#130;, prouince au change gain fera:
Coeur haut, prudent mis, chass&#130; luy habile,
Mer, terre, peuple son estat changera.

The change will be very difficult:
City and province will gain by the change:
Heart high, prudent established, chased out one cunning,
Sea, land, people will change their state.

Quatrain 4,22

La grand copie qui sera deschassee,
Dans vn moment fera besoing au Roy.
La foy promise de loing sera faussee,
Nud se verra en piteux desarroy.

The great army will be chased out,
In one moment it will be needed by the King:
The faith promised from afar will be broken,
He will be seen naked in pitiful disorder.

Quatrain 4,23

La legion dans la marine classe,
Calcine, Magnes soulphre, & poix bruslera:
Le long repos de l'asseuree place,
Port Selyn, Hercle feu les consumera.

The legion in the marine fleet
Will burn lime, loadstone sulfur and pitch:
The long rest in the secure place:
"Port Selyn" and Monaco, fire will consume them.

Quatrain 4,24

Ouy soubs terre saincte Dame voix fainte,
Humaine flamme pour diuine voir luire:
Fera des seuls de leur sang terre tainte,
Et les saincts temples pour les impurs destruire.

Beneath the holy earth of a soul the faint voice heard,
Human flame seen to shine as divine:
It will cause the earth to be stained with the blood of the monks,
And to destroy the holy temples for the impure ones.

Quatrain 4,25

Corps sublimes sans fin &#133; l'oeil visibles,
Ob nubiler viendront par ces raisons:
Corps, front comprins, sens chefs & inuisibles,
Diminuant les sacrees oraisons.

Lofty bodies endlessly visible to the eye,
Through these reasons they will come to obscure:
Body, forehead included, sense and head invisible,
Diminishing the sacred prayers.

Quatrain 4,26

Lou grand eyssame se leuera d'abelhos,
Que non salutan don te siegen venguddos.
Denuech l'&#136;bousq, lou gach dessous les treilhos
Ceiutad trahido per cinq lengos non nudos.

The great swarm of bees will arise,
Such that one will not know whence they have come;
By night the ambush, the sentinel under the vines
City delivered by five babblers not naked.

Quatrain 4,27

Salon, Mansol, Tarascon de SEX, l'are,
O&#151; est debout encor la piramide:
Viendront liurer le Prince Dannemarc,
Rachat honny au temple d'Artemide.

Salon, Tarascon, "Mausol", the arch of "SEX.",
Where the pyramid is still standing:
They will come to deliver the Prince of "Annemark,"
Redemption reviled in the temple of Artemis.

Quatrain 4,28

Lors que Venus du Sol sera couuert,
Soubs l'esplendeur sera forme occulte:
Mercure au feu les aura descouuert,
Par bruit bellique sera mis &#133; l'insulte.

When Venus will be covered by the Sun,
Under the splendor will be a hidden form:
Mercury will have exposed them to the fire,
Through warlike noise it will be insulted.

Quatrain 4,29

Le Sol cach&#130; eclipse par Mercure,
Ne sera mis que pour le ciel second:
De Vulcan Hermes sera faicte pasture,
Sol sera veu peur, rutiland & blond.

The Sun hidden eclipsed by Mercury
Will be placed only second in the sky:
Of Vulcan Hermes will be made into food,
The Sun will be seen pure, glowing red and golden.

Quatrain 4,30

Plus unze fois Luna Sol ne vouldra,
Tous augment&#130; & baissez de degrez:
Et si bas mis que peu or on coudra,
Qu'apres faim peste, descouuert le secret.

Eleven more times the Moon the Sun will not want,
All raised and lowered by degree:
And put so low that one will stitch little gold:
Such that after famine plague, the secret uncovered.

Quatrain 4,31

La Lune au plain de nuict sur le haut mont,
Le nouueau sophe d'vn seul cerueau la veu:
Par ses disciples estre immortel semond,
Yeux au mydi, en seins mains corps au feu.

The Moon in the full of night over the high mountain,
The new sage with a lone brain sees it:
By his disciples invited to be immortal,
Eyes to the south. Hands in bosoms, bodies in the fire.

Quatrain 4,32

Es lieux & temps chair ou poisson donra lieu,
La loy commune sera faicte au contraire:
Vieux tiendra fort puis ost&#130; du milieu,
Le Panta chiona philon mis fort arriere.

In the places and times of flesh giving way to fish,
The communal law will be made in opposition:
It will hold strongly the old ones, then removed from the midst,
Loving of Everything in Common put far behind.

Quatrain 4,33

Iupiter ioinct plus Venus qu'&#133; la Lune,
Apparoissant de plenitude blanche:
Venus cachee sous la blancheur Neptune
De Mars frappee & par la grauee blanche.

Jupiter joined more to Venus than to the Moon
Appearing with white fulness:
Venus hidden under the whiteness of Neptune
Struck by Mars through the white stew.

Quatrain 4,34

Le grand men&#130; captif d'estrange terre,
D'or enchain&#130; au Roy Chyren offert:
Qui dans Ausone, Milan perdra la guerre,
Et tout son ost mis &#133; feu & &#133; fer.

The great one of the foreign land led captive,
Chained in gold offered to King "Chyren":
He who in Ausonia, Milan will lose the war,
And all his army put to fire and sword.

Quatrain 4,35

Le feu esteint les vierges trahiront
La plus grand part de la bande nouuelle:
Foudre &#133; fer, lance les sels Roy garderont
Etrusque & Corse, de nuict gorge allumelle.

The fire put out the virgins will betray
The greater part of the new band:
Lightning in sword and lance the lone Kings will guard
Etruria and Corsica, by night throat cut.

Quatrain 4,36

Les ieux nouueaux en Gaule redressez,
Apres victoire de l'Insubre champaigne:
Monts d'Esperie, les grands liez, troussez:
De peur trembler la Romaigne & l'Espaigne.

The new sports set up again in Gaul,
After victory in the Insubrian campaign:
Mountains of Hesperia, the great ones tied and trussed up:
"Romania" and Spain to tremble with fear.

Quatrain 4,37

Gaulois par sauts, monts viendra penetrer:
Occupera le grand lieu de l'Insubre:
Au plus profond son ost fera entrer,
Gennes, Monech pousseront classe rubre.

The Gaul will come to penetrate the mountains by leaps:
He will occupy the great place of Insubria:
His army to enter to the greatest depth,
Genoa and Monaco will drive back the red fleet.

Quatrain 4,38

Pendant que Duc, Roy, Royne occupera,
Chef Bizant du captif en Samothrace:
Auant l'assauit l'un l'autre mangera,
Rebours ferr&#130; suyura du sang la trace.

While he will engross the Duke, King and Queen
With the captive Byzantine chief in Samothrace:
Before the assault one will eath the order:
Reverse side metaled will follow the trail of the blood.

Quatrain 4,39

Les Rhodiens demanderont secours,
Par le neglet de ses hoirs delaissee.
L'empire Arabe reuelera son cours,
Par Hesperies la cause redressee.

The Rhodians will demand relief,
Through the neglect of its heirs abandoned.
The Arab empire will reveal its course,
The cause set right again by Hesperia.

Quatrain 4,40

Les forteresses des assiegez serrez,
Par poudre &#133; feu profondez en abysmes
Les proditeurs seront tous vifs serrez,
Onc aux sacristes n'aduint si piteux scisme.

The fortresses of the besieged shut up,
Through gunpowder sunk into the abyss:
The traitors will all be stowed away alive,
Never did such a pitiful schism happen to the sextons.

Quatrain 4,41

Gymnique sexe captiue par hostage,
Viendra de nuit custodes deceuoir:
Le chef du camp de&#135;eu par son langage,
Lairra &#133; la gente, fera piteux &#133; voir.

Female sex captive as a hostage
Will come by night to deceive the guards:
The chief of the army deceived by her language
Will abandon her to the people, it will be pitiful to see.

Quatrain 4,42

Geneue & L&#131;gres par ceux de Chartres & Dole,
Et par Grenoble captif au Montlimard:
Seysset, Lausanne, par fraudulente dole,
Les trahiront par or soixante marc.

Geneva and Langres through those of Chartres and D&#147;le
And through Grenoble captive at Mont&#130;limar
Seyssel, Lausanne, through fraudulent deceit,
They will betray them for sixty marks of gold.

Quatrain 4,43

Seront ouye au ciel armes battre,
Celuy au mesme les diuins ennemis:
Voudront loix sainctes iniustement debatre:
Par foudre & guerre bien croyans &#133; mort mis.

Arms will be heard clashing in the sky:
That very same year the divine ones enemies:
They will want unjustly to discuss the holy laws:
Through lightning and war the complacent one put to death.

Quatrain 4,44

Deux gros de Mende, de Roud&#130;s & Milhau.
Cahours, Lymoges, Castres malo sepmano
De nuech l'intrado, de Bourdeaux vn cailhau,
Par Perigort au toc de la campano.

Two large ones of Mende, of Rodez and Milhau
Cahors, Limoges, Castres bad week
By night the entry, from Bordeaux an insult
Through P&#130;rigord at the peal of the bell.

Quatrain 4,45

Par conflict Roy, regne abandonnera,
Le plus grand chef faillira au besoing,
Mors profligez peu en reschapera,
Tous destranch&#130;s, vn en sera tesmoing.

Through conflict a King will abandon his realm:
The greatest chief will fail in time of need:
Dead, ruined few will escape it,
All cut up, one will be a witness to it.

Quatrain 4,46

Bien deffendu le faict par excellence,
Garde toy Tours de ta proche ruine:
Londres & Nantes par Reims fera deffense
Ne passe outre au temps de la bruine.

The fact well defended by excellence,
Guard yourself Tours from your near ruin:
London and Nantes will make a defense through Reims
Not passing further in the time of the drizzle.

Quatrain 4,47

Le noir farouche quand aura essay&#130;
Sa main sanguine par teu, fer arcs tendus,
Trestous le peuple sera tant effray&#130;,
Voir les plus grans par col & pieds pendus.

The savage black one when he will have tried
His bloody hand at fire, sword and drawn bows:
All of his people will be terribly frightened,
Seeing the greatest ones hung by neck and feet.

Quatrain 4,48

Planure Ausonne fertile, spacieuse,
Produira taons si tant de sauterelles:
Clart&#130; solaire deuiendra nubileuse,
Ronger le tout, grand peste venir d'elles.

The fertile, spacious Ausonian plain
Will produce so many gadflies and locusts,
The solar brightness will become clouded,
All devoured, great plague to come from them.

Quatrain 4,49

Deuant le peuple sang sera respandu,
Que du haut ciel viendra esloigner.
Mais d'vn long temps ne sera entendu,
L'esprit d'vn seul le viendra tesmoigner.

Before the people blood will be shed,
Only from the high heavens will it come far:
But for a long time of one nothing will be heard,
The spirit of a lone one will come to bear witness against it.

Quatrain 4,50

Libra verra regner les Hesperies,
De ciel & tenir la monarchie:
D'Asie forces nul ne verra peries,
Que sept ne tiennent par rang la hierarchie.

Libra will see the Hesperias govern,
Holding the monarchy of heaven and earth:
No one will see the forces of Asia perished,
Only seven hold the hierarchy in order.

Quatrain 4,51

Vn Duc cupide son ennemy ensuyure,
Dans entrera empeschant la phalange,
Hastez &#133; pied si pres viendront poursuyure,
Que la iournee conflite pres de Gange.

A Duke eager to follow his enemy
Will enter within impeding the phalanx:
Hurried on foot they will come to pursue so closely
That the day will see a conflict near Ganges.

Quatrain 4,52

En cit&#130; obsesse aux murs hommes & femmes.
Ennemis hors le chef prest &#133; soy rendre:
Vent sera fort encore les gendarmes.
Chassez seront par chaux, poussiere, & cendre.

In the besieged city men and woman to the walls,
Enemies outside the chief ready to surrender:
The wind will be strongly against the troops,
They will be driven away through lime, dust and ashes.

Quatrain 4,53

Les fugitifs & bannis reuoquez,
Peres & fils grand garnissant les hauts puis
Le cruel pere & les siens souffoquez,
Son fils pire submerg&#130; dans le puits.

The fugitives and exiles recalled:
Fathers and sons great garnishing of the deep wells:
The cruel father and his people choked:
His far worse son submerged in the well.

Quatrain 4,54

Du nom qui onque ne fut au Roy Gaulois
Iamais ne fut vn foudre si craintif.
Tremblant l'Italie, l'Espagne & les Anglois,
De femme estrangiers grandement attentif.

Of the name which no Gallic King ever had
Never was there so fearful a thunderbolt,
Italy, Spain and the English trembling,
Very attentive to a woman and foreigners.

Quatrain 4,55

Quand la corneille sur tout de brique ioincte,
Durant sept heures ne fera que crier:
Mort presagee de sang statue taincte,
Tyran meurtri, aux Dieux peuple prier.

When the crow on the tower made of brick
For seven hours will continue to scream:
Death foretold, the statue stained with blood,
Tyrant murdered, people praying to their Gods.

Quatrain 4,56

Apres victoire de rabieuse langue,
L'esprit tempr&#130; en tranquil & repos:
Victeur sanguin par conflict faict harangue,
Roustir la langue & la chair & les os.

After the victory of the raving tongue,
The spirit tempered in tranquility and repose:
Throughout the conflict the bloody victor makes orations,
Roasting the tongue and the flesh and the bones.

Quatrain 4,57

Ignare enuie au grand Roy supportee,
Tiendras propos deffendre les escripts.
Sa femme non femme par vn autre tentee,
Plus double deux ne fort ne criz.

Ignorant envy upheld before the great King,
He will propose forbidding the writings:
His wife not his wife tempted by another,
Twice two more neither skill nor cries.

Quatrain 4,58

Soloeil ardent dans le grosier coller,
De sang humain arrouser terre Etrusque:
Chef seille d'eau, mener son fils filer,
Captiue dame conduicte terre Turque.

To swallow the burning Sun in the throat,
The Etruscan land washed by human blood:
The chief pail of water, to lead his son away,
Captive lady conducted into Turkish land.

Quatrain 4,59

Deux assiegez en ardente ferueur:
Ce soif estaincts pour deux plaines tasses
Le fort lim&#130;, & vn vieillart resueur,
Aux Genevois de Nira monstra trasse.

Two beset in burning fervor:
By thirst for two full cups extinguished,
The fort filed, and an old dreamer,
To the Genevans he will show the track from "Nira."

Quatrain 4,60

Les sept enfans en hostaine laissez,
Le tiers viendra son enfant trucider:
Deux par son fils seront d'estoc percez.
Genues, Florence, les viendra enconder.

The seven children left in hostage,
The third will come to slaughter his child:
Because of his son two will be pierced by the point,
Genoa, Florence, he will come to confuse them.

Quatrain 4,61

Le vieux mocqu&#130; priu&#130; de sa place,
Par l'estranger qui le subornera:
Mains de son fils mangees deuant sa face,
Le frere &#133; Chartres, Orl Roan trahira.

The old one mocked and deprived of his place,
By the foreigner who will suborn him:
Hands of his son eaten before his face,
His brother to Chartres, Orl&#130;ans Rouen will betray.

Quatrain 4,62

Vn coronel machine ambition,
Se saisira de la grande armee,
Contre son Prince fainte inuention,
Et descouuert sera soubs sa ramee.

A colonel with ambition plots,
He will seize the greatest army,
Against his Prince false invention,
And he will be discovered under his arbor.

Quatrain 4,63

L'armee Celtique contre les montaignars,
Qui seront s&#135;euz & prins &#133; la pipee:
Paysans frez pouseront rost faugnars,
Precipitez tous au fils de l'espee.

The Celtic army against the mountaineers,
Those who will be learned and able in bird-calling:
Peasants will soon work fresh presses,
All hurled on the sword's edge.

Quatrain 4,64

Le deffaillant en habit de bourgeois,
Viendra le Roy tenter de son offense:
Quinze soldats la pluspart Vstagois,
Vie derniere & chef de sa cheuance.

The transgressor in bourgeois garb,
He will come to try the King with his offense:
Fifteen soldiers for the most part bandits,
Last of life and chief of his fortune.

Quatrain 4,65

Au deserteur de la grande fortresse,
Apres qu'aura son lieu abandonn&#130;,
Son aduersaire fera grand proesse,
L'empereur tost mort sera condamn&#130;.

Towards the deserter of the great fortress,
After he will have abandoned his place,
His adversary will exhibit very great prowess,
The Emperor soon dead will be condemned.

Quatrain 4,66

Sous couleur fainte de sept testes rasces,
Seront semez diuers explorateurs:
Puys & fontaines de poisons arrousees,
Au fort de Gennes humains deuorateurs.

Under the feigned color of seven shaven heads
Diverse spies will be scattered:
Wells and fountains sprinkled with poisons,
At the fort of Genoa devourers of men.

Quatrain 4,67

Lors que Saturne & Mars esgaux combust,
L'air fort seich&#130; longue traiection:
Par feux secrets, d'ardeur grand lieu adust,
Peu pluye, vent chaut, guerres, incursions.

The year that Saturn and Mars are equal fiery,
The air very dry parched long meteor:
Through secret fires a great place blazing from burning heat,
Little rain, warm wind, wars, incursions.

Quatrain 4,68

En lieu bien proche non esloign&#130; de Venus.
Les deux plus grands de l'Asie & d'Aphrique,
Du Ryn & Hister qu'on dira sont venus,
Cris pleurs &#133; Malte & cost&#130; Ligustique.

In the place very near not far from Venus,
The two greatest ones of Asia and of Africa,
>From the Rhine and Lower Danube they will be said to have come,
Cries, tears at Malta and the Ligurian side.

Quatrain 4,69

La cit&#130; grande les exilez tiendront,
Les citadins morts, meurtris & chassez:
Ceux d'Aquilee &#133; Parme promettront,
Monstrer l'entree par les lieux non trassez.

The exiles will hold the great city,
The citizens dead, murdered and driven out:
Those of Aquileia will promise Parma
To show them the entry through the untracked places.

Quatrain 4,70

Bien contigue des grands monts Pyrenees,
Vn contre l'Aigle grand copie addresser:
Ouuertes veines, forces exterminees,
Que iusqu'&#133; Paulle chef viendra chasser.

Quite contiguous to the great Pyrenees mountains,
One to direct a great army against the Eagle:
Veins opened, forces exterminated,
As far as Pau will he come to chase the chief.

Quatrain 4,71

En lieu d'espouse les filles trucidees,
Meurtre &#133; grand faute ne fera superstile:
Dedans se puys vestu les inondees,
L'espouse estainte par haute d'Aconile.

In place of the bride the daughters slaughtered,
Murder with great error no survivor to be:
Within the well vestals inundated,
The bride extinguished by a drink of Aconite.

Quatrain 4,72

Les Attomiques par Agen & l'Estore,
A sainct Felix feront leur parlement:
Ceux de Basas viendront &#133; la mal' heure,
Saisir Condon & Marsan promptement.

Those of N&#140;mes through Agen and Lectoure
At Saint-F&#130;lix will hold their parliament:
Those of Bazas will come at the unhappy hour
To seize Condom and Marsan promptly.

Quatrain 4,73

Le nepueu grand par force prouuera
Le pache fait du coeur pusillanime:
Ferrare & Ast le Duc esprouuera,
Par lors qu'au soir sera le pantomime

The great nephew by force will test
The treaty made by the pusillanimous heart:
The Duke will try Ferrara and Asti,
When the pantomine will take place in the evening.

Quatrain 4,74

Du lac Leman & ceux de Brannonices:
Tous assemblez contre ceux d'Aquitaine:
Germains beaucoup encore plus Souisses,
Seront desfaicts auec ceux d'Humaine.

Those of lake Geneva and of M&#131;con:
All assembled against those of Aquitaine:
Many Germans many more Swiss,
They will be routed along with those of "Humane."

Quatrain 4,75

Prest &#133; combattre fera defection,
Chef aduersaire obtiendra la victoire:
L'arriere garde fera defension.
Les defaillans mort au blanc territoire.

Ready to fight one will desert,
The chief adversary will obtain the victory:
The rear guard will make a defense,
The faltering ones dead in the white territory.

Quatrain 4,76

Les Nibobriges par eeux de Perigort,
Seront vexez, tenant iusques au Rosne:
L'associ&#130; de Gascons & Begorne,
Trahir le temple, le prestre estant au prosne:

The people of Agen by those of P&#130;rigord
Will be vexed, holding as far as the Rh&#147;ne:
The union of Gascons and Bigorre
To betray the temple, the priest giving his sermon.

Quatrain 4,77

Selin monarque l'Italie pacifique,
Regnes vnis par Roy Chrestien du monde:
Mourant voudra coucher en terre blesique,
Apres pyrates auoir chass&#130; de l'onde.

"Selin" monarch Italy peaceful,
Realms united by the Christian King of the World:
Dying he will want to lie in Blois soil,
After having chased the pirates from the sea.

Quatrain 4,78

La grand' armee de la pugne ciuile,
Pour de nuict Parme &#133; l'estrange trouuee,
Septante neuf meurtris dedans la ville,
Les estrangers passez tout &#133; l'espee.

The great army of the civil struggle,
By night Parma to the foreign one discovered,
Seventy-nine murdered in the town,
The foreigners all put to the sword.

Quatrain 4,79

Sang Royal fuis, Monhuit, Mas, Esguillon,
Remplis seront de Bourdelois les Landes,
Nauuarre, Bygorre poinctes & eguillons,
Profonds de faim vorer de Liege glandes.

Blood Royal flee, Monheurt, Mas, Aiguillon,
The Landes will be filled by Bordelais,
Navarre, Bigorre points and spurs,
Deep in hunger to devour acorns of the cork oak.

Quatrain 4,80

Pres du grand fleuue grand fosse terre egeste,
En quinze pars sera l'eau diuisee:
La cit&#130; prinse, feu, sang cris conflict mettre.
Et la pluspart concerne au collisee.

Near the great river, great ditch, earth drawn out,
In fifteen parts will the water be divided:
The city taken, fire, blood, cries, sad conflict,
And the greatest part involving the colosseum.

Quatrain 4,81

Pont on fera promptement de nacelles,
Passer l'armee du grand Prince Belgique:
Dans profondez & non loing de Brucelles,
Outre passez, detranchez sept &#133; picque.

Promptly will one build a bridge of boats,
To pass the army of the great Belgian Prince:
Poured forth inside and not far from Brussels,
Passed beyond, seven cut up by pike.

Quatrain 4,82

Amas s'approche venant d'Esclauonie,
L'Olestant vieux cit&#130; ruynera:
Fort desolee verra sa Romanie,
Puis la grande flamme esteindre ne s&#135;aura.

A throng approaches coming from Slaconia,
The old Destroyer the city will ruin:
He will see his "Romania" quite desolated,
Then he will not know how to put out the great flame.

Quatrain 4,83

Combat nocturne le vaillant capitaine,
Vaincu fuyra peu de gens proflig&#130;:
Son peuple esmeu, sedition non vaine.
Son propre fils le tiendra assieg&#130;.

Combat by night the valiant captain
Conquered will flee few people conquered:
His people stirred up, sedition not in vain,
His own son will hold him besieged.

Quatrain 4,84

Vn grand d'Auxerre mourra bien miserable.
Chass&#130; de ceux qui sous luy ont est&#130;:
Serr&#130; de chaines, apres d'vn rude cable,
En l'an que Mars, Venus & Sol mis en est&#130;.

A great one of Auxerre will die very miserable,
Driven out by those who had been under him:
Put in chains, behind a strong cable,
In the year that Mars, Venus and Sun are in conjunction in summer.

Quatrain 4,85

Le charbon blanc du noir sera chass&#130;,
Prisonnier faict men&#130; au tombereau,
More Chameau sur pieds entrelassez,
Lors le puisn&#130; sillera l'aubereau.

The white coal will be chased by the black one,
Made prisoner led to the dung cart,
Moor Camel on twisted feet,
Then the younger one will blind the hobby falcon.

Quatrain 4,86

L'an que Saturne en eau sera conioinct,
Avecques Sol, le Roy fort puissant,
A Reims & Aix sera receu & oingt,
Apres conquestes meurtrira innocens.

The year that Saturn will be conjoined in Aquarius
With the Sun, the very powerful King
Will be received and anointed at Reims and Aix,
After conquests he will murder the innocent.

Quatrain 4,87

Vn fils du Roy tant de langues apprins,
A son aisn&#130; au regne different:
Son pere beau au plus grand fils comprins,
Fera perir principal adherant.

A King's son learned in many languages,
Different from his senior in the realm:
His handsome father understood by the greater son,
He will cause his principal adherent to perish.

Quatrain 4,88

Le grand Antoine de nom de faict sordide
De Phthyriaise &#133; son dernier rong&#130;:
Vn qui de plomb voudra estre cupide,
Passant le port d'esleu sera plong&#130;.

Anthony by name great by the filthy fact
Of Lousiness wasted to his end:
One who will want to be desirous of lead,
Passing the port he will be immersed by the elected one.

Quatrain 4,89

Trente de Londres secret coniureront,
Contre leur Roy, sur le pont l'entreprise:
Leuy, satalites l&#133; mort de gousteront,
Vn Roy esleut blonde, natif de Frize.

Thirty of London will conspire secretly
Against their King, the enterprise on the bridge:
He and his satellites will have a distaste for death,
A fair King elected, native of Frisia.

Quatrain 4,90

Les deux copies aux mers ne pourr&#147;t ioindre,
Dans cest instan trembler Misan, Ticin:
Faim, soif, doutance si fort les viendra poindre
Chair, pain, ne viures n'auront vn seul boucin.

The two armies will be unable to unite at the walls,
In that instant Milan and Pavia to tremble:
Hunger, thirst, doubt will come to plague them very strongly
They will not have a single morsel of meat, bread or victuals.

Quatrain 4,91

Au Duc Gaulois contrainct battre au duelle,
La nef Mellele monech n'approchera,
Tort accus&#130;, prison perpetuelle,
Son fils regner auant mort taschera.

For the Gallic Duke compelled to fight in the duel,
The ship of Melilla will not approach Monaco,
Wrongly accused, perpetual prison,
His son will strive to reign before his death.

Quatrain 4,92

Teste tranchee du vaillant capitaine,
Seza iettee deuant son aduersaire:
Son corps pendu de la classe &#133; l'ancienne
Confus fuira par rames &#133; vent contraire.

The head of the valiant captain cut off,
It will be thrown before his adversary:
His body hung on the sail-yard of the ship,
Confused it will flee by oars against the wind.

Quatrain 4,93

Vn serpent veu proche du lict royal,
Sera par dame nuict chiens n'abayeront:
Lors naistre en France vn Prince tant royal,
Du ciel venu tous les Princes verront.

A serpent seen near the royal bed,
It will be by the lady at night the dogs will not bark:
Then to be born in France a Prince so royal,
Come from heaven all the Princes will see him.

Quatrain 4,94

Deux grands freres seront chassez d'Espaigne,
L'aisne vaincu sous les mons Pyrenees:
Rougir mer, Rosne, sang Lemand d'Alemaigne,
Narbon, Blyterre, d'Agth contaminees.

Two great brothers will be chased out of Spain,
The elder conquered under the Pyrenees mountains:
The sea to redden, Rh&#147;ne, bloody Lake Geneva from Germany,
Narbonne, B&#130;ziers contaminated by Agde.

Quatrain 4,95

Le regne &#133; deux l'aiss&#130; bien peu tiendront,
Trois ans sept mois passez feront la guere
Les deux Vestales contre rebelleront,
Victor puisnay en Armenique terre

The realm left to two they will hold it very briefly,
Three years and seven months passed by they will make war:
The two Vestals will rebel in opposition,
Victor the younger in the land of Brittany.

Quatrain 4,96

La soeur aisnee de l'Isle Britannique
Quinze ans deuant le frere aura naissance,
Par son promis moyennant verrifique,
Succedera au regne de balance.

The elder sister of the British Isle
Will be born fifteen years before her brother,
Because of her promise procuring verification,
She will succeed to the kingdom of the balance.

Quatrain 4,97

L'an que Mercure, Mars, Venus retrograde,
Du grand Monarque la ligne ne faillir:
Esleu du peuple l'vsitant pres de Gaudole.
Qu'en paix & regne viendra fort enuieillir.

The year that Mercury, Mars, Venus in retrogression,
The line of the great Monarch will not fail:
Elected by the Portuguese people near Cadiz,
One who will come to grow very old in peace and reign.

Quatrain 4,98

Les Albanois passeront dedans Rome,
Moyennan Langres demipler affublez.
Marquis & Duc ne pardonnes &#133; homme,
Feu, sang, morbiles point d'eau faillir les bleds.

Those of Alba will pass into Rome,
By means of Langres the multitude muffled up,
Marquis and Duke will pardon no man,
Fire, blood, smallpox no water the crops to fail.

Quatrain 4,99

Laisn&#130; vaillant de la fille du Roy,
Respoussera si profond les Celtiques,
Qu'il mettra foudres, combien en tel arroy
Peu & loing, puis profond &#130;s Hesperiques.

The valiant elder son of the King's daughter,
He will hurl back the Celts very far,
Such that he will cast thunderbolts, so many in such an array
Few and distant, then deep into the Hesperias.

Quatrain 4,100

Du feu celeste au Royal edifice.
Quand la lumiere de Mars defaillira,
Sept mois grand guerre, mort gens de malefice
Roan, Eureux au Roy ne faillira.

From the celestial fire on the Royal edifice,
When the light of Mars will go out,
Seven months great war, people dead through evil
Rouen, Evreux the King will not fail.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 06:23 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

Quatrain 5,1

Avant venu&#137; de ruine Celtique,
Dedans le t&#136;ple deux palementer&#147;s
Poignard coeur, d'vn mont&#130; au coursier & picque,
Sans faire bruit le grand enterreront.

Before the coming of Celtic ruin,
In the temple two will parley
Pike and dagger to the heart of one mounted on the steed,
They will bury the great one without making any noise.

Quatrain 5,2

Sept coniurez au banquet feront luire,
Contre les trois le fer hors de nauire
L'vn les deux classe au grand fera couduire,
Quand par le mal. Dernier au front luy tire.

Seven conspirators at the banquet will cause to flash
The iron out of the ship against the three:
One will have the two fleets brought to the great one,
When through the evil the latter shoots him in the forehead.

Quatrain 5,3

Le successeur de la Duch&#130; viendra.
Beaucoup plus outre que la mer de Tosquane
Gauloise branche la Florence tiendra,
Dans son giron d'accord nautique Rane.

The successor to the Duchy will come,
Very far beyond the Tuscan Sea:
A Gallic branch will hold Florence,
The nautical Frog in its gyron be agreement.

Quatrain 5,4

Le gros mastin de cit&#130; dechass&#130;,
Sera fasch&#130; de l'estrange alliance,
Apres aux champs auoir le cerf chass&#130;
Le loups & l'Ours se donront defiance.

The large mastiff expelled from the city
Will be vexed by the strange alliance,
After having chased the stag to the fields
The wolf and the Bear will defy each other.

Quatrain 5,5

Soubs ombre feincte d'oster de seruitude,
Peuple & cit&#130; l'vsurpera luy-mesmes
Pire fera par fraux de ieune pute,
Liur&#130; au champ lisant le faux po&#137;sme.

Under the shadowy pretense of removing servitude,
He will himself usurp the people and city:
He will do worse because of the deceit of the young prostitute,
Delivered in the field reading the false poem.

Quatrain 5,6

Au Roy l'angur sur le chef la main mettre,
Viendra prier pour la paix Italique:
A la main gauche viendra changer le sceptre,
Du Roy viendra Empereur pacifique.

The Augur putting his hand upon the head of the King
Will come to pray for the peace of Italy:
He will come to move the sceptre to his left hand,
>From King he will become pacific Emperor.

Quatrain 5,7

Du Triumuir seront trouuez les os,
Cherchant profond thresor aenigmaique.
Ceux d'alentour ne seroit en repos.
Ce concauuer marbre & plomb metalique.

The bones of the Triumvir will be found,
Looking for a deep enigmatic treasure:
Those from thereabouts will not be at rest,
Digging for this thing of marble and metallic lead.

Quatrain 5,8

Sera laisse' feu vif, mort cache',
Dedans les globes horrible espouuantable.
De nuict &#133; classe cit&#130; en poudre lasch&#130;,
La cit&#130; &#133; feu, l'ennemy fauorable.

There will be unleashed live fire, hidden death,
Horrible and frightful within the globes,
By night the city reduced to dust by the fleet,
The city afire, the enemy amenable.

Quatrain 5,9

Iusques au fond la grand arq molu&#137;,
Par chef captif l'amy anticip&#130;,
N'aistra de dame front, face cheuelue,
Lors par astuce Duc &#133; mort atrap&#130;.

The great arch demolished down to its base,
By the chief captive his friend forestalled,
He will be born of the lady with hairy forehead and face,
Then through cunning the Duke overtaken by death.

Quatrain 5,10

Vn chef Celtique dans le conflict bless&#130;,
Aupres de caue voyant siens mort abbatre:
De sang & playes & d'ennemis press&#130;,
Et secours par incogneus de quatre.

A Celtic chief wounded in the conflict
Seeing death overtaking his men near a cellar:
Pressed by blood and wounds and enemies,
And relief by four unknown ones.

Quatrain 5,11

Mer par solaires seure ne passera,
Ceux de Venus tiendront toute l'Affrique:
Leur regne plus Saturne n'occupera,
Et changera la part Asiatique.

The sea will not be passed over safely by those of the Sun,
Those of Venus will hold all Africa:
Saturn will no longer occupy their realm,
And the Asiatic part will change.

Quatrain 5,12

Aupres du lac Leman sera conduite,
Par garse estrange cit&#130; voulant trahir:
Auant son meurtre &#133; Ausborg la grand suitte,
Et ceux du Rhin la viendront inuahir.

To near the Lake of Geneva will it be conducted,
By the foreign maiden wishing to betray the city:
Before its murder at Augsburg the great suite,
And those of the Rhine will come to invade it.

Quatrain 5,13

Par grand fureur le Roy Romain Belgique
Vexer voudra par phalange barbare:
Fureur grinssent, chassera gent Lybique
Depuis Pannons iusques Hercules la hare.

With great fury the Roman Belgian King
Will want to vex the barbarian with his phalanx:
Fury gnashing, he will chase the African people
>From the Pannonias to the pillars of Hercules.

Quatrain 5,14

Saturne & Mars en Leo Espaigne captiue,
Par chef Lybique au conflict attrap&#130;,
Proche de Malthe, Herodde prinse viue,
Et Romain sceptre sera par Coq frapp&#130;.

Saturn and Mars in Leo Spain captive,
By the African chief trapped in the conflict,
Near Malta, "Herodde" taken alive,
And the Roman sceptre will be struck down by the Cock.

Quatrain 5,15

En nauigeant captif prins grand Pontife,
Grand apres faillir les clercs tumultuez:
Second esleu absent son bien debife,
Son fauory bastard &#133; mort ru&#130;.

The great Pontiff taken captive while navigating,
The great one thereafter to fail the clergy in tumult:
Second one elected absent his estate declines,
His favorite bastard to death broken on the wheel.

Quatrain 5,16

A son haut pris plus la lerme sabee,
D'humaine chair par mort en cendre mettre,
A l'isle Pharos par Croissars pertubee,
Alors qu'a Rodes paroistra deux espectre.

The Sabaean tear no longer at its high price,
Turning human flesh into ashes through death,
At the isle of Pharos disturbed by the Crusaders,
When at Rhodes will appear a hard phantom.

Quatrain 5,17

De nuict passant le Roy pres d'vne Androne,
Celuy de Cipres & principal guette.
Le Roy failly, la main fuit long du Rosne,
Les coniurez l'iron &#133; mort mettre.

By night the King passing near an Alley,
He of Cyprus and the principal guard:
The King mistaken, the hand flees the length of the Rh&#147;ne,
The conspirators will set out to put him to death.

Quatrain 5,18

De dueil mourra l'infelix proflig&#130;,
Celebrera son vitrix l'hecatombe:
Pristine loy, franc edit redig&#130;,
Le mur & Prince au septiesme iour tombe.

The unhappy abandoned one will die of grief,
His conqueress will celebrate the hecatomb:
Pristine law, free edict drawn up,
The wall and the Prince falls on the seventh day.

Quatrain 5,19

Le grand Royal d'or, d'airain augment&#130;,
Rompu la pache, par ieune ouuerte guerre:
Peuple afflig&#130; par vn chef lament&#130;,
De sang barbare sera couuerte terre.

The great Royal one of gold, augmented by brass,
The agreement broken, war opened by a young man:
People afflicted because of a lamented chief,
The land will be covered with barbarian blood.

Quatrain 5,20

De l&#133; les Alpes grande amour passera,
Vn peu deuant naistre monstre vapin:
Prodigieux & subit tournera
Le grand Tosquan &#133; son lieu plus propin.

The great army will pass beyond the Alps,
Shortly before will be born a monster scoundrel:
Prodigious and sudden he will turn
The great Tuscan to his nearest place.

Quatrain 5,21

Par le trespas du Monarque Latin,
Ceux qu'il aura par regne secourus:
Le feu luira diuis&#130; le butin.
La mort publique aux hardis incourus.

By the death of the Latin Monarch,
Those whom he will have assisted through his reign:
The fire will light up again the booty divided,
Public death for the bold ones who incurred it.

Quatrain 5,22

Auant, qu'a Rome grand aye rendu l'ame
Effrayeur grande &#133; l'armee estrangere
Par esquadrons l'embusche pres de Parme,
Puis les deux rouges ensemble feront chere.

Before the great one has given up the ghost at Rome,
Great terror for the foreign army:
The ambush by squadrons near Parma,
Then the two red ones will celebrate together.

Quatrain 5,23

Les deux contens seront vnis ensemble,
Quand la pluspart &#133; Mars seront conionict:
Le grand d'Affrique en effrayeur tremble,
DVVMVIRAT par la classe desioinct.

The two contented ones will be united together,
When for the most part they will be conjoined with Mars:
The great one of Africa trembles in terror,
Duumvirate disjoined by the fleet.

Quatrain 5,24

Le regne & loy sous Venus esleu&#130;,
Saturne aura sus Iupiter empire
La loy & regne par le Soleil leu&#130;,
Par Saturnins endurera le pire.

The realm and law raised under Venus,
Saturn will have dominion over Jupiter:
The law and realm raised by the Sun,
Through those of Saturn it will suffer the worst.

Quatrain 5,25

Le prince Arabe Mars Sol, Venus, Lyon
Regne d'Eglise par mer succombera:
Deuers la Perse bien pres d'vn million,
Bisance, Egypte ver. serp. inuadera.

The Arab Prince Mars, Sun, Venus, Leo,
The rule of the Church will succumb by sea:
Towards Persia very nearly a million men,
The true serpent will invade Byzantium and Egypt.

Quatrain 5,26

La gent esclaue par vn heur Martial,
Viendra en haut degr&#130; tant esslevee,
Changeront Prince, n'aistra vn prouincial,
Passer la mer copie aux monts leuee.

The slavish people through luck in war
Will become elevated to a very high degree:
They will change their Prince, one born a provincial,
An army raised in the mountains to pass over the sea.

Quatrain 5,27

Par feu & armes non loing de la marnegro,
Viendra de Perse occuper Trebisonde:
Trembler Pharos Methelin, Sol alegro,
De sang Arabe d'Adrio couuert onde.

Through fire and arms not far from the Black Sea,
He will come from Persia to occupy Trebizond:
Pharos, Mytilene to tremble, the Sun joyful,
The Adriatic Sea covered with Arab blood.

Quatrain 5,28

Le bras pendant &#133; la iambe liee,
Visage pasle, au sein poignard cach&#130;,
Trois qui seront iurez de la meslee
Au grand de Genues sera le fer laschee.

His arm hung and leg bound,
Face pale, dagger hidden in his bosom,
Three who will be sworn in the fray
Against the great one of Genoa will the steel be unleashed.

Quatrain 5,29

La libert&#130; ne sera recouuree,
L'occupera noir, fier, vilain, inique,
Quand la matiere du pont sera ouuree,
D'Hister, Venise faschee la republique.

Liberty will not be recovered,
A proud, villainous, wicked black one will occupy it,
When the matter of the bridge will be opened,
The republic of Venice vexed by the Danube.

Quatrain 5,30

Tout &#133; l'entour de la grande cit&#130;,
Seront soldats logez par champs & villes.
Donner l'assaut Paris Rome incit&#130;
Sur le pont lors sera faicte, grand pille.

All around the great city
Soldiers will be lodged throughout the fields and towns:
To give the assault Paris, Rome incited,
Then upon the bridge great pillage will be carried out.

Quatrain 5,31

Par terre Attique chef de la sapience,
Qui de present est la rose du monde:
Pour ruin&#130;, & sa grande preeminence
Sera subdite & naufrage des ondes.

Through the Attic land fountain of wisdom,
At present the rose of the world:
The bridge ruined, and its great pre-eminence
Will be subjected, a wreck amidst the waves.

Quatrain 5,32

O&#151; tout bon est, tout bien Soleil & Lune
Est abondant, sa ruine s'approche.
Du ciel s'auance vaner ta fortune,
En mesme estat que la septiesme roche.

Where all is good, the Sun all beneficial and the Moon
Is abundant, its ruin approaches:
>From the sky it advances to change your fortune.
In the same state as the seventh rock.

Quatrain 5,33

Des principaux de cit&#130; rebellee
Qui tiendront fort pour libert&#130; t'avoir.
Detrancher masles, infelice meslee,
Crys, heurlemens &#133; Nantes piteux voir.

Of the principal ones of the city in rebellion
Who will strive mightily to recover their liberty:
The males cut up, unhappy fray,
Cries, groans at Nantes pitiful to see.

Quatrain 5,34

Du plus profond de l'Occident Anglois
O&#151; est le chef de l'isle Britanique
Entrera classe dans Gyronne, par Blois
Par vin & tel, ceux cachez aux barriques.

>From the deepest part of the English West
Where the head of the British isle is
A fleet will enter the Gironde through Blois,
Through wine and salt, fires hidden in the casks.

Quatrain 5,35

Par cit&#130; franche de la grand mer Seline
Qui porte encores &#133; l'estomach la pierre,
Angloise classe viendra sous la bruine
Vn rameau prendre, du grand ouuerte guerre.

For the free city of the great Crescent sea,
Which still carries the stone in its stomach,
The English fleet will come under the drizzle
To seize a branch, war opened by the great one.

Quatrain 5,36

De soeur le frere par simulte faintise
Viendra mesler rosee en myneral:
Sur la placente donne &#133; veille tardiue,
Meurt le goustant sera simple & rural.

The sister's brother through the quarrel and deceit
Will come to mix dew in the mineral:
On the cake given to the slow old woman,
She dies tasting it she will be simple and rustic.

Quatrain 5,37

Trois cens seront d'vn vouloir & accord,
Que pour venir au bout de leur attainte,
Vingt mois apres tous & record
Leur Roy trahy simulant haine fainte.

Three hundred will be in accord with one will
To come to the execution of their blow,
Twenty months after all memory
Their king betrayed simulating feigned hate.

Quatrain 5,38

Ce grand monarque qu'au mort succedera,
Donnera vie illicite lubrique,
Par nonchalance &#133; tous concedera,
Qu'a la parfin faudra la loy Salique,

He who will succeed the great monarch on his death
Will lead an illicit and wanton life:
Through nonchalance he will give way to all,
So that in the end the Salic law will fail.

Quatrain 5,39

Du vray rameau de fleur de lys issu
Mis & log&#130; heritier d'Hetturie:
Son sang antique de longue main tissu,
Fera Florence florir en l'harmoirie.

Issued from the true branch of the fleur-de-lys,
Placed and lodged as heir of Etruria:
His ancient blood woven by long hand,
He will cause the escutcheon of Florence to bloom.

Quatrain 5,40

Le sang royal sera si tres mesl&#130;,
Contraints seront Gaulois de l'Hesperie:
On attendra que terme soit coul&#130;,
Et que memoire de la voix soit petite.

The blood royal will be so very mixed,
Gauls will be constrained by Hesperia:
One will wait until his term has expired,
And until the memory of his voice has perished.

Quatrain 5,41

Nay sous les ombres & iournee nocturne,
Sera en regne & bont&#130; souueraine:
Fera renaistre son sang de l'antique vrne,
Renouuellant siecle d'or pour l'airain.

Born in the shadows and during a dark day,
He will be sovereign in realm and goodness:
He will cause his blood to rise again in the ancient urn,
Renewing the age of gold for that of brass.

Quatrain 5,42

Mars esleu&#130; en son plus haut befroy,
Fera retraire les Allobrox de France:
La gent Lombarde fera si grand effroy,
A ceux de l'Aigle comprins sous la Balance.

Mars raised to his highest belfry
Will cause the Savoyards to withdraw from France:
The Lombard people will cause very great terror
To those of the Eagle included under the Balance.

Quatrain 5,43

La grand' ruine des sacrez ne s'eslongue,
Prouence, Naples, Scicille, Seez & Ponce,
En Germanie, au Rhin & la Cologne,
Vexez &#133; mort par tous ceux de Magonce.

The great ruin of the holy things is not far off,
Provence, Naples, Sicily, S&#130;es and Pons:
In Germany, at the Rhine and Cologne,
Vexed to death by all those of Mainz.

Quatrain 5,44

Par mer le rouge sera prins de pyrates,
La paix sera par son moyen troublee:
L'ire & l'auare commettra par fainct acte,
Au grand Pontife sera l'armee doublee.

On sea the red one will be taken by pirates,
Because of him peace will be troubled:
Anger and greed will he expse through a false act,
The army doubled by the great Pontiff.

Quatrain 5,45

Le grand Empire sera tost desol&#130;
Et translat&#130; pres d'arduenne silue:
Les deux bastards par l'aisn&#130; decoll&#130;,
Et regnera Aenodarb, nez de milue.

The great Empire will soon be desolated
And transferred to near the Ardennes:
The two bastards beheaded by the oldest one,
And Bronzebeard the hawk-nose will reign.

Quatrain 5,46

Par chapeaux rouges querelles & nouueaux scismes
Quand on aura esleu le Sabinois:
On produira contre luy grands sophismes,
Et sera Rome lesee par Albanois.

Quarrels and new schism by the red hats
When the Sabine will have been elected:
They will produce great sophism against him,
And Rome will be injured by those of Alba.

Quatrain 5,47

Le grand, Arabe marchera bien auant,
Trahy sera par les Bisantinois:
L'antique Rodes luy viendra audeuant,
Et plus grand mal par austre Pannonois.

The great Arab will march far forward,
He will be betrayed by the Byzantinians:
Ancient Rhodes will come to meet him,
And greater harm through the Austrian Hungarians.

Quatrain 5,48

Apres la grande affliction du sceptre,
Deux ennemis par eux seront defaicts:
Classe Affrique aux Pannons viendra naistre,
Par mer terre seront horribles faicts.

After the great affliction of the sceptre,
Two enemies will be defeated by them:
A fleet from Africa will appear before the Hungarians,
By land and sea horrible deeds will take place.

Quatrain 5,49

Nul de l'Espagne, mais de l'antique France
Ne sera esleu pour le trembant nacelle
A l'ennemy sera faicte fiance,
Qui dans son regne sera peste cruelle.

Not from Spain but from ancient France
Will one be elected for the trembling bark,
To the enemy will a promise be made,
He who will cause a cruel plague in his realm.

Quatrain 5,50

L'an que les Freres du lys seront en aage,
L'vn d'eux tiendra la grande Romanie:
Trembler ses monts, ouuers Latin passage,
Fache macher contre fort d'Armenie.

The year that the brothers of the lily come of age,
One of them will hold the great "Romania":
The mountains to tremble, Latin passage opened,
Agreement to march against the fort of Armenia.

Quatrain 5,51

La gent de Dace, d'Angleterre, Polonne
Et de Bo&#137;sme feront nouuelle ligue.
Pour passer outre d'Hercules la colonne,
Barcins, Tyrrens dresser cruelle brique.

The people of Dacia, England, Poland
And of Bohemia will make a new league:
To pass beyond the pillars of Hercules,
The Barcelonans and Tuscans will prepare a cruel plot.

Quatrain 5,52

Vn Roy sera qui donra l'opposite.
Les exilz esleuez sur le regne:
De sang nager la gent caste hypolite,
Et florira long temps sous telle enseigne.

There will be a King who will give opposition,
The exiles raised over the realm:
The pure poor people to swim in blood,
And for a long time will he flourish under such a device.

Quatrain 5,53

La loy du Sol & Venus contendus
Appropriant l'esprit de prophetie:
Ne l'vn ne l'autre ne seront entendus,
Par sol tiendra la loy du grand Messie.

The law of the Sun and of Venus in strife,
Appropriating the spirit of prophecy:
Neither the one nor the other will be understood,
The law of the great Messiah will hold through the Sun.

Quatrain 5,54

Du pont Exine, & la grand Tartarie,
Vn Roy sera qui viendra voir la Gaule,
Transpercera Alane & l'Armenie,
Et dedans Bisance lairra sanglante gaule

>From beyond the Black Sea and great Tartary,
There will be a King who will come to see Gaul,
He will pierce through "Alania" and Armenia,
And within Byzantium will he leave his bloody rod.

Quatrain 5,55

De la Felice Arabie contrade,
N'aistra puissant de loy Mahometique:
Vexer l'Espagne, conquester la Grenade,
Et plus par mer &#133; la gent Lygustique.

In the country of Arabia Felix
There will be born one powerful in the law of Mahomet:
To vex Spain, to conquer Grenada,
And more by sea against the Ligurian people.

Quatrain 5,56

Par le trespas du tres-vieillard Pontife
Sera esleu Romain de bon aage,
Qui sera dict que le siege debiffe,
Et long tiendra & de picquant ouurage.

Through the death of the very old Pontiff
A Roman of good age will be elected,
Of him it will be said that he weakens his see,
But long will he sit and in biting activity.

Quatrain 5,57

Istra de mont Gaufier & Auentin,
Qui par le trou aduertira l'armee
Entre deux rocs sera prins le butin,
DE SEXT, mansol faillir la renommee.

There will go from Mont Gaussier and "Aventin,"
One who through the hole will warn the army:
Between two rocks will the booty be taken,
Of Sectus' mausoleum the renown to fail.

Quatrain 5,58

De l'aque duct d'Vticense Gardoing,
Par la forest mort inacessible,
Ennemy du pont sera tranch&#130; au poing
Le chef nemans qui tant sera terrible.

By the aqueduct of Uz&#138;s over the Gard,
Through the forest and inaccessible mountain,
In the middle of the bridge there will be cut in the fist
The chief of N&#140;mes who will be very terrible.

Quatrain 5,59

Au chef Anglois &#133; Nismes trop seiour,
Deuers l'Espagne au secours Aenobarbe
Plusieurs mourront par Mars ouuert ce iour,
Quand en Artois faillir estoille en barbe.

Too long a stay for the English chief at N&#140;mes,
Towards Spain Redbeard to the rescue:
Many will die by war opened that day,
When a bearded star will fall in Artois.

Quatrain 5,60

Par teste rase viendra bien mal eslire,
Plus que sa charge ne porter passera.
Si grande fureur & rage fera dire,
Qu'&#133; feu & sang tout sexe trenchera.

By the shaven head a very bad choice will come to be made,
Overburdened he will not pass the gate:
He will speak with such great fury and rage,
That to fire and blood he will consign the entire sex.

Quatrain 5,61

L'enfant du grand n'estant &#133; sa naissance,
Subiuguera les hauts monts Apennis:
Fera trembler tous ceux de la balance,
Et des monts feux iusques &#133; Mont-senis.

The child of the great one not by his birth,
He will subjugate the high Apenine mountains:
He will cause all those of the balance to tremble,
And from the Pyrenees to Mont Cenis.

Quatrain 5,62

Sur les rochers sang on verra pleuuoir,
Sol Orient Saturne Occidental:
Pres d'Orgon guerre &#133; Rome grand mal voir,
Nefs parfondrees, & prins Tridental.

One will see blood to rain on the rocks,
Sun in the East, Saturn in the West:
Near Orgon war, at Rome great evil to be seen,
Ships sunk to the bottom, and the Tridental taken.

Quatrain 5,63

De vaine emprinse l'honneur indue plaincte,
Galliots errans par latins, froid, faim, vagues
Non loin du Tymbre de sang la terre taincte,
Et sur humaine seront diuerses plagues.

>From the vain enterprise honor and undue complaint,
Boats tossed about among the Latins, cold, hunger, waves
Not far from the Tiber the land stained with blood,
And diverse plagues will be upon mankind.

Quatrain 5,64

Les assemblez par repos du grand nombre
Par terre & mer conseil contremand&#130;:
Pres de l'Antonne Gennes, Nice de l'ombre
Par champs & villes le chef contreband&#130;.

Those assembled by the tranquility of the great number,
By land and sea counsel countermanded:
Near "Antonne" Genoa, Nice in the shadow
Through fields and towns in revolt against the chief.

Quatrain 5,65

Subit venu l'effrayeur sera grande,
Des principaux de l'affaire cachez:
Et dame en brasse plus ne sera en vee,
Ce peu &#133; peu seront les grands fachez.

Come suddenly the terror will be great,
Hidden by the principal ones of the affair:
And the lady on the charcoal will no longer be in sight,
Thus little by little will the great ones be angered.

Quatrain 5,66

Sous les antiques edifices vestaux,
Non esloignez d'aqueduct ruyne.
De Sol & lune sont les luisans metaux,
Ardente lampe, Traian d'or burine.

Under the ancient vestal edifices,
Not far from the ruined aqueduct:
The glittering metals are of the Sun and Moon,
The lamp of Trajan engraved with gold burning.

Quatrain 5,67

Quand chef Perouse n'osera sa tunique
Sans au couuert tout nud s'expolier:
Seront prins sept faict Aristocratique,
Le pere & fils mort par poincte au colier.

When the chief of Perugia will not venture his tunic
Sense under cover to strip himself quite naked:
Seven will be taken Aristocratic deed,
Father and son dead through a point in the collar.

Quatrain 5,68

Dans le Danube & du Rhin viendra boire
Le grand Chameau, ne s'en repentira:
Trembler du Rosne, & plus fort ceux de Loire
Et pres des Alpes Coq le ruinera.

In the Danube and of the Rhine will come to drink
The great Camel, not repenting it:
Those of the Rh&#147;ne to tremble, and much more so those of the Loire,
and near the Alps the Cock will ruin him.

Quatrain 5,69

Plus ne sera le grand en feux sommeil,
L'inquietude viendra prendre repos:
Dresser phalange d'or, azur & vermeil
Subiuger Afrique la ronger iusques os.

No longer will the great one be in his false sleep,
Uneasiness will come to replace tranquility:
A phalanx of gold, azure and vermilion arrayed
To subjugate Africa and gnaw it to the bone,

Quatrain 5,70

Des regions subiectes &#133; la Balance
Feront troubler les monts par grande guerre,
Captifs tout sexe deu & tout Bisance,
Qu'on criera &#133; l'aube terre &#133; terre.

Of the regions subject to the Balance,
They will trouble the mountains with great war,
Captives the entire sex enthralled and all Byzantium,
So that at dawn they will spread the news from land to land.

Quatrain 5,71

Par la fureur d'vn qui attendra l'eau,
Par la grand'rage tout l'exercice esmeu:
Charg&#130; des nobles &#133; dix sept barreaux,
Au long du Rosne tard messager venu.

By the fury of one who will wait for the water,
By his great rage the entire army moved:
Seventeen boats loaded with the noble,
The messenger come late along the Rh&#147;ne.

Quatrain 5,72

Pour le plaisir d'edict voluptueux,
On meslera la poison dans la foy:
Venus sera en cours si vertueux,
Qu'obfusquera Soleil tout &#133; loy.

For the pleasure of the voluptuous edict,
One will mix poison in the faith:
Venus will be in a course so virtuous
As to becloud the whole quality of the Sun.

Quatrain 5,73

Persecutee sera de Dieu l'Eglise,
Et les saincts Temples seront expoliez,
L'enfant la mere mettra nud en chemise,
Seront Arabes aux Pollons ralliez.

The Church of God will be persecuted,
And the holy Temples will be plundered,
The child will put his mother out in her shift,
Arabs will be allied with the Poles.

Quatrain 5,74

De sang Troyen naistra coeur, Germanique
Qui deuiendra en si haute puissance:
Hors chassera estrange Arabique,
Tournant l'Eglise en pristine preeminence.

Of Trojan blood will be born a Germanic heart
Who will rise to very high power:
He will drive out the foreign Arabic people,
Returning the Church to its pristine pre-eminence.

Quatrain 5,75

Montera haut sur le bien plus &#133; dextre,
Demourera assis sur la pierre quarree,
Vers le midy pos&#130; &#133; sa senestre,
Baston tortu en main bouche serree.

He will rise high over the estate more to the right,
He will remain seated on the square stone,
Towards the south facing to his left,
The crooked staff in his hand his mouth sealed.

Quatrain 5,76

En lieu libre tendra son pauillon,
Et ne voudra en citez prendre place
Aix, Carpen l'isle volce, mont, Cauaillon,
Par tous ses lieux abolira la trasse.

In a free place will he pitch his tent,
And he will not want to lodge in the cities:
Aix, Carpentras, L'Isle, Vaucluse "Mont," Cavaillon,
Throughout all these places will he abolish his trace.

Quatrain 5,77

Tous les degrez d'honneur Ecclesiastique
Seront changez en dial quirinal:
En Martial quirinal flaminique,
Puis vn Roy de France le rendra vulcanal.

All degrees of Ecclesiastical honor
Will be changed to that of Jupitor and Quirinus:
The priest of Quirinus to one of Mars,
Then a King of France will make him one of Vulcan.

Quatrain 5,78

Les deux vnis ne tiendront longuement,
Et dans treize ans au Barbare Strappe,
Aux deux costez feront tel perdement,
Qu'vn benira le Barque & sa cappe.

The two will not be united for very long,
And in thirteen years to the Barbarian Satrap:
On both sides they will cause such loss
That one will bless the Bark and its cope.

Quatrain 5,79

Par sacree pompe viendra baisser les aisles,
Par la venue du grand legislateur:
Humble haussera, vexera les rebelles,
Naistra sur terre aucun aemulateur.

The sacred pomp will come to lower its wings,
Through the coming of the great legislator:
He will raise the humble, he will vex the rebels,
His like will not appear on this earth.

Quatrain 5,80

Logmion grande Bisance approchera.
Chassee sera la barbarique Ligue:
Des deux loix l'vne l'estinique laschera,
Barbare & franche en perpetuelle brigue.

Ogmios will approach great Byzantium,
The Barbaric League will be driven out:
Of the two laws the heathen one will give way,
Barbarian and Frank in perpetual strife.

Quatrain 5,81

L'oiseau royal sur la cit&#130; solaire,
Sept moys deuant fera nocturne augure:
Mur d'Orient cherra tonnerre esclaire,
Sept iours aux portes les ennemis &#133; l'heure.

The royal bird over the city of the Sun,
Seven months in advance it will deliver a nocturnal omen:
The Eastern wall will fall lightning thunder,
Seven days the enemies directly to the gates.

Quatrain 5,82

Au conclud pache hors la forteresse,
Ne sortira celuy en desespoir mis:
Quant ceux d'Arbois, de Langres, contre Bresse,
Auront mons Dolle bouscade d'ennemis.

At the conclusion of the treaty outside the fortress
Will not go he who is placed in despair:
When those of Arbois, of Langres against Bresse
Will have the mountains of D&#147;le an enemy ambush.

Quatrain 5,83

Ceux qui auront entreprins subuertir,
Nompareil regne, puissant & inuincible:
Feront par fraudes, nuicts trois aduertir,
Quand le plus grand &#133; table lira Bible.

Those who will have undertaken to subvert,
An unparalleled realm, powerful and invincible:
They will act through deceit, nights three to warn,
When the greatest one will read his Bible at the table.

Quatrain 5,84

Naistra du gouphre & cit&#130; immesuree,
Nay de parens obscurs & tenebreux:
Qui la puissance du grand Roy reueree,
Voudra destruire par Roan & Eureux.

He will be born of the gulf and unmeasured city,
Born of obscure and dark family:
He who the revered power of the great King
Will want to destroy through Rouen and Evreux.

Quatrain 5,85

Par les Sueues & lieux circonuoisins.
Seront en guerre pour cause des nuees.
Camp marins locustes & cousins,
Du Leman fautes seront bien desnuees.

Through the Suevi and neighboring places,
They will be at war over the clouds:
Swarm of marine locusts and gnats,
The faults of Geneva will be laid quite bare.

Quatrain 5,86

Par les deux testes, & trois bras separ&#130;s,
La cit&#130; grande sera par eaux vexee:
Des grands d'entr'eux par exil esgar&#130;s,
Par teste perse Bisance fort pressee.

Divided by the two heads and three arms,
The great city will be vexed by waters:
Some great ones among them led astray in exile,
Byzantium hard pressed by the head of Persia.

Quatrain 5,87

L'an que Saturne hors de seruage,
Au franc terroir sera d'eau inund&#130;:
De sang Troyen sera son mariage,
Et sera seur d'Espaignols circund&#130;.

The year that Saturn is out of bondage,
In the Frank land he will be inundated by water:
Of Trojan blood will his marriage be,
And he will be confined safely be the Spaniards.

Quatrain 5,88

Sur le sablon par vn hideux deluge,
Des autres mers trouu&#130; monstre marin:
Proche du lieu sera faicte vn refuge,
Venant Sauone esclaue de Turin.

Through a frightful flood upon the sand,
A marine monster from other seas found:
Near the place will be made a refuge,
Holding Savona the slave of Turin.

Quatrain 5,89

Dedans Hongrie par Boheme, Nauarre,
Et par banniere sainctes seditions:
Par fleurs de lys pays portant la barre,
Contre Orleans fera esmotions.

Into Hungary through Bohemia, Navarre,
and under that banner holy insurrections:
By the fleur-de-lys legion carrying the bar,
Against Orl&#130;ans they will cause disturbances.

Quatrain 5,90

Dans le cyclades, en printhe & larisse,
Dedans Sparte tout le Peloponnesse:
Si grand famine, peste par faux connisse,
Neuf mois tiendra & tout le cheronnesse.

In the Cyclades, in Perinthus and Larissa,
In Sparta and the entire Pelopennesus:
Very great famine, plague through false dust,
Nine months will it last and throughout the entire peninsula.

Quatrain 5,91

Au grand march&#130; qu'on dict des mensongiers,
Du tout Torrent & champ Athenien:
Seront surprins par les cheuaux legiers,
Par Albanois Mars, Leo, Sat. vn versien.

At the market that they call that of liars,
Of the entire Torrent and field of Athens:
They will be surprised by the light horses,
By those of Alba when Mars is in Leo and Saturn in Aquarius.

Quatrain 5,92

Apres le siege tenu dixscept ans,
Cinq changeront en tel reuolu terme:
Puis sera l'vn esleu de mesme temps,
Qui des Romains ne sera trop conforme.

After the see has been held seventeen years,
Five will change within the same period of time:
Then one will be elected at the same time,
One who will not be too contormable to the Romans.

Quatrain 5,93

Soubs le terroir du rond globe lunaire,
Lors que sera dominateur Mercure:
L'isle d'Escosse fera vn luminaire,
Qui les Anglois mettra &#133; deconfiture.

Under the land of the round lunar globe,
When Mercury will be dominating:
The isle of Scotland will produce a luminary,
One who will put the English into confusion.

Quatrain 5,94

Translatera en la grand Germanie,
Brabant & Flandres, Gand, Bruges, & Bolongne:
La trefue fainte le grand duc d'Armenie,
Assaillira Vienne & la Cologne.

He will transfer into great Germany
Brabant and Flanders, Ghent, Bruges and Boulogne:
The truce feigned, the great Duke of Armenia
Will assail Vienna and Cologne.

Quatrain 5,95

Nautique rame inuitera les vmbres,
Du grand Empire lors viendra conciter:
La mer Aegee des lignes les en combres
Empeschant l'onde Tirrenne defflottez.

The nautical oar will tempt the shadows,
Then it will come to stir up the great Empire:
In the Aegean Sea the impediments of wood
Obstructing the diverted Tyrrhenian Sea.

Quatrain 5,96

Sur le milieu du grand monde la rose,
Pour nouueaux faicts sang public espandu:
A dire vray on aura bouche close,
Lors au besoing viendra tard l'attendu.

The rose upon the middle of the great world,
For new deeds public shedding of blood:
To speak the truth, one will have a closed mouth,
Then at the time of need the awaited one will come late.

Quatrain 5,97

Le n'ay defforme par horreur suffoqu&#130;,
Dans la cit&#130; du grand Roy habitable:
L'edict seuere des captifs reuoqu&#130;,
Gresle & tonnerre, Condon inestimable.

The one born deformed suffocated in horror,
In the habitable city of the great King:
The severe edict of the captives revoked,
Hail and thunder, Condom inestimable.

Quatrain 5,98

A quarante huict degr&#130; climaterique,
A fin de Cancer si grande seicheresse:
Poisson en mer, fleuue: lac cuit hectique,
Bearn, Bigorre par feu ciel en detresse.

At the forty-eigth climacteric degree,
At the end of Cancer very great dryness:
Fish in sea, river, lake boiled hectic,
B&#130;arn, Bigorre in distress through fire from the sky.

Quatrain 5,99

Milan, Ferrare, Turin, & Aquilleye,
Capue, Brundis vexez per geut Celtique:
Par le Lyon & phalange aquilee
Quant Rome aura le chef vieux Britannique.

Milan, Ferrara, Turin and Aquileia,
Capua, Brindisi vexed by the Celtic nation:
By the Lion and his eagles's phalanx,
When the old British chief Rome will have.

Quatrain 5,100

Le boute feu par son feu attrap&#130;,
Du feu du ciel &#133; Calcas & Gominge:
Foix, Aux, Mazere, haut vieillart eschapp&#130;,
Par ceux de Hasse des Saxons & Turinge.

The incendiary trapped in his own fire,
Of fire from the sky at Carcassonne and the Comminges:
Foix, Auch, Maz&#138;res, the high old man escaped,
Through those of Hesse and Thuringia, and some Saxons.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 06:27 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

Quatrain 6,1

Avtour des monts Pyrenees grans amas
De gent estrange secourir Roy nouueau:
Pres de Garonne du grand temple du Mas,
Vn Romain chef le craindra dedans l'eau.

Around the Pyrenees mountains a great throng
Of foreign people to aid the new King:
Near the great temple of Le Mas by the Garonne,
A Roman chief will fear him in the water.

Quatrain 6,2

En l'an cinq cens octante plus & moins,
On attendra le siecle bien estrange:
En l'an sept cens, & trois cieux en tesmoings,
Que plusieurs regnes vn &#133; cinq feront change.

In the year five hundred eighty more or less,
One will await a very strange century:
In the year seven hundred and three the heavens witness thereof,
That several kingdoms one to five will make a change.

Quatrain 6,3

Fleuue qu'esprouue le nouueau nay de Celtique
Sera en grande de l'Empire discordes
Le ieune prince par gent ecclesiastique,
Ostera le sceptre coronal de concorde.

The river that tries the new Celtic heir
Will be in great discord with the Empire:
The young Prince through the ecclesiastical people
Will remove the sceptre of the crown of concord.

Quatrain 6,4

La Celtiq fleuue changera de riuage,
Plus ne tiendra la cit&#130; d'Agripine:
Tout transmu&#130; hormis le vieil langage,
Saturne, Leo, Mars, Cancer en rapine.

The Celtic river will change its course,
No longer will it include the city of Agrippina:
All changed except the old language,
Saturn, Leo, Mars, Cancer in plunder.

Quatrain 6,5

Si grand famine par vnde pestifere.
Par pluye longue le long du polle arctiques
Samatobryn cent lieux de l'hemisphere,
Viuront sans loy exempt de pollitique.

Very great famine through pestiferous wave,
Through long rain the length of the arctic pole:
"Samarobryn" one hundred leagues from the hemisphere,
The will live without law exempt from politics.

Quatrain 6,6

Apparoistra vers le Septentrion
Non loing de Cancer l'estoille cheuelue:
Suze, Sienne, Bo&#137;ce, Eretrion,
Mourra de Rome grand, la nuict disperue.

There will appear towards the North
Not far from Cancer the bearded star:
Susa, Siena, Boeotia, Eretria,
The great one of Rome will die, the night over.

Quatrain 6,7

Norneigre Dace, & l'Isle Britannique,
Par les vnis freres seront vexees:
Le chef Romain issu de sang Gallique
Et les copies aux forests repoussees.

Norway and Dacia and the British Isle
Will be vexed by the united brothers:
The Roman chief sprung from Gallic blood
And his forces hurled back into the forests.

Quatrain 6,8

Ceux qui estoient en regne pour s&#135;auoir,
Au Royal change deuiendront appouuris:
Vns exilez sans appuy or n'auoir,
Lettrez & lettres ne seront &#133; grand pris.

Those who were in the realm for knowledge
Will become impoverished at the change of King:
Some exiled without support, having no gold,
The lettered and letters will not be at a high premium.

Quatrain 6,9

Aux sacrez temples seront faicts escandales,
Comptez seront par honneurs & loanges:
D'vn que on graue d'argent d'or les medalles,
La fin sera en tourmens bien estranges.

In the sacred temples scandals will be perpetrated,
They will be reckoned as honors and commendations:
Of one of whom they engrave medals of silver and of gold,
The end will be in very strange torments.

Quatrain 6,10

Vn peu de temps les temples des couleurs
De blanc & noir des deux entre meslee:
Rouges & iaunes leur embleront les leurs,
Sang, terre, peste, faim, feu d'eau affollee.

In a short time the temples with colors
Of white and black of the two intermixed:
Red and yellow ones will carry off theirs from them,
Blood, land, plague, famine, fire extinguished by water.

Quatrain 6,11

Des sept rameaux &#133; trois seront reduicts,
Les plus aisnez seront surprins par mort,
Fratricider les deux seront seduicts,
Les coniurez en dormans seront morts.

The seven branches will be reduced to three,
The elder ones will be surprised by death,
The two will be seduced to fratricide,
The conspirators will be dead while sleeping.

Quatrain 6,12

Dresser copies pour monter &#133; l'empire,
Du Vatican le sang Royal tiendra:
Flamans, Anglois, Espagne auec Aspire,
Contre l'Italie & France contiendra.

To raise forces to ascend to the empire
In the Vatican the Royal blood will hold fast:
Flemings, English, Spain with "Aspire"
Against Italy and France will he contend.

Quatrain 6,13

Vn dubieux ne viendra loing du regne,
La plus grand part le voudra soustenir.
Vn Capitole ne voudra point qu'il regne,
Sa grande charge ne pourra maintenir.

A doubtful one will not come far from the realm,
The greater part will want to uphold him:
A Capitol will not want him to reign at all,
He will be unable to bear his great burden.

Quatrain 6,14

Loing de sa terre Roy perdra la bataille,
Prompt eschapp&#130; poursuiuy suiuant prins,
Ignare prins soubs la doree maille,
Soubs feinct habit, & l'ennemy surprins.

Far from his land a King will lose the battle,
At once escaped, pursued, then captured,
Ignorant one taken under the golden mail,
Under false garb, and the enemy surprised.

Quatrain 6,15

Dessoubs la tombe sera trouu&#130; le Prince,
Qu'aura le pris par dessus Nuremberg:
L'espaignol Roy en capricorne mince,
Feinct & trahy par le grand Vvitemberg.

Under the tomb will be found a Prince
Who will be valued above Nuremberg:
The Spanish King in Capricorn thin,
Deceived and betrayed by the great Wittenberg.

Quatrain 6,16

Ce que rauy sera de ieune Milue,
Par les Normans de France & Picardie:
Les noirs du temple du lieu de Negrisilue
Feront aulberge & feu de Lombardie.

That which will be carried off by the young Hawk,
By the Normans of France and Picardy:
The black ones of the temple of the Black Forest place
Will make an inn and fire of Lombardy.

Quatrain 6,17

Apres les limes bruslez le rasiniers,
Contrains seront changer habits divers:
Les Saturnins bruslez par les meusniers,
Hors la pluspart qui ne sera couuers.

After the files the ass-drivers burned,
They will be obliged to change diverse garbs:
Those of Saturn burned by the millers,
Except the greater part which will not be covered.

Quatrain 6,18

Par les Phisiques le grand Roy delaiss&#130;,
Par sort non art de l'Ebrieu est en vie,
Luy & son genre au regne haut pouss&#130;,
Grace donnee &#133; gent qui Christ enuie.

The great King abandoned by the Physicians,
By fate not the Jew's art he remains alive,
He and his kindred pushed high in the realm,
Pardon given to the race which denies Christ.

Quatrain 6,19

La vraye flamme engloutira la dame,
Qui voudra mettre les Innocens &#133; feu:
Pres de l'assaut l'exercite s'enflamme,
Quant dans Seuille monstre en boeuf sera veu.

The true flame will devour the lady
Who will want to put the Innocent Ones to the fire:
Before the assault the army is inflamed,
When in Seville a monster in beef will be seen.

Quatrain 6,20

L'vnion feincte sera peu de duree,
Des vn changez reformez la pluspart:
Dans les vaisseaux sera gent endurees,
Lors aura Rome vn nouueau Liepart.

The feigned union will be of short duration,
Some changed most reformed:
In the vessels people will be in suffering,
Then Rome will have a new Leopard.

Quatrain 6,21

Quant ceux du polle arctic vnis ensemble,
Et Orient grand effrayeur & craints:
Esleu nouueau, soustenu le grand tremble,
Rodes, Bisence de sang Barbare teincte.

When those of the arctic pole are united together,
Great terror and fear in the East:
Newly elected, the great trembling supported,
Rhodes, Byzantium stained with Barbarian blood.

Quatrain 6,22

Dedans la terre du grand temple celique,
Nepueu &#133; Londre par paix feincte meurtry:
La barque alors deuiendra scimatique,
Libert&#130; feincte sera au corn' & cry.

Within the land of the great heavenly temple,
Nephew murdered at London through feigned peace:
The bark will then become schismatic,
Sham liberty will be proclaimed everywhere.

Quatrain 6,23

D'esprit de regne munismes descri&#130;s,
Et seront peuples esmeuz contre leur Roy,
Paix sainct nouueau, sainctes loix empirees,
Rapis onc fut en si tredur arroy.

Coins depreciated by the spirit of the realm,
And people will be stirred up against their King:
New peace made, holy laws become worse,
Paris was never in so severe an array.

Quatrain 6,24

Mars & le scepte se trouuera conioinct,
Dessoubs Cancer calamiteuse guerre:
Vn peu apres sera nouueau Roy oingt,
Qui par long temps pacifiera la terre.

Mars and the sceptre will be found conjoined
Under Cancer calamitous war:
Shortly afterwards a new King will be anounted,
One who for a long time will pacify the earth.

Quatrain 6,25

Par Mars contraire sera la monarchie,
Du grand pescheur en trouble ruyneux;
Ieune noir rouge prendra la hirarchie,
Les proditeurs iront iour bruyneux.

Through adverse Mars will the monarchy
Of the great fisherman be in ruinous trouble:
The young red black one will seize the hierarchy,
The traitors will act on a day of drizzle.

Quatrain 6,26

Quatre ans le siege quelque peu bien tiendra,
Vn suruiendra libidineux de vie:
Rauenne & Pyse, Veronne soustiendront,
Pour esleuer la croix de Pape enuie.

For four years the see will be held with some little good,
One libidinous in life will succeed to it:
Ravenna, Pisa and Verona will give support,
Longing to elevate the Papal cross.

Quatrain 6,27

Dedans les Isles de cinq fleuues &#133; vn,
Par le croissant du grand Chyren Selin:
Par les bruynes de l'air fureur de l'vn,
Six eschapez cachez fardeaux de lyn.

Within the Isles of five rivers to one,
Through the expansion of the great "Chyren Selin":
Through the drizzles in the air the fury of one,
Six escaped, hidden bundles of flax.

Quatrain 6,28

Le grand Celtique entrera dedans Rome,
Menant amas d'exilez & bannis:
Le grand Pasteur mettra &#133; mort tout homme,
Qui pour le coq estoyent aux Alpes vnis.

The great Celt will enter Rome,
Leading a throng of the exiled and banished:
The great Pastor will put to death every man
Who was united at the Alps for the cock.

Quatrain 6,29

La vefue saincte entendant les nouuelles,
De ses rameaux mis en perplex & trouble:
Qui sera duict appaiser les querelles,
Par son pourchas de razes fera comble.

The saintly widow hearing the news,
Of her offspring placed in perplexity and trouble:
He who will be instructed to appease the quarrels,
He will pile them up by his pursuit of the shaven heads.

Quatrain 6,30

Par l'apparence de faincte sainctet&#130;,
Sera trahy aux ennemis le siege.
Nuict qu'on cuidoit dormir en seuret&#130;,
Pres de Brabant marcheront ceux du Liege.

Through the appearance of the feigned sanctity,
The siege will be betrayed to the enemies:
In the night when they trusted to sleep in safety,
Near Brabant will march those of Li&#138;ge.

Quatrain 6,31

Roy trouuera ce qu'il desiroit tant,
Quand le Prelat sera reprins &#133; tort:
Responce au Duc le rendra mal content,
Qui dans Milan mettra plusieurs &#133; mort.

The King will find that which he desired so much
When the Prelate will be blamed unjustly:
His reply to the Duke will leave him dissatisfied,
He who in Milan will put several to death.

Quatrain 6,32

Par trahison de verges &#133; mort battu,
Prins surmont&#130; sera par son desordre:
Conseil friuole au grand captif sentu,
Nez par fureur quant Berlch viendra mordre.

Beaten to death by rods for treason,
Captured he will be overcome through his disorder:
Frivolous counsel held out to the great captive,
When "Berich" will come to bite his nose in fury.

Quatrain 6,33

Sa main derniere par Alus sanguinaire,
Ne se pourra par la mer garentir:
Entre deux fleuues craindre main militaire,
Le noir l'ireux le fera repentir.

His last hand through "Alus" sanguinary,
He will be unable to protect himself by sea:
Between two rivers he will fear the military hand,
The black and irate one will make him rue it.

Quatrain 6,34

De feu voulant la machination,
Viendra troubler au grand chef assieger:
Dedans sera telle sedition,
Qu'en desespoir seront les profligez.

The device of flying fire
Will come to trouble the great besieged chief:
Within there will be such sedition
That the profligate ones will be in despair.

Quatrain 6,35

Pres de Rion, & proche &#133; blanche laine,
Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Leo, la Vierge,
Mars, Iupiter, le Sol ardera grand plaine,
Bois & citez lettres cachez au cierge.

Near the Bear and close to the white wool,
Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Leo, Virgo,
Mars, Jupiter, the Sun will burn a great plain,
Woods and cities letters hidden in the candle.

Quatrain 6,36

Ne bien ne mal par bataille terrestre,
Ne paruiendra aux confins de Perouse,
Rebeller Pise, Florence voir mal estre,
Roy nuict bless&#130; sur mulet &#133; noire house.

Neither good nor evil through terrestrial battle
Will reach the confines of Perugia,
Pisa to rebel, Florence to see an evil existence,
King by night wounded on a mule with black housing.

Quatrain 6,37

L'oeuure ancienne se paracheuera,
Du toict cherra sur le grand mal ruyne:
Innocent faict mort on accusera,
Nocent cache, taillis &#133; la bruyne.

The ancient work will be finished,
Evil ruin will fall upon the great one from the roof:
Dead they will accuse an innocent one of the deed,
The guilty one hidden in the copse in the drizzle.

Quatrain 6,38

Aux profligez de paix les ennemis,
Apres auoir l'Italie superee,
Noir sanguinaire, rouge. sera commis,
Feu, sang verser, eau de sang coloree.

The enemies of peace to the profligates,
After having conquered Italy:
The bloodthirsty black one, red, will be exposed,
Fire, blood shed, water colored by blood.

Quatrain 6,39

L'enfant du regne, par paternelle prinse
Expolier sera pour le deliurer:
Aupres du lac Trasimen l'axur prinse,
La troupe hostage par trop fort s'enyurer.

The child of the realm through the capture of his father
Will be plundered to deliver him:
Near the Lake of Perugia the azure captive,
The hostage troop to become far too drunk.

Quatrain 6,40

Grand de Magonce pour grande soif esteindre,
Sera priu&#130; de sa grande dignit&#130;:
Ceux de Cologne si fort le viendront plaindre,
Que la grand groppe au Rhin sera iett&#130;.

To quench the great thirst the great one of Mainz
Will be deprived of his great dignity:
Those of Cologne will come to complain so loudly
That the great rump will be thrown into the Rhine.

Quatrain 6,41

Le second chef du regne d'Annemarc,
Par ceux de Frize & l'Isle Britannique,
Fera despendre plus de cent mille marc,
Vain exploicter voyage en Italique.

The second chief of the realm of "Annemark,"
Through those of Frisia and of the British Isle,
Will spend more than one hundred thousand marks,
Exploiting in vain the voyage to Italy.

Quatrain 6,42

A Logmyon sera laiss&#130; le regne,
Du grand Selin plus fera de faict:
Par les Itales estendra son enseigne,
Regi sera par prudent contrefaict.

To Ogmios will be left the realm
Of the great "Selin," who will in fact do more:
Throughout Italy will he extend his banner,
He will be ruled by a prudent deformed one.

Quatrain 6,43

Long temps sera sans estre habitee,
O&#151; Signe & Marne autour vient arrouser:
De la Tamise & martiaux tentee,
De ceux les gardes en cuidant repousser.

For a long time will she remain uninhabited,
Around where the Seine and the Marne she comes to water:
Tried by the Thames and warriors,
The guards deceived in trusting in the repulse.

Quatrain 6,44

De nuict par Nantes Lyris apparoistra,
Des arts marins susciteront la pluye:
Vrabiq goulfre, grande classe parfondra,
Vn monstre en Saxe naistra d'ours & truye.

By night the Rainbow will appear for Nantes,
By marine arts they will stir up rain:
In the Gulf of Arabia a great fleet will plunge to the bottom,
In Saxony a monster will be born of a bear and a sow.

Quatrain 6,45

Le gouuerneur du regne bien s&#135;auant,
Ne consentir voulant au faict Royal:
Mellile classe par le contraire vent
Le remettra &#133; son plus desloyal.

The very learned governor of the realm,
Not wishing to consent to the royal deed:
The fleet at Melilla through contrary wind
Will deliver him to his most disloyal one.

Quatrain 6,46

Vn iuste sera en exil renuoy&#130;,
Par pestilence aux confins de Nonseggle,
Response au rouge le fera desuoy&#130;,
Roy retirant &#133; la Rame & &#133; l'Aigle.

A just one will be sent back again into exile,
Through pestilence to the confines of "Nonseggle,"
His reply to the red one will cause him to be misled,
The King withdrawing to the Frog and the Eagle.

Quatrain 6,47

Entre deux monts les deux grands assemblez.
Delaisseront leur simult&#130; secrette:
Brucelle & Dolle par Langres accablez,
Pour &#133; Malignes executeur leur peste.

The two great ones assembled between two mountains
Will abandon their secret quarrel:
Brussels and D&#147;le overcome by Langres,
To execute their plague at Malines.

Quatrain 6,48

La sainctet&#130; trop feinte & seductiue,
Accompagn&#130; d'vne langue diserre:
La cit&#130; vieille, & Parme trop hastiue,
Florence & Sienne, rendront plus desertes.

The too false and seductive sanctity,
Accompanied by an eloquent tongue:
The old city, and Parma too premature,
Florence and Siena they will render more desert.

Quatrain 6,49

De la partie de Mammer grand Pontife,
Subiuguera les confins du Danube:
Chasser la croix, par fer raff&#130; ne riffe,
Captifs, or, bague plus de cent mille rubes.

The great Pontiff of the party of Mars
Will subjugate the confines of the Danube:
The cross to pursue, through sword hook or crook,
Captives, gold, jewels more than one hundred thousand rubies.

Quatrain 6,50

Dedans le puys seront trouuez les os,
Sera l'inceste, commis par la maratre:
L'estat chang&#130;, on querra bruit & los,
Et aura Mars atrendant pour son astre.

Within the pit will be found the bones,
Incest will be commited by the stepmother:
The state changed, they will demand fame and praise,
And they will have Mars attending as their star.

Quatrain 6,51

Peuple assembl&#130;, voir nouueau expectacle.
Princes & Roys par plusieurs assistans,
Pilliers faillir, murs: mais comme miracle
Le Roy sauu&#130; & trente des instans.

People assembled to see a new spectacle,
Princes and Kings amongst many bystanders,
Pillars walls to fall: but as by a miracle
The King saved and thirty of the ones present.

Quatrain 6,52

En lieu du grand qui sera condamn&#130;,
De prison hors, son amy en sa place:
L'espoir Troyen en six mois ioins, mort n&#130;,
Le Sol &#133; l'vrne seront peins fleuue en glace.

In place of the great one who will be condemned,
Outside the prison, his friend in his place:
The Trojan hope in six months joined, born dead,
The Sun in the urn rivers will be frozen.

Quatrain 6,53

Le grand Prelat Celtique &#133; Roy suspect,
De nuict par cours sortira hors de regne:
Par Duc fertile &#133; son grand Roy Bretaine,
Bisance &#133; Cypres & Tunes insuspect.

The great Celtic Prelate suspected by the King,
By night in flight he will leave the realm:
Through a Duke fruitful for his great British King,
Byzantium to Cyprus and Tunis unsuspected.

Quatrain 6,54

Au poinct du iour au second chant du coq,
Ceux de Tunes, de Fez, & de Bugie,
Par les Arabes, captif le Roy Maroq,
L'an mil six cens & sept, de Liturgie.

At daybreak at the second crowing of the cock,
Those of Tunis, of Fez and of Bougie,
By the Arabs the King of Morocco captured,
The year sixteen hundred and seven, of the Liturgy.

Quatrain 6,55

Au chalm&#130; Duc en arrachant l'esponce,
Voile Arabesque voir, subit descouuerte:
Tripolis, Chio, & ceux de Trapesconce,
Duc prins, Marnegro & la cit&#130; desert&#130;.

By the appeased Duke in drawing up the contract,
Arabesque sail seen, sudden discovery:
Tripolis, Chios, and those of Trebizond,
Duke captured, the Black Sea and the city a desert.

Quatrain 6,56

La crainte armee de l'ennemy Narbon
Effrayera si fort les Hesperidues:
Parpignan vuide par l'aueugle d'arbon,
Lors Barcelon par mer donra les piques.

The dreaded army of the Narbonne enemy
Will frighten very greatly the "Hesperians":
Perpignan empty through the blind one of Arbon,
Then Barcelona by sea will take up the quarrel.

Quatrain 6,57

Celui qu'estoit bien auant dans le regne,
Ayant chef rouge proche &#133; hierarchie,
Aspre & cruel, & se fera tant craindre,
Succedera &#133; sacr&#130; monarchie.

He who was well forward in the realm,
Having a red chief close to the hierarchy,
Harsh and cruel, and he will make himself much feared,
He will succeed to the sacred monarchy.

Quatrain 6,58

Entre les deux monarques esloignez,
Lors que le Sol par Selin clair perdu&#137;,
Simult&#130; grande entre deux indignez,
Qu'aux Isles & Sienne la liberte rendu&#137;.

Between the two distant monarchs,
When the clear Sun is lost through "Selin":
Great enmity between two indignant ones,
So that liberty is restored to the Isles and Siena.

Quatrain 6,59

Dame en fureur par rage d'adultere,
Viendra &#133; son Prince coniurer non de dire:
Mars bref cogneu sera la vitupere,
Que seront mis dixsept &#133; martyre.

The Lady in fury through rage of adultery,
She will come to conspire not to tell her Prince:
But soon will the blame be made known,
So that seventeen will be put to martyrdom.

Quatrain 6,60

Le Prince hors de son terroir Celtique
Sera trahy, deceu par interprete:
Roant, Rochelle par ceux de l'Armorique
Au port de Blaue deceus par moyne & prestre.

The Prince outside his Celtic land
Will be betrayed, deceived by the interpreter:
Rouen, La Rochelle through those of Brittany
At the port of Blaye deceived by monk and priest.

Quatrain 6,61

Le grand tappis pli&#130; ne monstrera,
Fors qu'&#133; demy la pluspart de l'histoire:
Chass&#130; du regne loing aspre apparoistra,
Qu'au faict bellique chacun le viendra croire.

The great carpet folded will not show
But by halved the greatest part of history:
Driven far out of the realm he will appear harsh,
So that everyone will come to believe in his warlike deed.

Quatrain 6,62

Trop tard tous deux les fleurs seront perdues,
Contre la loy serpent ne voudra faire:
Des ligueurs forces par gallots confondues,
Sauone, Albingue par monech grand martyre.

Too late both the flowers will be lost,
The serpent will not want to act against the law:
The forces of the Leaguers confounded by the French,
Savona, Albenga through Monaco great martyrdom.

Quatrain 6,63

La dame seule au regne demeuree.
D'vnic esteint premier au lict d'honneur:
Sept ans sera de douleur exploree,
Puis longue vie au regne par grand, heur.

The lady left alone in the realm
By the unique one extinmguished first on the bed of honor:
Seven years will she be weeping in grief,
Then with great good fortune for the realm long life.

Quatrain 6,64

On ne tiendra pache aucune arrest&#130;,
Tous receuans iront par tromperie:
De paix & trefue, & terre & mer protest&#130;.
Par barcelone classe prins d'industrie.

No peace agreed upon will be kept,
All the subscribers will act with deceit:
In peace and truce, land and sea in protest,
By Barcelona fleet seized with ingenuity.

Quatrain 6,65

Gris & bureau demie ouuerte guerre,
De nuict seront assaillis & pillez:
Le bureau prins passera par la serre,
Son temple ouuert, deux au plastre grillez.

Gray and brown in half-opened war,
By night they will be assaulted and pillaged:
The brown captured will pass through the lock,
His temple opened, two slipped in the plaster.

Quatrain 6,66

Au fondement de la nouuelle secte,
Seront les os du grand Romain trouuez,
Sepulchre en marbre apparoistra couuerte,
Terre trembler en Auril, mal enfoetz.

At the foundation of the new sect,
The bones of the great Roman will be found,
A sepulchre covered by marble will appear,
Earth to quake in April poorly buried.

Quatrain 6,67

Au grand Empire paruiendra tout vn autre,
Bont&#130; distant plus de felicit&#130;:
Regi par vn issu non loing du peautre,
Corruer regnes grande infelicit&#130;.

Quite another one will attain to the great Empire,
Kindness distant more so happiness:
Ruled by one sprung not far from the brothel,
Realms to decay great bad luck.

Quatrain 6,68

Lors que soldats fureur seditieuse.
Contre leur chef feront de nuict fer luire:
Ennemy d'Albe soit par main furieuse,
Lors vexer, Rome, & principaux seduire.

When the soldiers in a seditious fury
Will cause steel to flash by night against their chief:
The enemy Alba acts with furious hand,
Then to vex Rome and seduce the principal ones.

Quatrain 6,69

La piti&#130; grande sera sans loing tarder,
Ceux qui d&#147;noyent seront contraints de pr&#136;dre:
Nuds Affamez de froid, soif, soy bander,
Les monts passer commettant grand esclandre.

The great pity will occur before long,
Those who gave will be obliged to take:
Naked, starving, withstanding cold and thirst,
To pass over the mountains commiting a great scandal.

Quatrain 6,70

Au chef du monde le grand Chyren sera,
Plus outre apres ayme, criant, redout&#130;:
Son bruit & los les cieux surpassera,
Et du seul tiltre victeur fort content&#130;.

Chief of the world will the great "Chyren" be,
Plus Ultra behind, loved, feared, dreaded:
His fame and praise will go beyond the heavens,
And with the sole title of Victor will he be quite satisfied.

Quatrain 6,71

Quand on viendra le grand Roy parenter
Auant qu'il ait du tout l'ame rendue:
Celuy qui moins le viendra lamenrer,
Par Lyons, aigles, croix couronne vendu&#137;.

When they will come to give the last rites to the great King
Before he has entirely given up the ghost:
He who will come to grieve over him the least,
Through Lions, Eagles, cross crown sold.

Quatrain 6,72

Par fureur feinte d'esmotion diuine,
Sera la femme du grand fort violee:
Iuges voulans damner telle doctrine,
Victime au peuple ignorant immolee.

Through feigned fury of divine emotion
The wife of the great one will be violated:
The judges wishing to condemn such a doctrine,
She is sacrificed a victim to the ignorant people.

Quatrain 6,73

En cit&#130; grande vn moyne & artisan,
Pres de la porte logez & aux murailles,
Contre Moderne secret, caue disant
Trahis pour faire sous couleur d'espousailles.

In a great city a monk and artisan,
Lodged near the gate and walls,
Secret speaking emptily against Modena,
Betrayed for acting under the guise of nuptials.

Quatrain 6,74

La dechassee au regne tournera,
Ses ennemis trouuez des coniurez:
Plus que iamais son temps triomphera,
Trois & septante &#133; mort trop asseurez.

She chased out will return to the realm,
Her enemies found to be conspirators:
More than ever her time will triumph,
Three and seventy to death very sure.

Quatrain 6,75

Le grand pillot par Roy sera mand&#130;,
Laisser la classe pour plus haut lieu atteindre:
Sept ans apres sera contreband&#130;,
Barbare armee viendra Venise craindre.

The great Pilot will be commissioned by the King,
To leave the fleet to fill a higher post:
Seven years after he will be in rebellion,
Venice will come to fear the Barbarian army.

Quatrain 6,76

La cit&#130; antique d'antenoree forge,
Plus ne pouuant le tyran supporter
Le manche feinct au temple couper gorge,
Les siens le peuple &#133; mort viendra bouter.

The ancient city the creation of Antenor,
Being no longer ablke to bear the tyrant:
The feigned handle in the temple to cut a throat,
The people will come to put his followers to death.

Quatrain 6,77

Par la victoire du deceu fraudulente,
Deux classes vne, la reuolte Germanie,
Le chef meurtry & son fils dans la tente,
Florence, Imole pourchassez dans Romaine.

Through the fraudulent victory of the deceived,
Two fleets one, German revolt:
The chief murdered and his son in the tent,
Florence and Imola pursued into "Romania".

Quatrain 6,78

Crier victoire du grand Selin croissant:
Par les Romains sera l'Aigle clam&#130;,
Tiecin Millan et Genes y consent,
Puis par eux mesmes Basil grand reclam&#130;.

To proclaim the victory of the great expanding "Selin:"
By the Romans will the Eagle be demanded,
Pavia, Milan and Genoa will not consent thereto,
Then by themselves the great Lord claimed.

Quatrain 6,79

Pres de Tesin les habitans de Loire,
Garonne, Saone, Saine, Tain & Gironde,
Outre les monts dresseront promontoire.
Conflict donn&#130; Par granci, sumerge onde.

Near the Ticino the inhabitants of the Loire,
Garonne and Sa&#147;ne, the Seine, the Tain and Gironde:
They will erect a promontory beyond the mountains,
Conflict given, Po enlarged, submerged in the wave.

Quatrain 6,80

De Fez le regne paruiendra &#133; ceux d'Europe,
Feu leur cit&#130; & l'anne tranchera.
Le grand d'Asie terre & mer &#133; grand troupe,
Que bleux, peres, croix, &#133; mort dechassera.

>From Fez the realm will reach those of Europe,
Their city ablaze and the blade will cut:
The great one of Asia by land and sea with great troop,
So that blues and perses the cross will pursue to death.

Quatrain 6,81

Pleurs cris & plaints heurlemens, effrayeur,
Coeur inhumain, cruel, Roy & transy.
Leman les Isles, de Gennes les maieurs,
Sang espacher, fromfaim &#133; nul mercy.

Tears, cries and laments, howls, terror,
Heart inhuman, cruel, black and chilly:
Lake of Geneva the Isles, of Genoa the notables,
Blood to pour out, wheat famine to none mercy.

Quatrain 6,82

Par les deserts de lieu libre & farouche,
Viendra errer nepueu du grand Pontife:
Assomm&#130; &#133; sept auecques lourde souche,
Par ceux qu'apres occuperont le Cyphe.

Through the deserts of the free and wild place,
The nephew of the great Pontiff will come to wander:
Felled by seven with a heavy club,
By those who afterwards will occupy the Chalice.

Quatrain 6,83

Celuy qu'aura tant d'honneur & caresse.
A son entree de la Gaule Belgique.
Vn temps apres sera tant de rudesses,
Et sera contre &#133; la fleur tant bellique.

He who will have so much honor and flattery
At his entry into Belgian Gaul:
A while after he will act very rudely,
And he will act very warlike against the flower.

Quatrain 6,84

Celuy qu'en Sparte Claude ne peut regner,
Il fera tant par voye seductiue:
Que du court, long, le fera araigner,
Que contre Roy fera sa perspectiue.

The Lame One, he who lame could not reign in Sparta,
He will do much through seductive means:
So that by the short and long, he will be accused
Of making his perspective against the King.

Quatrain 6,85

La grand'cit&#130; de Tharse par Gaulois.
Sera destruite, captifs tous &#133; Turban:
Secours par mer au grand Portugalois,
Premier d'est&#130; le iour du sacre Vrban.

The great city of Tarsus by the Gauls
Will be destroyed, all of the Turban captives:
Help by sea from the great one of Portugal,
First day of summer Urban's consecration.

Quatrain 6,86

Le grand Prelat vn iour apres son songe,
Interpret&#130; au rebours de son sens:
De la Gascogne luy suruiendra vn monge,
Qui fera eslire le grand prelat de Sens.

The great Prelate one day after his dream,
Interpreted opposite to its meaning:
>From Gascony a monk will come unexpectedly,
One who will cause the great prelate of Sens to be elected.

Quatrain 6,87

L'election faicte dans Frankfort,
N'aura nul lieu, Milan s'opposera:
Le sien plus proche semblera si grand fort,
Qu'outre le Rhin &#130;s mareschs cassera.

The election made in Frankfort
Will be voided, Milan will be opposed:
The follower closer will seem so very strong
That he will drive him out into the marshes beyond the Rhine.

Quatrain 6,88

Vn regne grand demourra desol&#130;,
Aupres de l'Hebro se feront assemblees:
Monts Pyrenees le rendront consol&#130;,
Lors que dans May seront terres tremblees.

A great realm will be left desolated,
Near the Ebro an assembly will be formed:
The Pyrenees mountains will console him,
When in May lands will be trembling.

Quatrain 6,89

Entre deux cymbes pieds & mains attachez,
De miel face oingt, & de laict substant&#130;,
Guespes & mouchez, fitine amour fachez
Poccilateur faucer, Cyphe tent&#130;.

Feet and hands bound between two boats,
Face anointed with honey, and sustained with milk:
Wasps and flies, paternal love vexed,
Cup-bearer to falsify, Chalice tried.

Quatrain 6,90

L'honnissement puant abominable
Apres le faict sera felicit&#130;
Grand excuse pour n'estre fauorable,
Qu'&#133; paix Neptune ne sera incit&#130;.

The stinking abominable disgrace,
After the deed he will be congratulated:
The great excuse for not being favorable,
That Neptune will not be persuaded to peace.

Quatrain 6,91

Du conducteur de la guerre nauale,
Rouge effren&#130;, suere, horrible grippe,
Captif eschapp&#130; de l'aisn&#130; dans la baste:
Quand il naistra du grand vn fils Agripp&#130;.

Of the leader of the naval war,
Red one unbridled, severe, horrible whim,
Captive escaped from the elder one in the bale,
When there will be born a sone to the great Agrippa.

Quatrain 6,92

Prince de beaut&#130; tant venuste,
Au chef menee, le second faict trahy.
La cit&#130; au glaiue de poudre, face aduste,
Par trop grand meurtre le chef du Roy hay.

Prince of beauty so comely,
Around his head a plot, the second deed betrayed:
The city to the sword in dust the face burnt,
Through too great murder the head of the King hated.

Quatrain 6,93

Prelat autre d'ambition tromp&#130;,
Rien ne sera que trop viendra cuider:
Ses messagers & luy bien attrap&#130;,
Tout au rebours voit qui les bois fendroit.

The greedy prelate deceived by ambition,
He will come to reckong nothing too much for him:
He and his messengers completely trapped,
He who cut the wood sees all in reverse.

Quatrain 6,94

Vn Roy ir&#130; sera aux sedifragues,
Quand interdicts feront harnois de guerre:
La poison taincte au succre par les fragues
Par eaux meurtris, morts, disant serre serre.

A King will be angry with the see-breakers,
When arms of war will be prohibited:
The poison tainted in the sugar for the strawberries,
Murdered by waters, dead, saying land, land.

Quatrain 6,95

Par detracteur calomnie &#133; puis nay,
Quand istront faicts enormes & martiaux:
La moindre part dubieuse &#133; l'aisnay,
Et tost au regne seront faicts partiaux.

Calumny against the cadet by the detractor,
When enormous and warlike deeds will take place:
The least part doubtful for the elder one,
And soon in the realm there will be partisan deeds.

Quatrain 6,96

Grande cit&#130; &#133; soldats abandonnee,
On n'y eu mortel tumult si proche:
O qu'elle hideuse mortalit&#130; s'approche,
Fors vne offence n'y sera pardonnee.

Great city abandoned to the soldiers,
Never was mortal tumult so close to it:
Oh, what a hideous calamity draws near,
Except one offense nothing will be spared it.

Quatrain 6,97

Cinq & quarante degrez ciel bruslera
Feu approcher de la grand cit&#130; neuue
Instant grand flamme esparse sautera
Quand on voudra des Normans faire preuue.

At forty-five degrees the sky will burn,
Fire to approach the great new city:
In an instant a great scattered flame will leap up,
When one will want to demand proof of the Normans.

Quatrain 6,98

Ruyn&#130; aux Volsques de peur si fort terribles
Leur grand cit&#130; taincte, faict pestilent:
Piller Sol, Lune & violer leurs temples:
Et les deux fleuues rougir de sang coulant.

Ruin for the Volcae so very terrible with fear,
Their great city stained, pestilential deed:
To plunder Sun and Moon and to violate their temples:
And to redden the two rivers flowing with blood.

Quatrain 6,99

L'ennemy docte se trouuera confus.
Grand camp malade, & defaict par embusches,
M&#147;ts Pyrenees & Poenus luy ser&#147;t faicts refus,
Proche du fleuue descouurant antiques roches.

The learned enemy will find himself confused,
His great army sick, and defeated by ambushes,
The Pyrenees and Pennine Alps will be denied him,
Discovering near the river ancient jugs.


Quos legent hosce versus matur&#138; censunto,
Profanum vulgus & inscium ne attrectato:
Omnesq; Astrologi, Blennis, Barbari procul sunto,
Qui aliter facit, is rite sacer esto.


Let those who read this verse consider it profoundly,
Let the profane and the ignorant herd keep away:
And far away all Astrologers, Idiots and Barbarians,
May he who does otherwise be subject to the sacred rite.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
07/30/2009 06:31 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Century VII

Quatrain 7,1

L'arc du thresor par Achilles deceu,
Aux procr&#130;es sceu la quadrangulaire:
Au faict Royal le comment sera sceu,
Cors veu pendu au veu du populaire.

The arc of the treasure deceived by Achilles,
the quadrangule known to the procreators.
The invention will be known by the Royal deed;
a corpse seen hanging in the sight of the populace.

Quatrain 7,2

Par Mars ouvert Arles ne donra guerre.
De nuict seront les soldartz estonn&#130;s:
Noir, blanc &#133; l'inde dissimul&#130;s en terre,
Sous la faincte umbre traistres verez & sonn&#130;s.

Arles opened up by war will not offer resistance,
the soldiers will be astonished by night.
Black and white concealing indigo on land
under the false shadow you will see traitors sounded.

Quatrain 7,3

Apres de France la victoire navale,
Les Barchinons, Saillinons, les Phocens,
Lierre d'or, l'enclume serr&#130; dedans la basle,
Ceux de Ptolon au fraud seront consens.

After the naval victory of France,
the people of Barcelona the Saillinons and those of Marseilles;
the robber of gold, the anvil enclosed in the the ball,
the people of Ptolon will be party to the fraud.

Quatrain 7,4

Le duc de Langres assieg&#130; dedans Dolle,
Accompaign&#130; d'Ostun & Lyonnais:
Geneve, Auspour, joinct ceux de Mirandole,
Passer les monts contre les Anconnois.

The Duke of Langres besieged at D&#147;le
accompanied by people from Autun and Lyons.
Geneva, Augsburg allied to those of Mirandola,
to cross the mountains against the people of Ancona.

Quatrain 7,5

Vin sur la table en sera respandu
Le tiers n'aura celle qu'il pretendoit:
Deux fois du noir de Parme descendu,
Perouse &#133; Pize fera ce qu'il cuidoit.

Some of the wine on the table will be spilt,
the third will not have that which he claimed.
Twice descended from the black one of Parma,
Perouse will do to Pisa that which he believed.

Quatrain 7,6

Naples, Palerme, & toute la Secille,
Par main barbare sera inhabitee,
Corsique, Salerne & de Sardeigne l'isle,
Faim, peste, guerre fin de maux intemptee.

Naples, Palerma and all of Sicily
will be uninhabited through Barbarian hands.
Corsica, Salerno and the island of Sardinia,
hunger, plague, war the end of extended evils.

Quatrain 7,7

Sur le combat des grans cheveux, legiers,
On criera le grand croissant confond.
De nuict tuer monts, habits de bergiers,
Abismes rouges dans le foss&#130; profond.

Upon the struggle of the great light horses,
it will be claimed that the great crescent is destroyed.
To kill by night, in the mountains,
dressed in shephers' clothing, red gulfs in the deep ditch.

Quatrain 7,8

Flora fuis, fuis le plus proche Romain,
Au Fesulan sera conflict donn&#130;:
Sang espandu les plus grands prins &#133; main,
Tample ne sexe ne sera pardonn&#130;.

Florense, flee, flee the nearest Roman,
at Fiesole will be conflict given:
blood shed, the greatest one take by the hand,
neither tample nor sex will be pardoned.

Quatrain 7,9

Dame &#133; l'absence de son grand capitaine,
Sera priee d'amours du Viceroi,
Faincte promesse & malheureuse estraine,
Entre les mains du grand Prince Barrois.

The lady in the absence of her great master
will be begged for love by the Viceroy.
Feigned promise and misfortune in love,
in the hands of the great Prince of Bar.

Quatrain 7,10

Par le grand Prince limitrophe du Mans
Preux & vaillant chef de grand excercite:
Par mer & terre de Gallotz & Normans,
Caspre passer Barcelone pill&#130; isle.

By the great Prince bordering le Mans,
brave and valliant leader of the great army;
by land and sea with Bretons and Normans,
to pass Gibraltar and Barcelona to pillage the island.

Quatrain 7,11

L'enfant Royal contemnera la mere,
Oeil, piedz bless&#130;s, rude, inobeissant,
Nouvelle &#133; dame estrange & bien amere,
Seront tu&#130;s des siens plus de cinq cens.

The royal child will scorn his mother,
eye, feet wounded rude disobedient;
strange and very bitter news to the lady;
more than five hundred of here people will be killed.

Quatrain 7,12

Le grand puisn&#130; fera fin de la guerre,
Aux dieux assemble les excus&#130;s:
Cahors, Moissac iront long de la serre,
Reffus Lestore, les Agenois raz&#130;s.

The great younger son will make an end of the war,
he assembles the pardoned before the gods;
Ahors and Moissac will go far from the prison,
a refusal at Lectoure, the people of Agen shaved.

Quatrain 7,13

De la cit&#130; marine & tributaire,
La teste raze prendra la satrapie:
Chasser sordide qui puis sera contraire
Par quatorze ans tiendra la tyrannie.

>From the marine tributary city,
the shaven head will take up the satrapy;
to chase the sordid man who will the be against him.
For fourteen years he will hold the tyranny.

Quatrain 7,14

Faux esposer viendra topographie,
Seront les cruches des monuments ouvertes:
Pulluler secte saincte philosophie,
Pour blanches, noirs, & pour antiques verts.

He will come to expose the false topography,
the urns of the tombs will be opened.
Sect and holy philosophy to thrive,
black for white and the new for the old.

Quatrain 7,15

Devant cit&#130; de l'Insubre contree,
Sept and sera le siege devant mis:
Le tres grand Roi y fera son entree,
Cit&#130; puis libre hors de ses ennemis.

Before the vity of the Insubrain lands,
for seven years the siege will be laid;
a very great king enters it,
the city is then free, away from its enemies.

Quatrain 7,16

Entr&#130;e profonde par la grand Roine faicte
Rendra le lieu puissant inaccessible:
L'armee des trois lions sera deffaite,
Faisant dedans cas hideux & terrible.

The deep entry made by the great Queen
will make the place powerful and inaccessible;
the army of the three lions will be defeated
causing within a thing hideous and terrible.

Quatrain 7,17

Le prince rare de piti&#130; & clemence,
Viendra changer par mort grand cognoissance:
Par grand repos le regne travaill&#130;,
Lors que le grand tost sera estrill&#130;.

The prince who has little pity of mercy
will come through death to change (and become) very knowledgeable.
The kingdom will be attended with great tranquillity,
when the great one will soon be fleeced.

Quatrain 7,18

Les assieg&#130;s couloureront leur paches,
Sept jours apres feront cruelle issue
Dans repouls&#130;s feu, sang. Sept mis &#133; l'hache
Dame captive qu'avoit la paix tissue

The besieged will colour their pacts,
but seven days later they will make a cruel exit:
thrown back inside, fire and blood, seven put to the axe
the lady who had woven the peace is a captive.

Quatrain 7,19

Le fort Nicene ne sera combatu,
Vaincu sera par rutilant metal
Son faict sera un long temps debatu,
Aux citadins estrange espouvantal.

The fort at Nice will not engage in combat,
it will be overcome by shining metal.
This deed will be debated for a long time,
strange and fearful for the citizens.

Quatrain 7,20

Ambassadeurs de la Toscane langue,
Avril & Mai Alpes & mer passer:
Celui de veay exposera l'harangue,
Vie Gauloise ne venant effacer.

Ambassadors of the Tuscan language
will cross the Alps and the sea in April and May.
The man of the calf will deliver an oration,
not coming to wipe out the French way of life.

Quatrain 7,21

Par pestilente inimiti&#130; Volsicque,
Dissimulee chassera le tyran:
Au pont de Sorgues se fera la traffique,
De mettre &#133; mort lui & son adherent.

By the pestilential enmity of Languedoc,
the tyrant dissimulated will be driven out.
The bargain will be made on the bridge at Sorgues
to put to death both him and his follower

Quatrain 7,22

Les citoyens de Mesopotamie,
Yr&#130;s encontre amis de Tarraconne,
Jeux, ritz, banquetz, toute gent endormie
Vicaire au Rosne, prins cit&#130;, ceux d'Ausone.

The citizens of Mesopotamia
angry with their friends from Tarraconne;
games, rites, banquets, every person asleep,
the vicar at Rh&#147;ne, the city taken and those of Ausonia.

Quatrain 7,23

Le Royal sceptre sera constrainct de prendre,
Ce que ses predecesseurs avoient engaig&#130;:
Puis que l'aneau on fera mal entendre,
Lors qu'on viendra le palais saccager.

The Royal sceptre will be forced to take
that which his predecessors had pledged.
Because they do not understand about the ring
when they come to sack the palace.

Quatrain 7,24

L'enseveli sortira du tombeau,
Fera de chaines lier le fort du pont:
Empoisonn&#130; avec oeufz de Barbeau,
Grand de Lorraine par le Marquis du Pont.

He who was buried will come out of the tomb,
he will make the strong one out of the bridge to be bound with chains.
Poisoned with the roe of a barbel,
the great one from Lorraine by the Marquis du Pont.

Quatrain 7,25

Par guerre longue tout l'exercite expuiser,
Que pour souldartz ne trouveront pecune:
Lieu d'or d'argent, cuir on viendra cuser,
Gualois aerain, signe croissant de Lune.

Through long war all the army exhausted,
so that they do not find money for the soldiers;
instead of gold or silver, they will come to coin leather,
Gallic brass, and the crescent sign of the Moon.

Quatrain 7,26

Fustes & galees autour de sept navires,
Sera livree une mortelle guerre:
Chef de Madric recevra coup de vivres,
Deux eschapeer & cing menees &#133; terre.

Foists and galleys around seven ships,
a mortal war will be let loose.
The leader from Madrid will receive a wound from arrows,
two escaped and five brought to land.

Quatrain 7,27

Au cainct de Vast la grand cavalerie,
Proche &#133; Ferrage empeschee au bagaige:
Pompt &#133; Turin feront tel volerie,
Que dans le fort raviront leur hostaige.

At the wall of Vasto the great cavalry
are impeded by the baggage near Ferrara.
At Turin they will speedily commit such robbery
that in the fort they will ravish their hostage.

Quatrain 7,28

Le capitaine conduira grande proie,
Sur la montaigne des ennemis plus proche,
Environn&#130;, par feu fera tel voie,
Tous eschappez or trente mis en broche.

The captain will lead a great herd
on the mountain closest to the enemy.
Surrounded by fire he makes such a way,
all escape except for thirty put on the spit.

Quatrain 7,29

Le grand Duc d'Albe se viendra rebeller
A ses grans peres fera le tradiment:
Le grand de Guise le viendra debeller,
Captif men&#130; & dress&#130; monument.

The great one of Alba will come to rebel,
he will betray his great forebears.
The great man of Guise will come to vanquish him,
led captive with a monument erected.

Quatrain 7,30

Le sac s'approche, feu, grand sang espandu
Po, grand fleuves, aux bouviers l'entreprinse,
De Gennes, Nice, apres long attendu,
Foussan, Turin, &#133; Savillon la prinse.

The sack approaches, fire and great bloodshed.
Po the great rivers, the enterprise for the clowns;
after a long wait from Genoa and Nice,
Fossano, Turin the capture at Savigliano.

Quatrain 7,31

De Languedoc, & Guienne plus de dix,
Mille voudront les Alpes repasser:
Grans Allobroges marcher contre Brundis
Aquin & Bresse les viendront recasser.

>From Languedoc and Guienne more than ten
thousand will want to cross the Alps again.
The great Savoyards march against Brindisi,
Aquino and Bresse will come to drive them back.

Quatrain 7,32

Du mont Royal naistra d'une casane,
Qui cave, & compte viendra tyranniser
Dresser copie de la marche MIllane,
Favene, Florence d'or & gens espuiser.

>From the bank of Montereale will be born one
who bores and calculates becoming a tyrant.
To raise a force in the marches of Milan,
to drain Faenza and Florence of gold and men

Quatrain 7,33

Par frause regne, forces expolier,
La classe obsesse, passages &#133; l'espie:
Deux fainctz amis se viendront rallier,
Esveiller haine de long temps assoupie.

The kingdom stripped of its forces by fraud,
the fleet blockaded, passages for the spy;
two false friends will come to rally
to awaken hatred for a long time dormant.

Quatrain 7,34

En grand regret sera la gent Gauloise
Coeur vain, legier croirera temerit&#130;:
Pain, sel, ne vin, eaue : venin ne cervoise
Plus grand captif, faim, froit, necessit&#130;.

The French nation will be in great grief,
vain and lighthearted, they will believe rash things.
No bread, salt, wine nor water, venom nor ale,
the greater one captured, hunger, cold and want.

Quatrain 7,35

La grand pesche viendra plaindre, plorer
D'avoir esleu, tromp&#130;s seront en l'aage:
Guiere avec eux ne voudra demourer,
De&#135;ue sera par ceux de son langaige.

The great fish will come to complain and weep
for having chosen, deceived concerning his age:
he will hardly want to remain with them,
he will be deceived by those (speaking) his own tongue.

Quatrain 7,36

Dieu, le ciel tout le divin verbe &#133; l'unde,
Port&#130; par rouger sept razes &#133; Bisance:
Contre les oingz trois cens de Trebisconde,
Deux loix mettront, & l'horreur, puis credence.

God, the heavens, all the divine words in the waves,
carried by seven red-shaven heads to Byzantium:
against the anointed three hundred from Trebizond,
will make two laws, first horror then trust.

Quatrain 7,37

Dix emvoy&#130;s, ched de nef mettre &#133; mort,
D'un adverti, en classe guerre ouverte:
Confusion chef, l'un se picque & mord,
Lerin, stecades nefz cap dedans la nerte.

Ten sent to put the captain of the ship to death,
are altered by one that there is open revolt in the fleet.
Confusion, the leader and another stab and bite each other
at Lerins and the Hyer&#138;s, ships, prow into the darkness.

Quatrain 7,38

L'aisn&#130; Royal sur coursier voltigeant,
Picquer viendra si rudement courir:
Gueulle, lipee, pied dans l'estrein pleignant
Train&#130;, tir&#130;, horriblement mourir.

The elder royal one on a frisky horse
will spur so fiercely that it will bolt.
Mouth, mouthfull, foot complaining in the embrace;
dragged, pulled, to die horribly.

Quatrain 7,39

Le conducteur de l'arme&#130; Fran&#135;oise,
Cuidant perdre le principal phalange:
Par sus pave de l'avaigne & d'ardoise,
Soi parfondra par Gennes gent estrange.

The leader of the French army
will expect to lose the main phalanx.
Upon the pavement of oatrs and slate
the foreign nation will be undermined through Genoa.

Quatrain 7,40

Dedans tonneaux hors oingz d'huile & gresse,
Seront vingt un devant le port ferm&#130;s,
Au second guet par mont feront prouesse:
Gaigner les portes & du guet assomm&#130;s.

Within casks anointed outside with oil and grease
twenty-one will be shut before the harbour,
at second watch; through death they will do great deeds;
to win the gates and be killed by the watch.

Quatrain 7,41

Les oz des pieds & des main enserr&#130;s,
Par bruit maison long temps inhabitee:
Seront par songes concavent deterr&#130;s,
Maison salubre & sans bruit habitee.

The bones of the feet and the hands locked up,
because of the noise the house is uninhabited for a long time.
Digging in dreams they will be unearthed,
the house healthy in inhabited without noise.

Quatrain 7,42

Deux de poison saisiz nouveau venuz,
Dans la cuisine du grand Prince verser:
Par le soillard tous deux au faicts cogneuz
Prins que cuidoit de mort l'aisn&#130; vexer.

Two newly arrived have seized the poison,
to pour it in the kitchen of the great Prince.
By the scullion both are caught in the act,
taken he who thought to trouble the elder with death.


We're dropping truth bombs like it's the end of days!